HOLLOW METAL FIRE DOORS FIRE WINDOWS AND … downloads/Fleming... · Transom, Sidelight and Window Assemblies ... ..... 53 Glazed Frame Product ..... 54 Paneled Frame Product

This publication, developed by Fleming Door Products to provide guidance on the fire rating of commercial steel door and frame products, contains advisory information only and is provided as a public service. A continuous Research and Development Program is in place, therefore Fleming Door Products reserves the right to incorporate changes at any time, without notice and disclaims all liability for the use or adaptation of the materials contained herein. Products with the [*] designation on pages 9 and 10 are produced by various operating divisions of the ASSA ABLOY Door Group North America. Copyright © 2012, AADG, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of AADG, Inc. is strictly prohibited. Printed in Canada.

101 Ashbridge Circle, Woodbridge ON L4L 3R5Tel: 416.749.2111 | Toll-free: 800.263.7515 | Fax: 905.851.8436

Email: [email protected] | www.flemingdoor.com

Revision 11 - November 2012

FIRE LABELING SPECIFICATIONSHOLLOW METAL FIRE DOORSFIRE DOOR FRAMES AND TRANSOM FRAMESFIRE WINDOWS AND SIDELIGHT FRAMES

CANADIANSTEEL DOOR

MANUFACTURERSASSOCIATION

bbulley

Sticky Note

MigrationConfirmed set by bbulley

bbulley

Sticky Note

Completed set by bbulley

bbulley

Sticky Note

Accepted set by bbulley

Fleming FLS - Feb. 2016 Page 2

CONTENTS

Contents ............................................................................. 2 Introduction ...................................................................... 3 Fire Door Assemblies - General Requirements Over-View; Codes and Certification Organizations ....... 3 Explanation of Terms .................................................... 4 Wall Versus Fire Door & Window Assembly Ratings .... 5 Assembly Rating Requirements .................................... 6 Test Methods; Fire ........................................................................... 6 Smoke Control Assemblies ...................................... 7 Sprinkler Protected Assemblies ............................... 7 Hurricane-Resistant Fire-Rated Products ................ 7 Tornado-Resistant Fire-Rated Products .................. 8 Field Labeling and Field Modifications .......................... 8 In-Plant Labeling Program (IPLP) ................................. 9

Fleming Fire Doors Fleming Door Series Descriptions ............................... 10 General ....................................................................... 10 Maximum Fire Door Sizes; 2 and 3 Hour Fire Doors - Table 4 ................... 11, 12 1 and 1-1/2 Hour Fire Doors - Table 5 ....... 13, 14, 15 1/3 and 3/4 Hour Fire Doors - Table 6 .. 16, 17, 18, 19 Standard Fire Door Constructions Material .................................................................. 19 Sizes ...................................................................... 19 Thickness .............................................................. 19 Core Materials ....................................................... 20 Vertical Edge Seam Construction .......................... 20 Hardware Preparations .......................................... 20 Fleming Glazing Kits .............................................. 20 3rd Party Glazing Kits ............................................. 21 Glazing Materials ................................................... 21 In-Fill Panels .......................................................... 22 Fire Door Louvers and Preparations ...................... 23 Fleming Astragals .................................................. 23 Non-Standard Fire Door Constructions General .................................................................. 25 Double Egress ....................................................... 25 Door with Panel Above .......................................... 26 Dutch Doors ........................................................... 27 Temperature-Rise Rated ... .................................... 27 Trio-E™ (Energy Efficient) ..................................... 28 Stainless Steel (SS-Series) .................................... 28 Clad ....................................................................... 29 Lead-Lined ............................................................. 30 Acoustic (Whisper Core) ........................................ 30 Detention Security (HS-Series) .............................. 31 Bullet-Resistant (BR-Series) .................................. 31 Hurricane-Resistant ............................................... 32 Tornado-Resistant (F5-Series) .............................. 34 Other Restrictions and Requirements ......................... 35 Labeled Glazing Materials and In-Fill Panels for Use in Fleming Fire Doors - Table 17 ................. 36, 37 Basic Handing/Swing Terminology ............................. 37

Fleming Fire Door Frame Product Frame Product Definitions ........................................... 38 General ....................................................................... 38 Maximum Frame Rabbet Sizes; 2 and 3 Hour Frame Product - Table 18 ................ 39 1 and 1-1/2 Hour Frame Product - Table 19 ... . 40, 41 1/3 and 3/4 Hour Frame Product - Table 20 ... .. 42, 43 Standard Frame Product Constructions Material .................................................................. 43 Sizes ...................................................................... 43 Hardware Preparations .......................................... 44 Anchorage ............................................................. 44 New Unit Masonry Partitions ............................ 44 Existing Partitions ... .......................................... 45 Drywall Partitions ... ........................................... 45 Profile Requirements ............................................. 46 Vertical Hollow Metal Removable Mullions ... ......... 48 Horizontal Hollow Metal Removable Mullions ........ 48 Assembly Methods ................................................. 48 Available Options ... ................................................ 49 Non-Standard Frame Product Constructions General .................................................................. 49 DW-Series Frames ... ............................................. 49 Double Egress Frame Product ... ............................ 50 Contra-Swing Frame Product ... ............................. 50 Multi-Opening Frame Product ... ............................. 51 Dutch Door Frames and Transom Frames ... ......... 51 Frame with Panel Above Door ... ............................ 51 Expandable Jamb Depth (EXP-Series) Frames ..... 52 Stainless Steel Frame Product ... ........................... 52 Transom, Sidelight and Window Assemblies ... ...... 53 Glazed Frame Product ...................................... 54 Paneled Frame Product ... ................................. 55 2 and 3 Hour Transom Frames ... ...................... 55 1 and 1-1/2 Hour Transom, Sidelight and Window Frames ... .................................... 55 1/3 and 3/4 Hour Transom, Sidelight and Window Frames ... .................................... 56 Clad Frames and Transom Frames ... .................... 57 Lead-Lined Frames ... ............................................. 57 Acoustic Frames ... ................................................. 58 Detention Security Frames ... ................................. 59 Bullet-Resistant (BR-Series) Frames ... .................. 59 Hurricane-Resistant Frames and Transoms .......... 59 Tornado-Resistant (F5-Series) Frames ................. 62 Other Restrictions and Requirements ... ...................... 63 Labeled Glazing Materials and Panels for Use In Fleming Fire Door Frame Product - Table 30 ...... 64, 65 Fire and Smoke Control Labels Code and Regulatory Requirements ........................... 66 Fleming Fire Door Labels ... ......................................... 67 Fleming Fire-Rated Frame Product Labels ... .............. 68 Hardware Requirements and Preparations for Fleming Fire Doors and Frame Product General ... .................................................................... 69 Hinges and Pivots ... .................................................... 69 Self-Latching Devices and Strikes ... ............................ 70 Self-Closing Devices ... ................................................ 72 Coordinators ... ............................................................. 72 Door Viewers ... ............................................................ 72 3rd Party Astragals, Gaskets and Door Bottoms ........... 73 Miscellaneous Hardware ............................................. 73 Footnote References ...................................................... 74 Referenced Standards and Publications ... ................... 76 Index ................................................................................ 79

Contents


INTRODUCTION Fleming's Fire Labeling Specifications (FLS) is intended to assist design, specification, regulatory and related professionals involved in commercial, industrial, institutional and detention security construction throughout North America. It provides a definitive source of information regarding fire labeled steel doors and frame product. First published over 30 years ago as a 4 page document it has continuously evolved to reflect new code and testing requirements. This 12th edition is the summation of 50 years of product research, development and fire testing by Fleming Door Products to meet the demands of fire and life safety. The information contained in this publication has been compiled from testing and certification authority listings, policies and procedures, the International Building Code (IBC), the National Building Code of Canada (NBCC), NFPA 80 and industry standards. Within this document Code Chapter and Section numbers are footnoted with [ ] and the footnote references appear on Pages 74 and 75. Sections included cover code and certification organization mandates, test methods and other regulatory requirements, Fleming's UL (ULI and ULC) and WHI distributor In-Plant Labeling Programs (IPLP), comprehensive detail for Fleming's fire-protection rated door and frame products and Fleming's fire labels. As well, several tables present the requirements labeled glazing materials commonly specified for use in Fleming's products. Finally a section devoted to hardware as it relates to fire doors and frame product is also included. The FLS is formatted by recognized product categories; hollow metal fire doors, frames, transom frames, sidelight and window assemblies. Each is grouped by the hourly fire-protection ratings available. All products included are manufactured by various operating divisions of the Assa Abloy Door Group North America and marketed by Fleming Door Products. To use this document effectively determine the required fire-protection rating from the applicable building code. Locate the appropriate product rating and category from Tables 4 (Pages 11 & 12), 5 (Pages 13, 14 & 15) or 6 (Pages 16, 17, 18 & 19) for fire doors and Tables 18 (Page 39), 19 (Pages 40 & 41) or 20 (Pages 42 & 43) for frame product. Select the Construction, Series and Gage best suited to the project. Review the Items noted to ensure all requirements are addressed. A review of the topics and items included in the Index, Pages 79 to 87, will provide a complete scope of the information available. To assist in quickly locating specific information and references this Adobe Pdf document contains internal and external hyper-linking. Clicking text high-lighted in blue will present the Item, Table or Page, Organization, Standard or document referenced. As Codes, Standards and our fire-rated products evolve, this document will be updated with revisions annotated in the outside margin and the effective month/year in the bottom left corner of the affected page. All sizes referenced are nominal. Imperial values are dominant followed by the corresponding hard metric value in parenthesis. Unless indicated otherwise imperial values are expressed in inches and metric sizes are in millimeters (mm). Imperial and hard metric sizes may not be equal. Users are encouraged to direct inquiries relating to product application or fire labeling to their local authorized Fleming distributor, Fleming's Customer Service Department in Woodbridge. Throughout this document references are made to the Fleming Technical Manual available on our web-site. Additional copies of the Fire Labeling Specifications and our Technical Manual are available free of charge by contacting us directly. Reader comments and inquiries are encouraged and gratefully appreciated.

FIRE DOOR ASSEMBLIES - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

Over-View; Codes and Certification Organizations 1. Although generally applicable to all steel fire doors and frames for the purposes of this publication requirements are

specific to Fleming fire-protection rated and labeled product only. Non-labeled Fleming products and those from other manufacturers may have differing limitations.

2. There are currently 2 major model building codes in North America; the International Building Code (IBC) and the National Building Code of Canada (NBCC).

· The IBC is the defacto US model code having been adopted directly or as the basis of every State, County or Municipal building code. The specific version of the IBC in force (2000, 2003, 2006, 2009, 2012 or 2015, each with or without amendments) varies by jurisdiction. The most recent and commonly adopted edition on the publication date of this document is the 2012 IBC.

· The NBCC has been directly adopted or is the basis of all Provincial or Territorial Building Codes in Canada. Its most recent and commonly adopted edition on the publication date of this FLS is 2010.

3. The NBCC and IBC-2012 require compliance with NFPA 80 for the installation and maintenance of fire door and window assemblies and hardware [20,54]. If an item regarding installation, labeling or application of fire doors, frame product, hardware, etc., is not otherwise addressed in the governing building code, the default requirement is governed by NFPA 80 and the policies and procedures of the certification organization (UL or WHI). NFPA 80 provides;

· Guidance for AHJ's to determine in the field if an assembly and its components meet the requirements and standards referenced and the products are maintained,

· The limitations test and certification organizations impose with regard to installation and application of the products they investigate

· The requirements that design professionals, contractors, installers, distributors and manufacturers must adhere to for code compliance.

4. In both Canada and the Unites States a 'jurisdictional hierarchy' exists for the application of codes; · The National Model Code (NBCC or IBC) requirements can be modified by State, Provincial or Territorial codes,

which in turn can be amended by County or 'regional' codes. And City, Town or Municipal codes, regulations or bylaws can over-ride these.

· Ultimately, interpretation and enforcement of codes and bylaws are the sole responsibility of the local Authority Having Jurisdiction [151].

5. Each edition of these codes may present differing requirements relating to building and public life safety. Users must therefore read this document in conjunction with the specific governing code for their project. Code requirements, unless specifically indicated otherwise, take precedence over information contained herein.

Items 1-5

http://publicecodes.cyberregs.com/icod/ibc/2012/index.htm

http://www.nationalcodes.nrc.gc.ca/eng/nbc/nbc_2010_contents.html

http://www.nfpa.org/codes-and-standards/document-information-pages?mode=code&code=80


6. Fleming provides fire-protection rated door assemblies for both the US and Canadian markets and as such products must meet the regulatory requirements of both. The standards are similar but not identical. Compliance with one country's standards does not provide compliance within the other. Fire-rated products must be specifically listed and labeled to the code mandated standard(s) to verify appropriate application. For reference purposes Table 1 below is therefore provided.

Table 1 - Most Commonly Adopted US and Canadian Standards

Standard United States Canada

Model Building Code International Building Code - 2012

National Building Code of Canada - 2010

Fire Door Assembly Tests

ANSI/UL10C-09 or ANSI/NFPA 252-2008 CAN/ULC-S104-10

Fire Door Frame and Transom Frame Design UL Subject 63-03 CAN/ULC-S105-09

Fire Window Assembly Tests

ANSI/UL9-09 or ANSI/NFPA 257-2007 CAN/ULC-S106-15

Fire Door and Window Assembly Installation ANSI/NFPA 80-2010 ANSI/NFPA 80-2007

Smoke Control Tests ANSI/UL1784-01 Not Required Smoke Control

Assembly Installation ANSI/NFPA 105-2010 Not Required

Wall Assembly Fire Tests

ANSI/UL263-11 ASTM E119-12 or NFPA 251-2006 (A)

CAN/ULC-S101-07

Safety Glazing Tests CPSC 16 CFR 1201 Not Required (A) : NFPA 251-2006 was withdrawn in 2010, however is referenced in the 2000, 2003

and 2006 editions of the IBC.

Explanation of Terms 7. For fire-rated doors, frame product, hardware, glazing materials and other 'opening' related items described in this

publication terms are used in the context below. Each is derived and/or compiled from various regulatory authorities and standards and therefore may differ slightly in concept or requirement from those found in a specific code.

Authority Having Jurisdiction - The individual or entity responsible for approving equipment, installation or procedure and/or enforcement of code, by-law or other regulatory requirements. (Abbreviation - AHJ)

Classified - A product tested or evaluated for a specific risk (or risks), performance under specified conditions or regulatory standards and subsequently re-inspected to an established set of requirements, listed and labeled accordingly.

Fire Barrier - Typically a fire-resistance rated wall assembly of materials designed to restrict the spread of fire. Also referred to as a 'Fire Separation'.

Fire Compartment - An enclosed space separated from all others by fire separations having a fire-resistance rating. Fire Door - The door (or doors) in a fire door assembly. Fire Door Assembly - The combination of labeled components; door, frame product, hardware, glazing trim, glazing

materials, accessories, their installation and maintenance, used to restrict the spread of fire through an opening in a wall. Building codes and regulatory organizations have developed additional terms to describe this concept such as 'Closure' or 'Opening Protective'.

Fire Door Frame Product - The labeled component forming the perimeter and interior framing members of an opening in a fire door assembly, anchored to the surrounding structure, prepared for fire doors, glazing materials or panels.

Fire Partition - A vertical assembly of materials designed to restrict the spread of fire but not requiring a fire-resistance rating. Fire-Protection Rating (or Rated) - The period of time a component or components, as an element of a fire door

assembly, tested or evaluated to UL10B, UL10C, NFPA 252 or CAN/ULC-S104 (fire tests for door assemblies) or UL9, NFPA 257 or CAN/ULC-S106 (fire tests for window assemblies) maintains the ability to confine a fire. (Abbreviation - FPR)

Fire-Resistance Rating (or Rated) - The time period a building component, element or assembly tested or evaluated to UL263, NFPA 251, CAN/ULC-S101 or ASTM E119 (fire tests of building construction and materials such as walls) maintains the ability to confine a fire, limit heat transmission and, when required by code, continues to provide an established structural function. (Abbreviation - FRR)

Fire Separation - See Fire Barrier Fire Wall - A fire-resistance rated vertical assembly which restricts the spread of fire and tested or evaluated for its

structural ability not to collapse under fire conditions. Fire Window - The labeled component forming the perimeter and interior framing members of an opening in a fire

window assembly, anchored to the surrounding structure, prepared for fire labeled glazing materials or panels. Fire Window Assembly - The combination of labeled components; frame, glazing materials, accessories, their

installation and maintenance, used to restrict the spread of fire through an opening in a wall. Frame Product - The term used to describe as a single group; frames, transom frames, sidelight and window

assemblies. See Page 38 for descriptions of each. Labeled - A product Listed or Classified by an accredited organization acceptable to the Authority Having Jurisdiction

(AHJ) and bearing the Mark, Logo or Symbol of that organization as verification of on-going follow-up inspection and compliance with the referenced standard.

Listed - A product tested or evaluated for reasonably foreseeable risks associated with the product, subsequently re-inspected to an established set of requirements and labeled accordingly. Also refers to products included in a published directory (See Listings).

Items 6-7





http://ulstandards.ul.com/standard/?id=10C_2




http://www.scc.ca/en/standardsdb/standards/25796


http://ulstandards.ul.com/standard/?id=63&edition=4&doctype=outline


http://ulstandards.ul.com/standard/?id=9&edition=8&doctype=ulstd










http://www.astm.org/Standards/E119.htm






http://www.gpo.gov/fdsys/pkg/CFR-2012-title16-vol2/pdf/CFR-2012-title16-vol2-part1201.pdf

http://ulstandards.ul.com/standard/?id=10B&edition=10&doctype=ulstd


Listings - A published directory (printed or electronic) detailing products Listed or Classified by an accredited organization acceptable to the Authority Having Jurisdiction. ULI's "Fire Resistance Directories", ULC's "Building Materials Directory" and WHI's "Directory of Listed Products" are examples of 'Listings'. Neither this document nor a manufacturer's catalogues are considered Listings.

Non-Labeled - Not listed, classified, fire-protection or fire-resistance rated and bearing no fire label. Non-Rated - Having no fire-protection or fire-resistance rating. Smoke Barrier - A fire-resistant rated wall, floor or ceiling assembly designed to restrict the migration of smoke to

adjacent areas. Smoke Partition - A wall assembly designed to restrict the migration of smoke to adjacent areas but not requiring a fire-

resistance rating.

Wall Versus Fire Door and Window Assembly Ratings 8. The fire-protection rating of a fire door assembly is determined by the fire-resistance rating of the wall in which it will be

installed and the regulatory requirements of the governing building code. · Code requirements are based on the uses or 'occupancies' within the building, the specific location in the building

and the potential fire hazards in that particular area. · Codes detail the relationship between opening type and location, fire-resistance rating of the wall and fire

protection-rating required for the fire door or window assembly. Table 2 below provides the current general requirements in the IBC and NBCC.

· Local building codes and by-laws may have differing and/or additional requirements to those below. The governing building code also specifies the test methodology, temperature-rise rating (TRR) and smoke control ratings that may be required.

Table 2 - Wall Versus Fire Door and Fire Window Assembly Ratings

Model Code

Type and Location of Wall

Required Fire-Resistance Rating of Wall

Required Fire-Protection Rating of Fire

Door or Window Assembly

IBC [21,42]

Fire Walls and Fire Barriers

4 Hr3 Hr

3 Hr2 Hr

1-1/2 Hr 1-1/2 Hr

Shafts, Exit Enclosures and Exit Passageway Walls 2 Hr 1-1/2 Hr

Fire Barriers

Enclosures for Shafts,Exit Access Stairways and

Ramps, Interior Exit Stairways and Ramps,

and Exit Passageway Walls

1 Hr 1 Hr

Other Fire Barriers 1 Hr 3/4 Hr

Fire Partitions

Other than Corridor Walls 1 Hr 3/4 Hr

1/2 Hr 1/3 Hr (B,C)

Corridor Walls 1 Hr 1/3 Hr (B,D,E)

1/2 Hr 1/3 Hr (B,C,E) Smoke Barriers 1 Hr 1/3 Hr (B,D,E)

Exterior Walls 3 or 2 Hr 1-1/2 Hr

1 Hr 3/4 Hr Smoke Partitions (E) None None Required

NBCC [52] Fire Separations or Fire Walls

4 Hr 3 Hr 3 Hr 2 Hr 2 Hr 1-1/2 Hr

1-1/2 Hr 1 Hr 1 Hr 3/4 Hr 1 Hr 1/3 Hr (A) [55]

3/4 Hr 3/4 Hr (A) : Entire fire door assembly must be "With Hose Stream" (WHS) (B) : Fire doors and their glazing are No Hose Stream (NHS) (C) : Frame product and their glazing are 1/3 hr With Hose Stream (WHS) rated [26]

(D) : Frame product and their glazing are 3/4 hr With Hose Stream (WHS) rated [26] (E) : Smoke Control tested and labeled in to UL1784 and installation per NFPA 105 required [10,14,24]

9. The project Architect is responsible for building compartmentalization and for each opening, determination and scheduling of code mandated;

· Fire test methodology (positive versus neutral pressure), · Fire-protection ratings, · Temperature rise ratings and · Smoke control ratings. 10. Distributors must ensure the product as specified and/or scheduled by the Architect, is eligible, prior to ordering factory

labeling or applying labels themselves. Ineligible product cannot be labeled. See Page 67, Item 625 for additional information.

Items 8-10



http://database.ul.com/cgi-bin/XYV/template/LISEXT/1FRAME/index.html

http://database.ul.com/cgi-bin/XYV/template/LISCANADA/1FRAME/index.html


https://whdirectory.intertek.com/Pages/DLP_Search.aspx


Assembly Rating Requirements 11. A fire door assembly rating requires that each of its components (fire door, frame product, hardware and when

specified, glazing trim, glazing materials, louvers and any other accessories) is fire labeled, installed and maintained in accordance with their individual listings, NFPA 80 (and NFPA 105 where smoke control is required) [10,18,20,22,30,54,

68,70,89,99,107]. 12. Labels are the only method that provides an AHJ evidence that a component has been listed and certified by a

nationally recognized certification organization having a factory inspection service, has been constructed as detailed in the Follow-Up Service (FUS) Procedures or Factory Audit Manuals (FAM) issued by the certification organization to the manufacturer and meets the code mandated standards and requirements [72].

· The rating of an opening is determined by the lowest rating of its components. · Therefore if a required component is omitted, not labeled, not installed or maintained in accordance with its listing or

the NFPA 80 requirements, it renders the entire assembly non-rated. · In addition the installation of non-labeled components on fire-protection rated and labeled fire door or window

assemblies is not permitted, voids the labels and rating of the assembly. 13. The NBCC does not mandate a fire-resistance rating for all fire separations; therefore doors and frame product installed

in non-rated separations may not require a fire-protection rating or fire labeling. 14. Components of the same assembly may be listed and labeled by different certification organizations [33,74,161]. 15. NFPA 80 requires that; · On completion of installation confirmation in writing be provided to the AHJ that all elements of each fire door

assembly are operational [91]. · Fire door and window assemblies be operational at all times, maintained and inspected at least annually and a

signed inspection report be maintained for the AHJ [92,95,96,97]. · Repair of items which could interfere with the operation of an assembly must be made with parts from the original

manufacturer in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and NFPA 80 [93,98]. If repairs cannot be made the component or fire door assembly must be replaced.

· Initial and annual inspections, maintenance and repairs are the responsibility of the building owner.

Fire Test Methods 16. Two types of fire tests for fire door and window assemblies are recognized in North America; 'positive' and 'neutral' pressure. · The IBC-2012 requires compliance with positive pressure testing referencing UL10C or NFPA 252 [22]. · For window assemblies the IBC-2012 references NFPA 257 and requires the neutral pressure plane to be located at

40" (1020) or less above the sill after 5 minutes [22]. It also references UL9 and requires the neutral pressure plane location at 1/3 the assembly height off the sill after 5 minutes. Both scenarios are 'positive pressure' fire tests.

· The NBCC requires all testing to CAN/ULC-S104 or CAN/ULC-S106, which are both 'neutral pressure' protocols [53]. · Positive pressure is not mandated in the NBCC. · Contact Customer Service, Woodbridge for explanations of these test methods. · Product fire tested only to other international standards such as ISO, BSI, Euro-Norm, DIN, etc., are not permitted

for use on Canadian or US projects. 17. Fire doors are tested and listed by hourly rating and temperature-rise rating (TRR). Fire door frame products are tested

and listed by hourly rating only. · The hourly rating indicates the duration of the fire test exposure and associated hose stream [66]. Together they are

defined as the fire-protection rating. · Fire door and frame product which qualify for a specific rating also qualify for all lower ratings. 18. A category system has been developed jointly by ULI and WHI to differentiate product types by application and the

requirements for use in positive pressure jurisdictions. · All Fleming fire-protection rated doors are "Category A - Fire Doors Not Requiring Additional Components". Fleming

fire doors and frame product do not require gaskets of any kind for positive pressure compliance. · Hollow metal frame products have also been evaluated for positive pressure. Since they are constructed from non-

combustible materials their performance under positive pressure is not affected. · Contact Customer Service, Woodbridge for additional details on the category system. · The products noted below have also been evaluated for positive pressure compliance. Their performance is not

affected and labels applied to them and frame products are not required to include any reference to the positive pressure fire test standards;

· Hinges (except as described on Page 69, Item 643), · Electric strikes (See Page 72, Item 684), · Single-point locks or latches (See Page 70, Items 653 to 659 and Page 71, Item 660), · Fire exit devices (See Pages 70, Item 653 and Page 71, Items 664 to 676) and · Flush or surface bolts (See Pages 70, Items 653, 656 and 658 and Page 71, Items 660 to 663 and 678). 19. Products labeled for positive pressure may also comply with and be eligible for labeling to the neutral pressure fire test

standards. Products labeled only for neutral pressure, except as noted in Item 18, are not eligible for use in positive pressure applications.

20. When positive pressure fire doors by others are required for Fleming fire door frame product they must be; · ULI or WHI labeled Category A or B fire doors, · Installed in accordance with the installation instructions provided with the fire door and · Any 'Category G - Edge Sealing' systems required for the fire door's positive pressure compliance must be installed. 21. Fleming fire doors and frame product are labeled for compliance to both positive and neutral pressure protocols for

each of the standards referenced in Item 16. 22. Fire doors, fire door frame product and gasketing must be installed in accordance with NFPA 80 and the 'Installation

Instructions' provided by their manufacturers. Refer to the Technical Manual for Fleming's Installation Instructions. One (1) copy should be included in the submittal/shop drawings and another copy should be attached to the Bill of Lading with each shipment.

Items 11-22











Smoke Control Assemblies 23. Smoke control assemblies (also referred to as "leakage rated") are intended to reduce the migration of smoke and

gases from a fire area to a protected area during the initial stages of a fire. · Under the 2012 IBC fire doors may also be required to be tested and labeled for 'Smoke Control' [10,14,25]. · The test method used, UL1784, is separate from and the performance requirements are different from those of a fire

test. This standard measures the rate of air leakage through a door assembly. · For descriptions of the test standard contact Customer Service, Woodbridge. · Smoke control performance is a function of the door and gaskets not the hollow metal frame product; therefore

hollow metal frame products are not required to be labeled for smoke control. · The IBC-2012 specifies the maximum leakage rate permitted; typically 3 ft3/min/ft2 (0.9 m3/min/m2) of opening area

[14,25]. · Door and gasket labels certifying compliance with the smoke control standards must include the "S" symbol [34]. · Installation of smoke control assemblies must be in accordance with NFPA 105, "Standard for the Installation of

Smoke Door Assemblies and Other Opening Protectives" [14,25] and the instructions provided with them. 24. The 2012 IBC also has provision for smoke control assemblies which are not fire-protection rated [11]. · The IBC allows doors which "provide an effective barrier to limit the transfer of smoke" or be "close fitting" [2,3,6,10]. · The IBC requires windows in smoke partitions to "be sealed to resist the free passage of smoke" [12]. · Neither of the above mandates fire or smoke control rated openings. · When only smoke control is mandated, NFPA 105 does not require self-latching devices [167]. (Labeled self-latching

devices are however required when the opening is fire-rated.) 25. Canadian codes do not call for smoke control assemblies, testing to UL1784 or installation in accordance with NFPA

105. · The NBCC does however require all fire separations to be 'smoke tight' [51]. · Doors and frames may be identified in Canadian project specifications and/or door and frame schedules as "0 hour

rated" assemblies in "0 hour rated" partitions. The 'intent' is to have closures which do not compromise the 'tightly sealed separation' requirement.

26. Our recommendation for Items 24 and 25 is to provide doors and gasketing systems certified and labeled to the UL1784 'smoke control' standard with Fleming's supplementary label, Part Number 3520710, shown on Page 67, applied to the door.

27. When doors and gasketing requiring smoke control are also be required to be fire-protection rated, the "S" symbol must be present with the fire labels.

· Fleming's UL fire door labels have this symbol included. · For Fleming's WHI fire doors, 'supplementary labels', Part Numbers 3520720, 3520730, 3520740 or 3520750

shown on Page 67 are applied adjacent to the fire door label. · When fire-protection rated, smoke control doors are required, Fleming fire doors like all others must utilize

"Category H - Labeled Smoke Control Gaskets" and be installed in UL or WHI labeled steel fire door frame product.

Sprinkler Protected Assemblies 28. The 2012 IBC and some Canadian provincial codes have provision for "glazed wall assemblies" or "glass walls forming

a smoke partition" with dedicated automatic sprinkler systems in specific applications. As "glazed/glass walls" these are limited to window assemblies; frame product without provision for doors.

· Codes do not categorize these as fire-protection or fire-resistance rated assemblies. As such they are not provided as fire labeled window assemblies or smoke control units.

· The IBC and the Ontario Building Code (OBC) provide their respective requirements. · The IBC provides a prescriptive specification for sprinkler placement and function only [1]. · The OBC calls for compliance with ULC/ORD C263.1, "Sprinkler-Protected Window Systems", defines where these

may not be used and limitations for when they are permitted [169].

Hurricane-Resistant Fire-Rated Product 29. When exterior openings are required to be fire-rated by the IBC, in addition to UL10C or NFPA 252 fire test compliance,

these units may also be required to meet the following code mandated windstorm test standards for swinging exterior hurricane-resistant openings [22];

· IBC - outside of Florida; ASTM E330, ASTM E1886 and ASTM E1996 [47,48,49], · Florida Building Code - High Velocity Hurricane Zone (HVHZ); TAS 201, TAS 202 and TAS 203 [162-166], · Florida Building Code - outside the HVHZ; ASTM E330, ASTM E1886, ASTM E1996 and/or ANSI A250.13 [162-165]. · Hurricane-resistance is not mandated in the NBCC. 30. Hurricane-Resistant units are tested for specific combinations of orientation, design load, size, wall type, hinging and

latching hardware. · Tables 4 (Pages 11 & 12), 5 (Pages 13, 14 & 15) and 6 (Pages 16, 17, 18 & 19) for doors and Tables 18 (Page 39),

19 (Pages 40 & 41) and 20 (Pages 42 & 43) for frame product indicate the maximum sizes available by fire-rating, series, gage and core.

· Table 14, Page 32 (doors) and Table 27, Page 60 (frame product) provide the limitations for each specific configuration available.

31. Testing for structural and cyclic loading (combined to obtain design load), impact and forced entry resistance and pressurized air (and water infiltration for the HVHZ only) are the code mandated hurricane-resistance performance criteria.

· The design load must determined and scheduled for each exterior opening by the project Architect or structural engineer, calculated by applying code prescribed safety factors to the ASCE 7 wind speeds found in the governing code.

· Safety factors include; exposure categories, building shape, proximity of an opening to inside or outside building corners and grade, adjacent topography and building occupancy type. These vary by code version and jurisdiction.

Items 23-31












http://www.google.com/url?sa=t&rct=j&q=&esrc=s&frm=1&source=web&cd=1&ved=0CCsQFjAA&url=http%3A%2F%2Fwww2.iccsafe.org%2Fstates%2FFlorida2ndDraft2007%2Ftest_protocols%2FPDFs%2FTesting%2520Application%2520Standard%2520TAS%2520201-94.pdf&ei=aaV6UqTlGeKbygGruoCoDQ&usg=AFQjCNEkI1B9-6PAxUkqKpS9FY7F2plYCw&bvm=bv.55980276,d.aWc

http://www.google.com/url?sa=t&rct=j&q=&esrc=s&frm=1&source=web&cd=1&ved=0CCsQFjAA&url=http%3A%2F%2Fwww2.iccsafe.org%2Fstates%2FFlorida2ndDraft2007%2Ftest_protocols%2FPDFs%2FTesting%2520Application%2520Standard%2520TAS%2520202-94.pdf&ei=qKV6UtPJCeGfyQGQtIGACw&usg=AFQjCNH6wZKW8C8KnSv2vs54hqFN-IXvQg&bvm=bv.55980276,d.aWc

http://www.google.com/url?sa=t&rct=j&q=&esrc=s&frm=1&source=web&cd=2&ved=0CDAQFjAB&url=http%3A%2F%2Fwww2.iccsafe.org%2Fstates%2FFlorida2ndDraft2007%2Ftest_protocols%2FPDFs%2FTesting%2520Application%2520Standard%2520TAS%2520203-94.pdf&ei=_KV6UryAIIGiyAGY6YHwDw&usg=AFQjCNHqMyW8ZGfIiJjuvXXfa-D99DUPWQ&bvm=bv.55980276,d.aWc

http://www.steeldoor.org/T-DOC/ansi-250-13.php

http://residentialengineeringgroup.com/teg.pdf


32. Fleming's Hurricane-Resistant fire-rated products are tested, certified and ULI labeled for hurricane-resistance under categories ZHCW - Swinging Exterior Doors and ZHDL - Swinging Exterior Door Frames as components for hurricane-resistance rated assemblies to all the above standards. They are also Florida Building Commission (FBC) approved under FL14237 for state-wide approval to the 2014 Florida Building Code with ULI as the FBC approved Testing, Validation, Certification and Inspection entity.

33. All hardware used on UL Fleming Hurricane-Resistant construction ULI or WHI fire-rated openings must be listed and labeled for fire-protection. Hardware must also be ULI or WHI listed and certified as a component for use on windstorm-resistant hollow metal doors to the appropriate standards in Item 29.

· Each Hurricane-Resistant construction fire door opening must be prepared for hinges, labeled self-latching devices and self-closing devices in accordance with NFPA 80 [15,40,41,57,102,118].

· Florida state-wide hurricane-resistance qualification is generally obtained through the Florida Building Commission (FBC) and its approval system.

· Outside Florida, 3rd party certification and labeling provided by UL or WHI are used. For UL hurricane-resistant hardware listings refer to their On-Line Certification Directory, Category ZHDX for hinges and ZHEM for latching hardware. See the WHI Directory of Listed Products; Windstorm for their listed latching and hinging hardware.

Tornado-Resistant Fire-Rated Product 34. Fleming's F5-Series Tornado-Resistant fire-rated construction assemblies are designed for compliance with; · ICC 500-2008, Standard for the Design and Construction of Storm Shelters · Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA); · FEMA 320 (1998 and 2008) Residential Safe Room Guidelines and · FEMA 361-2008 Community Shelter Guidelines 35. Both the 2012 IBC [5,22] and FEMA 361 reference ICC 500 for their base requirements and require testing to ASTM

E330 and E1886. 36. These Guidelines and Standards define the tests and performance criteria for door and frame assemblies as outlined

below in Table 3. Codes and by-laws may also require such openings to be fire-protection rated to UL10C / NFPA 252.

Table 3 - Tornado-Resistant Assembly Performance Criteria

Testing Guideline or Standard

FEMA 320 FEMA 361 ICC 500

Wind-Resistance

Design Pressure ± 164 psf (7.85 kPa) ± 246 psf (11.78 kPa) ± 246 psf (11.78 kPa)Static Test Pressure

(ASTM E330) ± 197 psf (9.43 kPa) ± 296 psf (14.17 kPa) ± 296 psf (14.17 kPa)

Impact-Resistance (ASTM E1886) (for 250 mph Design Wind Speed)

15 lb (6.8 kg) 2" x 4"at 100 mph (160.9 km/h)

15 lb (6.8 kg) 2" x 4" at 100 mph (160.9 km/h)

15 lb (6.8 kg) 2" x 4"at 100 mph (160.9 km/h)

37. Fleming's F5-Series Tornado-Resistant construction ULI fire door assemblies are certified and ULI labeled for tornado-resistance under category ZHLA - Windstorm-Rated Assemblies to each of the above standards and must be installed as a system.

38. Each system is limited to a specific combination of door, frame, latching, hinging and closing hardware, orientation and size(s). Tables 4 (Pages 11 & 12), 5 (Pages 13, 14 & 15) and 6 (Pages 16, 17, 18 & 19) provide the maximum door sizes available and Tables 18 (Page 39), 19 (Pages 40 & 41) and 20 (Pages 42 & 43) the required frames. Table 16, Page 34 details the specifics of each hardware combination permitted.

39. Tornado-resistant assemblies are not required under the NBCC.

Field Labeling and Field Modifications 40. The field application of fire door or frame product labels or the field modification of labeled doors or frame product is not

permitted except under UL or WHI Special Field Inspection Programs [94,152]. · Contact the Customer Service Department, Woodbridge for additional information on these Programs. · Field inspections and/or field modification of Fleming labeled product not authorized by Fleming or not performed by

Fleming's designated certifier are not permitted, will void the fire-rating of the entire opening, the product warranty and Fleming's responsibilities.

41. The following are not considered field modifications by NFPA 80, UL or WHI and are therefore permitted to be performed on site [67];

· Drilling of function holes for listed locks and fire exit devices in appropriately reinforced doors, · Drilling of 3/4" (19) diameter maximum holes for labeled door viewers, · Drilling and tapping required to mount labeled hardware, · Installation of; · Astragals, labeled hardware, gaskets and other labeled accessories, · Labeled glazing materials in prepared openings as described on Pages 21, Items 100 and 101, Page 22, Items

102 to 116 for fire doors or Page 54, Items 457 to 468, and Page 55, Items 469 to 471 for frame product, · Labeled fire door louvers in prepared fire door openings as described on Page 23, Items 120 to 123, · Labeled 3rd party glazing kits in prepared fire door openings as described on Page 21, Items 93 to 99, · Labeled non-metallic fire door cladding materials in accordance with their individual listings and installation

instructions, · Labeled protective plates on labeled doors in accordance with NFPA 80 and the protective plate manufacturer's

listings and installation instructions [140], · Signage in accordance with NFPA 80 [69], · Loose wall anchors in frame product (See Items 354, 358, 389, 526, 565 and 588), · Fire-rated hollow metal removable mullions and · Flush or rabetted removable hollow metal panels (above fire doors) in prepared Fleming frame product,

Items 32-41






http://database.ul.com/cgi-bin/XYV/template/LISEXT/1FRAME/showpage.html?name=ZHCH.GuideInfo&ccnshorttitle=Windstorm-rated+Swinging+Door+Components&objid=1076906959&cfgid=1073741824&version=versionless&parent_id=1076906958&sequence=1


http://database.ul.com/cgi-bin/XYV/template/LISEXT/1FRAME/showpage.html?name=ZHDX.GuideInfo&ccnshorttitle=Hinges&objid=1076907013&cfgid=1073741824&version=versionless&parent_id=1076907012&sequence=1

http://database.ul.com/cgi-bin/XYV/template/LISEXT/1FRAME/showpage.html?name=ZHEM.GuideInfo&ccnshorttitle=Latching+Hardware&objid=1076907029&cfgid=1073741824&version=versionless&parent_id=1076907028&sequence=1

https://archive.org/stream/gov.law.icc.500.2008/icc.500.2008#page/n0/mode/2up



http://www.fema.gov/media-library/assets/documents/2009?id=1536


https://www.fema.gov/media-library/assets/documents/3140



http://www.fema.gov



http://database.ul.com/cgi-bin/XYV/template/LISEXT/1FRAME/showpage.html?name=ZHLA.GuideInfo&ccnshorttitle=Windstorm-rated+Assemblies&objid=1078637474&cfgid=1073741824&version=versionless&parent_id=1078637473&sequence=1

http://database.ul.com/cgi-bin/XYV/template/LISEXT/1FRAME/showpage.html?name=ZHDL.R8931&ccnshorttitle=Door+Frames&objid=1077127059&cfgid=1073741824&version=versionless&parent_id=1076906998&sequence=1

http://database.ul.com/cgi-bin/XYV/template/LISEXT/1FRAME/showpage.html?name=ZHCW.R8930&ccnshorttitle=Swinging+Doors,+Exterior&objid=1077058249&cfgid=1073741824&version=versionless&parent_id=1076906987&sequence=1

https://www.floridabuilding.org/pr/pr_app_dtl.aspx?param=wGEVXQwtDquDEJErt0SCen5sgEXX02yQPrgJRy8gN34%2fEMAEcqvIUQ%3d%3d


· Assembly of; · Knocked-down (KD) and Drywall (DW-Series) fire door frames and · Field spliced fire door frame product. (See Page 56, Item 500)

In-Plant Labeling Program (IPLP) 42. Fleming distributors approved by UL and/or WHI under this program order eligible doors, frame components, anchors

and accessories from the factory. Distributors under this program are subject to the same unannounced on-going inspections as the factory by UL or WHI to verify compliance with their program requirements.

· These may then be modified and/or assembled at the distributor's facilities within the program limitations and the required fire label then applied.

· Only those "Constructions" identified with the "IPLP" suffix on Pages 11 to 19, Tables 4 (Pages 11 & 12), 5 (Pages 13, 14 & 15) and 6 (Pages 16, 17, 18 & 19) for fire doors, Tables 18 (Page 39), 19 (Pages 40 & 41) and 20 (Pages 42 & 43) for frame product and having the Fleming - Woodbridge Factory Identification Mark (FIM) are eligible under this program.

· The FIM is used by UL and WHI to identify products manufactured by Fleming, inspected by UL or WHI in Woodbridge for compliance with their requirements, eligible for subsequent manufacturing operations and labeling at approved IPLP distributor locations.

· The FIM is "AX" stamped into one or more of the hinge reinforcements of eligible doors and frame product. · The FIM may also be used by UL or WHI to facilitate Special Field Inspections referenced above. 43. Permitted IPLP door modifications include; · Preparation and/or installation of Fleming glazing kits, · Preparation for and/or installation of labeled 3rd party glazing kits or fire door louvers, · Tack-welding of vertical edge seams, · Conversion from visible to seamless edge seams, · Preparation and installation of Fleming internal lock edge reinforcing channels for double egress applications, · Preparation and installation of approved alternate lock, strike, hinge and other hardware reinforcing, · Preparation of function and/or mounting holes and drilling and tapping for listed hardware, · Installation of ElectroLynx® or approved conduit with pull wire for electronically or electrically controlled hardware, · Drilling of 3/4" (19) holes maximum for fire door viewers or peep hole devices, · Installation of labeled glazing materials or in-fill panels, · Installation of flush steel top and bottom caps and · Under-sizing of doors to suit non-standard heights. 44. Permitted IPLP frame product modifications are; · Assembly of combinations of jambs, heads, mullions, center rails, corner posts and sills into finished product, · Welding-in of wall and/or floor anchors (as required), · Welding-in of closer reinforcing, · Preparations for listed removable hardware mullions, · Preparation for labeled Fleming hollow metal removable mullions, · Preparation of mounting holes and drilling and tapping for listed hardware, · Installation of ElectroLynx or approved conduit with pull wire for electronically or electrically controlled hardware, · Preparation for field splices, · Preparation for and installation of panels and removable glazing stops and · Preparation and installation of approved alternate hinge, strike and other hardware reinforcing. 45. Constructions not included in this program must be provided from the factory; · Prepared for all hardware, · With fire label applied and · For doors; · Fleming glazing kits installed or · Prepared for labeled 3rd party glazing kits or · Prepared for labeled fire door louvers · For frame product; · Factory assembled (if SUW required) and · When required, captive (welded) wall and floor anchors.

Items 42-45


FLEMING FIRE DOORS

Fleming Door Series Descriptions 46. The following provides an over view of the Fleming Door Series covered in this publication and an explanation of the

edge seams, cores and applications available. The first core listed is the standard and optionally available cores follow with the core designation/abbreviation in parentheses.

BR-Series Fully welded, seamless edge, back-to-back, welded top hat vertical steel stiffeners with fiberglass core and bullet-resistant reinforced face (BR) core door[*]

CW-Series Fully welded, seamless edge, laminated polystyrene (PS), honeycomb (HC)[*] or polyisocyanurate (PI) core door

D-Series Lock seam, visible edge, laminated honeycomb (HC), polystyrene (PS), polyisocyanurate (PI), temperature-rise rated mineral board (TRR), proprietary 'Whisper Core' (WCXX[*], WC35, WC46[*]), lead-lined with honeycomb composite (LL) or laminated vertical steel stiffeners with honeycomb (SHC) core door

E-Series Lock seam, visible edge, laminated polystyrene (PS) core, embossed face sheet door (includes 6-panel, HD-1 (1-panel) and all HD-2 (2-panel) designs)

F5-Series Fully welded, seamless edge, welded vertical steel stiffeners with polystyrene (VSP), laminated polyurethane (PU) or honeycomb (HC) core tornado-resistant door[*]

H-Series Fully welded, seamless edge, welded interlocking vertical steel stiffeners with fiberglass (VS) or temperature-rise rated batt insulation (TRR) core door

HS-Series Fully welded, seamless edge, welded vertical steel stiffeners and proprietary internal reinforcing with fiberglass (VSD) core, detention security door[*]

MH-Series Fully welded, seamless edge, welded back-to-back top hat vertical steel stiffeners with fiberglass (VS) core door[*]

S-Series Lock seam, visible edge, laminated full thickness vertical stiffeners with fiberglass (VS) core or proprietary 'Whisper Core' (WC35) door

SL-Series Visible center seam, laminated polystyrene (PS), polyurethane (PU) or honeycomb (HC) Core, textured wood grain, stained face sheet door[*]

SLE-Series Visible center seam, laminated polystyrene core (PS), textured wood grain, stained 6-panel embossed face sheet door[*]

SLTR-Series Visible center seam, laminated temperature-rise rated mineral board (TRR) core, textured wood grain, stained face sheet door[*]

SS-Series Lock seam, visible edge, laminated polystyrene (PS), polyisocyanurate (PI) or honeycomb (HC) core, stainless steel door

Trio-E Series Visible edge seam, proprietary laminated Z-stiffeners welded to pull-side steel liner with polyurethane (LUE) core, energy efficient, U factor 0.29, R 3.45 (RSI 0.61) door[*]

[*]: Products with this designation are produced by various operating divisions of the ASSA ABLOY Door Group North America.

Fleming Fire Doors - General 47. Items 47 to 139, (Pages 10, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24 and 25) and 317 to 344, (Pages 35 to 44) are applicable to all

Standard and Non-Standard construction Fleming labeled fire doors unless indicated otherwise. · 'Standard' construction refers to singles or pairs of fire doors (swinging in the same direction) applications only. · The factors determining whether a fire door is considered a Fleming 'Non-Standard' construction are; specialized

applications, performance based features or the use of materials that affect fire performance. Preparations for hardware, glass lights, louvers, door thickness or fire test methodology do not determine construction type.

· Refer to the Fleming Technical Manual for standard and optional features provided or available for each door Series. · Those constructions considered 'Non-Standard' include; · Specialized applications; Double Egress, Dutch and Door with Panel Above, · Performance based; Temperature-Rise, Acoustic, Trio-E (energy efficient), Lead-Lined, Detention Security,

Bullet, Hurricane, Tornado-Resistant and · Material based; Stainless Steel and Clad. 48. Tables 4 (Pages 11 & 12), 5 (Pages 13, 14 & 15) and 6 (Pages 16, 17, 18 & 19) provide detail relating to maximum

nominal door opening sizes for Fleming fire doors by rating, construction, series, gage and core. The sizes indicated in these Tables are those permitted by UL (ULI and ULC) and WHI respectively and the limitations indicated in Items 54 and 55, Page 19.

Items 46-48


Table 4 - 2 and 3 Hour Fire Doors

Construction [42-45,47]

Series [46]

and Gage

Cores [46

60-67 318]

Maximum Nominal Door Opening Size [53-56] Notes: (See Pages 19 to 35 and 66 & 67). Items in [ ] are applicable to all Constructions unless noted otherwise.

UL WHI

Edg

es

[69-

78]

Ast

raga

ls

[124

-139

]

Har

dwa

re

Gla

zing

, P

anel

s an

d/or

Lo

uver

s

Con

stru

ctio

n S

peci

fic N

otes

[1

40]

Singles Pairs Singles Pairs

Standard (IPLP)

CW14 CW16

PS HC

36" x 120" (900 x 3050) or 48" x 108" (1250 x 2750)

72" x 120" (1800 x 3050)or 96" x 108"(2450 x 2750)

48" x 96" (1250 x 2450)

96" x 96" (2450 x 2450)

69 73

129 133

628-701 80-123 49-79

D16 D18

HC PS

36" x 120" (900 x 3050) or 48" x 108" (1250 x 2750)

72" x 120" (1800 x 3050)or 96" x 108"(2450 x 2750)

48" x 96" (1250 x 2450)

96" x 96" (2450 x 2450)

69 71 72 76

129-131 133

SHC 48" x 96"

(1250 x 2450) 96" x 96"

(2450 x 2450)48" x 96"

(1250 x 2450)96" x 96"

(2450 x 2450)

69 71 76

D20 HC PS

- - 38" x 84"

(965 x 2150)76" x 84"

(1930 x 2150)D16-8 D18-8

HC 36" x 84"

(900 x 2150) 72" x 84"

(1800 x 2150)- -

E18 PS 44" x 96"

(1150 x 2450) 88" x 96"

(2250 x 2450)44" x 96"

(1150 x 2450)88" x 96"

(2250 x 2450)

E20 PS - - 36" x 84"

(900 x 2150)72" x 84"

(1800 x 2150)

H12 VS 48" x 120"

(1250 x 3050) 96" x 120"

(2450 x 3050)- -

69 73 H14

H16 VS

48" x 120" (1250 x 3050)

96" x 120" (2450 x 3050)

48" x 96" (1250 x 2450)

96" x 96" (2450 x 2450)

S16 S18

VS 48" x 96"

(1250 x 2450) 96" x 96"

(2450 x 2450)36" x 96"

(900 x 2450)72" x 96"

(1800 x 2450)69, 74

76

Standard

MH14 VS 48" x 108"

(1250 x 3050) 96" x 108"

(2450 x 2750)48" x 108"

(1250 x 3050)96" x 108"

(2450 x 2750) 70 75

129 134

628-70187 96

100-123

49-79

MH16 MH18

VS 48" x 120"

(1250 x 2750) 96" x 120"

(2450 x 3050)48" x 120"

(1250 x 2750)96" x 120"

(2450 x 3050)SL16 SL18

PS HC,PU

48" x 96" (1250 x 2450)

96" x 96" (2450 x 2450)

48" x 96" (1250 x 2450)

96" x 96" (2450 x 2450)

70 75

129 135

628-70186 96

100-123

SL16-8 SL18-8

PS 40" x 86"

(1000 x 2200) -

40" x 86" (1000 x 2200)

-

SLE18 PS 36" x 84"

(900 x 2150) 72" x 84"

(1800 x 2150)36" x 84"

(900 x 2150)72" x 84"

(1800 x 2150)

Double Egress (IPLP)

CW14 PS HC

Not Applicable

72" x 120"(1800 x 3050)or 96" x 108"(2450 x 2750)

Not Applicable -

69 73

141-143146

144 149-151 141-154

CW16 PS HC

Not Applicable

72" x 120"(1800 x 3050)or 96" x 108"(2450 x 2750)

Not Applicable

96" x 96" (2450 x 2450)

D16 D18

HC PS

Not Applicable

72" x 120"(1800 x 3050)or 96" x 108"(2450 x 2750)

Not Applicable

96" x 96" (2450 x 2450) 69

76 141-143

146-148

E18 PS Not Applicable

88" x 96"(2250 x 2450)

NotApplicable

88" x 96"(2250 x 2450)

H12 VS Not Applicable

96" x 120"(2450 x 3050)

NotApplicable - 69

73 143

146 H14 H16 VS Not

Applicable 96" x 120"

(2450 x 3050)Not

Applicable96" x 96"

(2450 x 2450)

Double Egress

MH16 MH18 VS Not


(2450 x 3050)Not

Applicable96" x 120"

(2450 x 3050)

70 75

143 146 144 149-151 141-154SL16

SL18

PS PU

Not Applicable

72" x 96"(1800 x 2450)

NotApplicable

72" x 96"(1800 x 2450)

HC Not Applicable

96" x 96"(2450 x 2450)

NotApplicable

96" x 96"(2450 x 2450)

SLE18 PS Not Applicable

72" x 84"(1800 x 2150)

NotApplicable

72" x 84"(1800 x 2150)

Door with Panel Above

CW14 CW16

PS HC

48" x 108" (1250 x 2750)

96" x 108"(2450 x 2750) - - 69

73 158

163 164 155-166

D16 D18

HC PS

48" x 108" (1250 x 2750)

96" x 108"(2450 x 2750) - - 69,71,72

76,160 158-161

SHC 48" x 96" (1250 x 2450)

96" x 96"(2450 x 2450) - - 69

71 76 158

159 E18 PS 44" x 96" (1150 x 2450)

88" x 96"(2250 x 2450) - -

S16 S18 VS 48" x 96"

(1250 x 2450) 96" x 96"

(2450 x 2450) - - 69,7476

Continued

Table 4


Table 4 - 2 and 3 Hour Fire Doors (Continued)


Series [46]

and Gage

Cores [46

60-67 318]


UL WHI

Edg

es

[69-

78]

Ast

raga

ls

[124

-139

]

Har

dwa

re

Gla

zing

, P

anel

s an

d/or

Lo

uver

s

Con

stru

ctio

n S

peci

fic N

otes

[1

40]


Tem

pera

ture

Ris

e R

ated

- 4

50°F

/250

°C

Singles and

Pairs

30 M

in. SLTR16

SLTR18 TRR 48" x 96" (1250 x 2450)

96" x 96" (2450 x 2450)

48" x 96" (1250 x 2450)

96" x 96" (2450 x 2450)

69,7075,76

180-182 179-183

185 186

184 185 177-190H12

H14, H16 TRR 48" x 120" (1250 x 3050)

96" x 120"(2450 x 3050) - - 69

73 179

30 o

r 60

Min

D16 D18 TRR 48" x 96"

(1250 x 2450) 96" x 96"

(2450 x 2450)48" x 96"

(1250 x 2450)96" x 96"

(2450 x 2450)

69,7075,76

180-182 179-183

Double Egress

30 M

in. H14

H16 TRR Not Applicable

96" x 120"(2450 x 3050)

NotApplicable - 69, 73

143 179

144 184 185

141-154177-190

SLTR16 SLTR18 TRR Not


(2450 x 2450)Not

Applicable96" x 96"

(2450 x 2450)7075

179 183

30 o

r 60

Min

D16 D18 TRR Not


(2450 x 2450)Not

Applicable - 69,76 180-182 179-182

Door with

Panel Above

30 o

r 60

Min

D16 D18 TRR 48" x 96"

(1250 x 2450) 96" x 96"

(2450 x 2450) - - 69 76

180-182 179-182 163 184

185 155-166177-190

Hurricane Resistant

30 M

in.

H14 H16 TRR 48" x 96"

(1250 x 2450) 96" x 96"

(2450 x 2450)48" x 96"

(1250 x 2450)96" x 96"

(2450 x 2450)69 73 179

285 288-296

184 185 297

177-190281-304

30 o

r 60

Min

D16 TRR 48" x 96" (1250 x 2450)

96" x 96" (2450 x 2450)

48" x 96" (1250 x 2450)

96" x 96" (2450 x 2450) 69

76 180-182

179-182 D18 TRR 48" x 84"

(1250 x 2150) 96" x 84"

(2450 x 2150)48" x 84"

(1250 x 2150)96" x 84"

(2450 x 2150)Energy Efficient

Trio-E16 Trio-E18 LUE 48" x 96"

(1250 x 2450) 96" x 96"

(2450 x 2450)48" x 96"

(1250 x 2450)96" x 96"

(2450 x 2450)70,71191

192 193 196 194

195 191-199

Stainless Steel

SS16 SS18 HC 48" x 96"

(1250 x 2450) - - - 69,76201 - 205 206-208 200-210

Clad

CW16 PS HC - - 48" x 96"

(1250 x 2450) - 69 73

216 - 223 220-222 211-228D16

D18 HC PS - - 48" x 96"

(1250 x 2450) -

H14 H16 VS - - 48" x 96"

(1250 x 2450) -

Dutch

MH16 MH18 VS 48" x 86"

(1250 x 2200) - 48" x 86"(1250 x 2200) -

70 75 173 167

168 174 167-176SL16 SL18 PS 44" x 86"

(1150 x 2200) - 44" x 86"(1150 x 2200) -

Aco

ustic

STC 35 D16, D18 S18 WC35 48" x 96"

(1250 x 2450) - 48" x 96"(1250 x 2450) -

242-244 - 245-250253 254-257 239-262

STC 46 D18 WC46 - - 48" x 96"(1250 x 2450) -

STC 32-41 & 47-52

D16 D18 WCxx 48" x 96"

(1250 x 2450) - 48" x 96"(1250 x 2450) -

STC 42-46 D16 D18 WCxx 48" x 96"

(1250 x 2450) - - -

Hurricane Resistant

CW16 PS HC

48" x 96" (1250 x 2450)

96" x 96"(2450 x 2450)

48" x 96"(1250 x 2450)

96" x 96"(2450 x 2450)

6973

298 299

285 288-296

297 300

281-304

D16 HC PS

48" x 96" (1250 x 2450)

96" x 96"(2450 x 2450)

48" x 96"(1250 x 2450)

96" x 96"(2450 x 2450)

69 282-284 D18 HC

PS 48" x 84"

(1250 x 2150) 96" x 84"

(2450 x 2150)48" x 84"

(1250 x 2150)96" x 84"

(2450 x 2150)

E18 PS 44" x 84" (1150 x 2150)

88" x 84"(2250 x 2150)

44" x 84"(1150 x 2150)

88" x 84"(2250 x 2150)

H14 H16 VS 48" x 96"

(1250 x 2450) 96" x 96"

(2450 x 2450)48" x 96"

(1250 x 2450)96" x 96"

(2450 x 2450)6973

SS16 PS 48" x 96" (1250 x 2450) - - - 69

283 - 285 288-296

206 297 300 SS18 PS 48" x 84"

(1250 x 2150) - - -

Tor

nad

o R

esis

tant

IC

C 5

00

FEMA 320 F514 VSP 36" x 84"

(900 x 2150) - - -

70 73

-

306-310 314 305-316FEMA 320 & 361

F514 PU 36" x 84"

(900 x 2150) 72" x 84"

(1800 x 2150) - - 311

HC 48" x 96" (1250 x 2450)

96" x 96"(2450 x 2450) - -

FEMA 361 F516 HC 48" x 96"

(1250 x 2450) 96" x 96"

(2450 x 2450) - - 312

Table 4


Table 5 - 1 and 1-1/2 Hour Fire Doors


Series [46]

and Gage

Cores [46

60-67 318]


UL WHI

Edg

es

[69-

78]

Ast

raga

ls

[124

-139

]

Har

dwa

re

Gla

zing

, P

anel

s an

d/or

Lo

uver

s C

onst

ruct

ion

Sp

eci

fic

Not

es

[140

]


Standard (IPLP)

CW14 CW16

PS HC

36" x 120" (900 x 3050) or 48" x 108" (1250 x 2750)

72" x 120"(1800 x 3050)or 96" x 108"(2450 x 2750)

48" x 96" (1250 x 2450)

96" x 96" (2450 x 2450) 69

73 129 133

628-701 80-123 49-79

PI 48" x 86" (1250 x 2200)

96" x 86"(2450 x 2200)

48" x 86"(1250 x 2200)

96" x 86"(2450 x 2200)

D16 D18

HC PS

36" x 120" (900 x 3050) or 48" x 108" (1250 x 2750)

72" x 120"(1800 x 3050)or 96" x 108"(2450 x 2750)

36" x 120"(900 x 3050)or 48" x 108"(1250 x 2750)

72" x 120"(1800 x 3050)or 96" x 108"(2450 x 2750)

6971 72 76

129-131 133

PI 48" x 86" (1250 x 2200)

96" x 86"(2450 x 2200)

48" x 86"(1250 x 2200)

96" x 86"(2450 x 2200)

69 71 76

SHC 48" x 96" (1250 x 2450)

96" x 96"(2450 x 2450)

48" x 96"(1250 x 2450)

96" x 96"(2450 x 2450)

D20 HC PS,PI

38" x 84" (965 x 2150)

76" x 84"(1930 x 2150)

38" x 84"(965 x 2150)

76" x 84"(1930 x 2150)

D16-8 D18-8 D20-8

HC 36" x 84" (900 x 2150)

72" x 84" (1800 x 2150) - -

E18 PS 44" x 96" (1150 x 2450)

88" x 96"(2250 x 2450)

44" x 96"(1150 x 2450)

88" x 96"(2250 x 2450)

E20 PS 36" x 84" (900 x 2150)

72" x 84"(1800 x 2150)

36" x 84"(900 x 2150)

72" x 84"(1800 x 2150)

H12 VS 60" x 144" (1525 x 3650)

120" x 144"(3050 x 3650) - - 69

73 H14 H16 VS 60" x 144"

(1525 x 3650) 120" x 144"

(3050 x 3650)60" x 144"

(1525 x 3650)120" x 144"

(3050 x 3650)S16 S18 VS 48" x 96"

(1250 x 2450) 96" x 96"

(2450 x 2450)48" x 96"

(1250 x 2450)96" x 96"

(2450 x 2450)69,74

76

Standard

MH14 VS 48" x 108" (1250 x 2750)

96" x 108"(2450 x 2750)

48" x 108"(1250 x 2750)

96" x 108"(2450 x 2750) 70

75 129 134 628-701

87 96

100-123

49-79

MH16 MH18 VS 48" x 120"

(1250 x 3050) 96" x 120"

(2450 x 3050)48" x 120"

(1250 x 3050)96" x 120"

(2450 x 3050)SL16 SL18

PS HC,PU

48" x 96" (1250 x 2450)

96" x 96"(2450 x 2450)

48" x 96"(1250 x 2450)

96" x 96"(2450 x 2450)

70 75

129 135 628-701

86 96

100-123

SL16-8 SL18-8 PS 40" x 86"

(1000 x 2200) - 40" x 86"(1000 x 2200) -

SLE18 PS 36" x 84" (900 x 2150)

72" x 84"(1800 x 2150)

36" x 84"(900 x 2150)

72" x 84"(1800 x 2150)


CW14

PS HC

Not Applicable

72" x 120"(1800 x 3050)or 96" x 108"(2450 x 2750)

Not Applicable -

69 73

141-143146

144 149-151 141-154

PI Not Applicable

96" x 86"(2450 x 2200)

NotApplicable -

CW16 PS HC

Not Applicable

72" x 120"(1800 x 3050)or 96" x 108"(2450 x 2750)

Not Applicable

72" x 120"(1800 x 3050)or 96" x 108"(2450 x 2750)

CW16 D16, D18 PI Not


(2450 x 2200)Not


(2450 x 2200)

69 73

141-143146-148

D16 D18

HC PS

Not Applicable

72" x 120"(1800 x 3050)or 96" x 108"(2450 x 2750)

Not Applicable

72" x 120"(1800 x 3050)or 96" x 108"(2450 x 2750)

D20 HC PS,PI

Not Applicable - Not


(1930 x 2150)

E18 PS Not Applicable

88" x 96"(2250 x 2450)

NotApplicable

88" x 96"(2250 x 2450) 69

76 141-143E20 PS Not

Applicable - NotApplicable

72" x 84"(1800 x 2150)

H12 VS Not Applicable

96" x 120"(2450 x 3050)

NotApplicable - 69

73 143

146 H14 H16 VS Not


(2450 x 3050)Not


(2450 x 2450)

Double Egress

MH16 MH18 VS Not


(2450 x 3050)Not


(2450 x 3050)

70 75

143 146 144 149-151 141-154SL16

SL18

PS PU

Not Applicable

72" x 96"(1800 x 2450)

NotApplicable

72" x 96"(1800 x 2450)

HC Not Applicable

96" x 96"(2450 x 2450)

NotApplicable

96" x 96"(2450 x 2450)

SLE18 PS Not Applicable

72" x 84"(1800 x 2150)

NotApplicable

72" x 84"(1800 x 2150)

Continued

Table 5


Table 5 - 1 and 1-1/2 Hour Fire Doors (Continued)


Series [46]

and Gage

Cores [46

60-67 318]


UL WHI

Edg

es

[69-

78]

Ast

raga

ls

[124

-139

]

Har

dwa

re

Gla

zing

, P

anel

s an

d/or

Lo

uver

s C

onst

ruct

ion

Spe

cific

N

otes

[1

40]



CW14

PS HC

36" x 114" (900 x 2900) or 48" x 108" (1250 x 2750)

72" x 114"(1800 x 2900)or 96" x 108"(2450 x 2750)

- -

69 73 158

163 164 155-166

PI 48" x 86" (1250 x 2200)

96" x 86"(2450 x 2200) - -

CW16 PS HC

36" x 114" (900 x 2900) or 48" x 108" (1250 x 2750)

72" x 114"(1800 x 2900)or 96" x 108"(2450 x 2750)

36" x 112"(900 x 2850)or 48" x 108"(1250 x 2750)

-

CW16 D16, D18 PI 48" x 86"

(1250 x 2200) 96" x 86"

(2450 x 2200)48" x 86"

(1250 x 2200) - 69 71 72 76

160

158-161

D16 D18

HC PS

36" x 114" (900 x 2900) or 48" x 108" (1250 x 2750)

72" x 114"(1800 x 2900)or 96" x 108"(2450 x 2750)

36" x 112"(900 x 2850)or 48" x 108"(1250 x 2750)

-

SHC 48" x 96" (1250 x 2450)

96" x 96"(2450 x 2450)

48" x 96"(1250 x 2450) -

69 71 76 158

159

D20 HC PS,PI

38" x 84" (965 x 2150)

76" x 84"(1930 x 2150)

38" x 84"(965 x 2150) -

E18 PS 44" x 96" (1150 x 2450)

88" x 96"(2250 x 2450)

44" x 96"(1150 x 2450) -

E20 PS 36" x 84" (900 x 2150)

72" x 84"(1800 x 2150)

36" x 84"(900 x 2150) -

S16 S18 VS 48" x 96"

(1250 x 2450) 96" x 96"

(2450 x 2450) - - 69,7476

Tem

pera

ture

Ris

e R

ated

- 4

50°F

/250

°C

Singles and

Pairs

30 M

in.

SLTR16 SLTR18 TRR 48" x 96"

(1250 x 2450)96" x 96"

(2450 x 2450)48" x 96"

(1250 x 2450)96" x 96"

(2450 x 2450)7075

179 183

185 186

184 185 177-190

H12 TRR 60" x 144" (1525 x 3650)

120" x 144"(3050 x 3650) - -

69 73 179

H14 H16 TRR 60" x 144"

(1525 x 3650)120" x 144"

(3050 x 3650)60" x 144"

(1525 x 3650)120" x 144"

(3050 x 3650)

30 o

r 60

Min D16

D18 TRR 48" x 96" (1250 x 2450)

96" x 96" (2450 x 2450)

48" x 96" (1250 x 2450)

96" x 96" (2450 x 2450)

69,70,76180-182 179-182

Double Egress

30 M

in. SLTR16

SLTR18 TRR Not Applicable

96" x 96"(2450 x 2450)

NotApplicable

96" x 96"(2450 x 2450)

7075

179 183

144 184 185

141-154177-190

H14 H16 TRR Not


(2450 x 3050)Not

Applicable - 69,73143 179

30 o

r 60

Min

D16 D18 TRR Not


(2450 x 2450)Not


(2450 x 2450)69, 76

180-182 179-182

Dr w/ Panel Above 30

or

60 M

in

D16 D18 TRR 48" x 96"

(1250 x 2450)96" x 96"

(2450 x 2450) - - 69, 76 180-182 179-182 163 184

185 155-166177-190

Clad

30

Min

. H14 H16 TRR 48" x 96"

(1250 x 2450)96" x 96"

(2450 x 2450) - - 180-182

216 179 223

184 185 220 226

177-190211-228

30 o

r 60

Min D16

D18 TRR 48" x 96" (1250 x 2450)

96" x 96" (2450 x 2450) - -

Hurricane Resistant

30

Min

. H14 H16 TRR 48" x 96"

(1250 x 2450)96" x 96"

(2450 x 2450)48" x 96"

(1250 x 2450)96" x 96"

(2450 x 2450)69 73 179

285 288-296

184 185 297

177-190281-304

30 o

r 60

Min

. D16 TRR 48" x 96" (1250 x 2450)

96" x 96"(2450 x 2450)

48" x 96"(1250 x 2450)

96" x 96"(2450 x 2450) 69

76 180-182

179-182 D18 TRR 48" x 84"

(1250 x 2150)96" x 84"

(2450 x 2150)48" x 84"

(1250 x 2150)96" x 84"


Trio-E16 Trio-E18 LUE 48" x 96"

(1250 x 2450)96" x 96"

(2450 x 2450)48" x 96"

(1250 x 2450)96" x 96"

(2450 x 2450)70,71191

192 193 196 194

195 191-199

Stainless Steel

SS16 SS18

PS HC

48" x 96" (1250 x 2450)

96" x 96"(2450 x 2450)

44" x 86"(1150 x 2200)

88" x 86"(2250 x 2200) 69

76 201

202 203 205 206-208 200-210

PI 48" x 86" (1250 x 2200)

96" x 86"(2450 x 2200)

44" x 86"(1150 x 2200)

88" x 86"(2250 x 2200)

Clad

CW14

PS HC

48" x 96" (1250 x 2450)

96" x 96"(2450 x 2450) - -

69 73

216 217

223 220-222226

211-228

PI 48" x 86" (1250 x 2200)

96" x 86"(2450 x 2200) - -

CW16 PS HC

48" x 96" (1250 x 2450)

96" x 96"(2450 x 2450)

48" x 96"(1250 x 2450)

96" x 96"(2450 x 2450)

CW16 D16, D18 PI 48" x 86"

(1250 x 2200)96" x 86"

(2450 x 2200)48" x 86"

(1250 x 2200)96" x 86"

(2450 x 2200)69,71

73,216 217-219

D16 D18

HC PS

48" x 96" (1250 x 2450)

96" x 96"(2450 x 2450)

48" x 96"(1250 x 2450)

96" x 96"(2450 x 2450)

69,71216 217-219 223 220-222

H12 VS 48" x 96" (1250 x 2450)

96" x 96"(2450 x 2450) - - 69

73 216

217 223 220-222226 H14

H16 VS 48" x 96" (1250 x 2450)

96" x 96"(2450 x 2450)

48" x 96"(1250 x 2450)

96" x 96"(2450 x 2450)

Continued Table 5


Table 5 - 1 and 1-1/2 Hour Fire Doors (Continued)


Series [46]

and Gage

Cores [46

60-67 318]


UL WHI

Edg

es

[69-

78]

Ast

raga

ls

[124

-139

]

Ha

rdw

are

Gla

zin

g,

Pa

ne

ls a

nd/o

r L

ouv

ers

Con

stru

ctio

n S

peci

fic N

otes

[1

40]


Dutch (IPLP)

CW14 PS HC, PI

42" x 86" (1100 x 2200) - - -

69 73

173 167 168 174 167-176

CW16 PS HC, PI

42" x 86" (1100 x 2200) - 42" x 86"

(1100 x 2200) -

D16 D18

HC PS,PI

42" x 86" (1100 x 2200) - 42" x 86"

(1100 x 2200) - 69 71 73 D20 HC

PS,PI - - 38" x 84"(965 x 2150) -

Dutch

MH16 MH18 VS 48" x 86"

(1150 x 2200) - 48" x 86"(1150 x 2200) -

70 75 173 167

168 174 167-176SL16 SL18 PS 44" x 86"

(1150 x 2200) - 44" x 86"(1150 x 2200) -

Aco

ustic

STC 35 D16, D18 S18 WC35 48" x 96"

(1250 x 2450) - 48" x 96" (1250 x 2450) - 242-244 -

245-250 253 254-257 239-262

STC 46 D18 WC46

36" x 96" (900 x 2450) or 48" x 86"

(1250 x 2200)

72" x 96" (1800 x 2450)

36" x 96"(900 x 2450)or 48" x 86"

(1250 x 2200)

72" x 96" (1800 x 2450) 242-244 252

STC 32-41 & 47-52

D16 D18 WCxx 48" x 96"

(1250 x 2450)96" x 96"

(2450 x 2450)48" x 96"

(1250 x 2450)96" x 96"

(2450 x 2450)242-244 251

STC 42-46 D16 D18 WCxx 48" x 96"

(1250 x 2450)96" x 96"

(2450 x 2450) - -

Lead-Lined D16 D18

LL

36" x 96" (900 x 2450) or 48" x 86"

(1250 x 2200)

72" x 96" (1800 x 2450)

36" x 96" (900 x 2450)or 48" x 86"

(1250 x 2200)

72" x 96" (1800 x 2450)

69 76

231 233

232 236

234 235

229-238

Detention Security + Bullet Resistant

HS12 VSD 42" x 88"

(1100 x 2250) -

42" x 88" (1100 x 2250)

- 265 - 266 267

268 269

263-271

Detention Security

HS14 VSD 42" x 86"

(1100 x 2250) -

42" x 86" (1100 x 2250)

- 265 - 266 267

268 269

263-271

Bullet Resistant

BR14 BR16

BR 48" x 96"

(1250 x 2450) - - - 274 -

276 277

278 272-280

Hurricane Resistant

CW16 PS HC

48" x 96" (1250 x 2450)

96" x 96" (2450 x 2450)

48" x 96" (1250 x 2450)

96" x 96" (2450 x 2450) 69

73

298 299

285 288-296

297 300

281-304

CW16 D16

PI 48" x 86"

(1250 x 2200) 96" x 86"

(2450 x 2200)48" x 86"

(1250 x 2200)96" x 86"

(2450 x 2200)

D16 HC PS

48" x 96" (1250 x 2450)

96" x 96" (2450 x 2450)

48" x 96" (1250 x 2450)

96" x 96" (2450 x 2450)

69 282-284

D18 HC

PS,PI 48" x 84"

(1250 x 2150) 96" x 84"

(2450 x 2150)48" x 84"

(1250 x 2150)96" x 84"

(2450 x 2150)

E18 PS 44" x 84"

(1150 x 2150) 88" x 84"

(2250 x 2150)44" x 84"

(1150 x 2150)88" x 84"

(2250 x 2150)H14 H16

VS 48" x 96"

(1250 x 2450) 96" x 96"

(2450 x 2450)48" x 96"

(1250 x 2450)96" x 96"

(2450 x 2450)69 73

SS16 PS

48" x 96" (1250 x 2450)

96" x 96" (2450 x 2450)

44" x 86" (1150 x 2200)

88" x 86" (2250 x 2200)

69 283

298 299

285 288-296

206 297 300

PI 48" x 86"

(1250 x 2200) 96" x 86"

(2450 x 2200)44" x 86"

(1150 x 2200)88" x 86"

(2250 x 2200)

SS18 PS PI

48" x 84" (1250 x 2150)

96" x 84" (2450 x 2150)

44" x 84" (1150 x 2150)

88" x 84" (2250 x 2150)

D20 HC

PS,PI 36" x 84"

(900 x 2150) -

36" x 84" (900 x 2150)

- 69

282-284-

285 288-296

297 300

E20 PS 36" x 84"

(900 x 2150) -

36" x 84" (900 x 2150)

-

Tor

nad

o R

esis

tant

IC

C 5

00

FEMA 320 F514 VSP 36" x 84"

(900 x 2150) - - -

70 73

-

306-310 314 305-316FEMA

320 & 361 F514

PU 36" x 84"

(900 x 2150) 72" x 84"

(1800 x 2150)- -

70 73

311 HC

48" x 96" (1250 x 2450)

96" x 96" (2450 x 2450)

- -

FEMA 361 F516 HC 48" x 96"

(1250 x 2450) 96" x 96"

(2450 x 2450)- -

70 73

312

Table 5


Table 6 - 1/3 and 3/4 Hour Fire Doors


Series [46]

and Gage

Cores [46

60-67 318]


UL WHI

Edg

es

[69-

78]

Ast

raga

ls

[124

-139

]

Har

dwa

re

Gla

zing

, P

anel

s an

d/or

Lo

uver

s

Con

stru

ctio

n S

peci

fic N

otes

[1

40]


Standard (IPLP)

CW14 CW16

PS HC

36" x 120" (900 x 3050) or 48" x 108" (1250 x 2750)

72" x 120" (1800 x 3050)or 96" x 108"(2450 x 2750)

48" x 96" (1250 x 2450)

96" x 96" (2450 x 2450) 69

73 129 133

628-701 80-123 49-79

PI 48" x 86"

(1250 x 2200) 96" x 86"

(2450 x 2200)48" x 86"

(1250 x 2200)96" x 86"

(2450 x 2200)

D16 D18

HC PS

36" x 120" (900 x 3050) or 48" x 108" (1250 x 2750)

72" x 120" (1800 x 3050)or 96" x 108"(2450 x 2750)

36" x 120" (900 x 3050)or 48" x 108"(1250 x 2750)

96" x 108" (2450 x 2750)

69 71 72 76

129-131 133

PI 48" x 86"

(1250 x 2200) 96" x 86"

(2450 x 2200)48" x 86"

(1250 x 2200)96" x 86"

(2450 x 2200)

69 71 76

SHC 48" x 96"

(1250 x 2450) 96" x 96"

(2450 x 2450)48" x 96"

(1250 x 2450)96" x 96"

(2450 x 2450)

D20 HC

PS,PI 38" x 84"

(965 x 2150) 76" x 84"

(1930 x 2150)38" x 84"

(965 x 2150)76" x 84"

(1930 x 2150)D16-8 D18-8 D20-8

HC 36" x 84"

(900 x 2150) 72" x 84"

(1800 x 2150)- -

E18 PS 44" x 96"

(1150 x 2450) 88" x 96"

(2250 x 2450)44" x 96"

(1150 x 2450)88" x 96"

(2250 x 2450)

E20 PS 36" x 84"

(900 x 2150) 72" x 84"

(1800 x 2150)36" x 84"

(900 x 2150)72" x 84"

(1800 x 2150)

H12 VS 60" x 144"

(1525 x 3650) 120" x 144"

(3050 x 3650)- -

69 73

129 132 133 H14

H16 VS

60" x 144" (1525 x 3650)

120" x 144" (3050 x 3650)

60" x 144" (1525 x 3650)

120" x 144" (3050 x 3650)

S16 S18

VS 48" x 96"

(1250 x 2450) 96" x 96"

(2450 x 2450)48" x 96"

(1250 x 2450)96" x 96"

(2450 x 2450)

69 74 76

129-131 133

Standard

MH14 VS 48" x 108"

(1250 x 2750) 96" x 108"

(2450 x 2750)48" x 108"

(1250 x 2750)96" x 108"

(2450 x 2750) 70 75

129 134

628-701 87 96

100-123

49-79

MH16 MH18

VS 48" x 120"

(1250 x 3050) 96" x 120"

(2450 x 3050)48" x 120"

(1250 x 3050)96" x 120"

(2450 x 3050)SL16 SL18

PS HC,PU

48" x 96" (1250 x 2450)

96" x 96" (2450 x 2450)

48" x 96" (1250 x 2450)

96" x 96" (2450 x 2450)

70 75

129 135

628-701 86 96

100-123

SL16-8 SL18-8

PS 40" x 86"

(1000 x 2200) -

40" x 86" (1000 x 2200)

-

SLE18 PS 36" x 84"

(900 x 2150) 72" x 84"

(1800 x 2150)36" x 84"

(900 x 2150)72" x 84"

(1800 x 2150)


CW14

PS HC

Not Applicable

72" x 120" (1800 x 3050)or 96" x 108"(2450 x 2750)

Not Applicable

-

69 73

141-143146

144 149-151 141-154

PI Not


(2450 x 2200)Not

Applicable -

CW16 PS HC

Not Applicable

72" x 120" (1800 x 3050)or 96" x 108"(2450 x 2750)

Not Applicable

72" x 120" (1800 x 3050)or 96" x 108"(2450 x 2750)

CW16 D16, D18

PI Not


(2450 x 2200)Not


(2450 x 2200)

69 73

141-143146-148

D16 D18

HC PS

Not Applicable

72" x 120" (1800 x 3050)or 96" x 108"(2450 x 2750)

Not Applicable

72" x 120" (1800 x 3050)or 96" x 108"(2450 x 2750)

D20 HC

PS,PI Not

Applicable -

Not Applicable

76" x 84" (1930 x 2150)

E18 PS Not


(2250 x 2450)Not


(2250 x 2450)

E20 PS Not

Applicable -

Not Applicable

72" x 84" (1800 x 2150)

H12 VS Not


(2450 x 3050)Not

Applicable - 69

73 143

146 H14 H16

VS Not


(2450 x 3050)Not


(2450 x 3050)Continued

Table 6


Table 6 - 1/3 and 3/4 Hour Fire Doors (Continued)


Series [46]

and Gage

Cores [46

60-67 318]


UL WHI

Edg

es

[69-

78]

Ast

raga

ls

[124

-139

]

Ha

rdw

are

Gla

zin

g,

Pa

ne

ls a

nd/o

r L

ouv

ers

Con

stru

ctio

n S

peci

fic N

otes

[1

40]


Double Egress

MH16 MH18

VS Not


(2450 x 3050)Not


(2450 x 3050)

70 75

143 146 144 149-151 141-154

SL16 SL18

PS PU

Not Applicable

72" x 96" (1800 x 2450)

Not Applicable

72" x 96" (1800 x 2450)

HC Not


(2450 x 2450)Not


(2450 x 2450)

SLE18 PS Not


(1800 x 2150)Not


(1800 x 2150)


CW14

PS HC

36" x 114" (900 x 2900) or 48" x 108" (1250 x 2750)

72" x 114" (1800 x 2900)or 96" x 108"(2450 x 2750)

- -

69 73

158

163 164 155-166

PI 48" x 86"

(1250 x 2200) 96" x 86"

(2450 x 2200)- -

CW16 PS HC

36" x 114" (900 x 2900) or 48" x 108" (1250 x 2750)

72" x 114" (1800 x 2900)or 96" x 108"(2450 x 2750)

36" x 112" (900 x 2850)or 48" x 108"(1250 x 2750)

-

CW16 D16, D18

PI 48" x 86"

(1250 x 2200) 96" x 86"

(2450 x 2200)48" x 86"

(1250 x 2200)- 69

71 72 76

160

158-161

D16 D18

HC PS

36" x 114" (900 x 2900) or 48" x 108" (1250 x 2750)

72" x 114" (1800 x 2900)or 96" x 108"(2450 x 2750)

36" x 112" (900 x 2850)or 48" x 108"(1250 x 2750)

-

SHC 48" x 96"

(1250 x 2450) 96" x 96"

(2450 x 2450)48" x 96"

(1250 x 2450)-

69 71 76 158

159

D20 HC

PS,PI 38" x 84"

(965 x 2150) 76" x 84"

(1930 x 2150)38" x 84"

(965 x 2150)-

E18 PS 44" x 96"

(1150 x 2450) 88" x 96"

(2250 x 2450)44" x 96"

(1150 x 2450)-

E20 PS 36" x 84"

(900 x 2150) 72" x 84"

(1800 x 2150)36" x 84"

(900 x 2150)-

S16 S18

VS 48" x 96"

(1250 x 2450) 96" x 96"

(2450 x 2450)- -

69,74 76

Tem

pera

ture

Ris

e R

ated

- 4

50°F

/250

°C a

t 30

Min

utes

Singles and Pairs

D16 D18

TRR 48" x 96"

(1250 x 2450) 96" x 96"

(2450 x 2450)48" x 96"

(1250 x 2450)96" x 96"

(2450 x 2450)

69, 70 76

180-182179-182

185 186

184 185

177-190H12 TRR

60" x 144" (1525 x 3650)

120" x 144" (3050 x 3650)

- - 69 73

179 H14 H16

TRR 60" x 144"

(1525 x 3650) 120" x 144"

(3050 x 3650)60" x 144"

(1525 x 3650)120" x 144"

(3050 x 3650)SLTR16 SLTR18

TRR 48" x 96"

(1250 x 2450) 96" x 96"

(2450 x 2450)48" x 96"

(1250 x 2450)96" x 96"

(2450 x 2450)70 75

179 183

Double Egress

D16 D18

TRR Not


(2450 x 2450)Not


(2450 x 2450)69,76

180-182179-182

144 184 185

141-154177-190

H14 H16

TRR Not


(2450 x 3050)Not

Applicable -

69,73 143

179

SLTR16 SLTR18

TRR Not


(2450 x 2450)Not


(2450 x 2450)70 75

179 183


D16 D18

TRR 48" x 96"

(1250 x 2450) 96" x 96"

(2450 x 2450)- -

69,76 180-182

179-182 163 184 185

155-166177-190

Clad D16, D18 H14, H16

TRR 48" x 96"

(1250 x 2450) 96" x 96"

(2450 x 2450)- -

180-182216

179 223 184,185220,226

177-190211-228

Hurricane Resistant

H14 H16

TRR 48" x 96"

(1250 x 2450) 96" x 96"

(2450 x 2450)48" x 96"

(1250 x 2450)96" x 96"

(2450 x 2450)69 73

179

285 288-296

184 185 297

177-190281-304

D16 TRR 48" x 96"

(1250 x 2450) 96" x 96"

(2450 x 2450)48" x 96"

(1250 x 2450)96" x 96"

(2450 x 2450) 69 76

180-182179-182

D18 TRR 48" x 84"

(1250 x 2150) 96" x 84"

(2450 x 2150)48" x 84"

(1250 x 2150)96" x 84"


Trio-E16 Trio-E18

LUE 48" x 96"

(1250 x 2450) 96" x 96"

(2450 x 2450)48" x 96"

(1250 x 2450)96" x 96"

(2450 x 2450)70,71 191

192 193

196 194,195 191-199

Stainless Steel

SS16 SS18

PS HC

48" x 96" (1250 x 2450)

96" x 96" (2450 x 2450)

44" x 86" (1150 x 2200)

88" x 86" (2250 x 2200) 69

76 201

202 203

205 206-208 200-210PI

48" x 86" (1250 x 2200)

96" x 86" (2450 x 2200)

44" x 86" (1150 x 2200)

88" x 86" (2250 x 2200)

Continued

Table 6




Series [46]

and Gage

Cores [46

60-67 318]


UL WHI

Edg

es

[69-

78]

Ast

raga

ls

[124

-139

]

Ha

rdw

are

Gla

zin

g,

Pa

ne

ls a

nd/o

r L

ouv

ers

Con

stru

ctio

n S

peci

fic N

otes

[1

40]


Clad

CW14

PS HC

48" x 96" (1250 x 2450)

96" x 96"(2450 x 2450) - -

69 73

216 217

223 220-222226

211-228

PI 48" x 86" (1250 x 2200)

96" x 86"(2450 x 2200) - -

CW16 PS HC

48" x 96" (1250 x 2450)

96" x 96"(2450 x 2450)

48" x 96"(1250 x 2450)

96" x 96"(2450 x 2450)

CW16 D16, D18 PI 48" x 86"

(1250 x 2200) 96" x 86"

(2450 x 2200)48" x 86"

(1250 x 2200)96" x 86"

(2450 x 2200)69,71

73,216 217-219

D16 D18

HC PS

48" x 96" (1250 x 2450)

96" x 96"(2450 x 2450)

48" x 96"(1250 x 2450)

96" x 96"(2450 x 2450)

69,71216 217-219 223 220-222

H12 VS 48" x 96" (1250 x 2450)

96" x 96"(2450 x 2450) - - 69

73 216

217 223 220-222226 H14

H16 VS 48" x 96" (1250 x 2450)

96" x 96"(2450 x 2450)

48" x 96"(1250 x 2450)

96" x 96"(2450 x 2450)

Dutch (IPLP)

CW14 PS HC, PI

42" x 86" (1100 x 2200) - - -

69 73

173 167 168 174 167-176

CW16 PS HC, PI

42" x 86" (1100 x 2200) - 42" x 86"

(1100 x 2200) -

D16 D18

HC PS,PI

42" x 86" (1100 x 2200) - 42" x 86"

(1100 x 2200) - 69 71 73 D20 HC

PS,PI - - 38" x 84"(965 x 2150) -

Dutch

MH16 MH18 VS 48" x 86"

(1250 x 2200) - 48" x 86"(1250 x 2200) -

70 75 173 167

168 174 167-176SL16 SL18 PS 44" x 86"

(1150 x 2200) - 44" x 86"(1150 x 2200) -

Aco

ustic

STC 35 D16, D18 S18 WC35 48" x 96"

(1250 x 2450) - 48" x 96"(1250 x 2450) - 242-244 -

245-250 253 254-257 239-262

STC 46 D18 WC46

36" x 96" (900 x 2450) or 48" x 86"

(1250 x 2200)

72" x 96" (1800 x 2450)

36" x 96"(900 x 2450)or 48" x 86"

(1250 x 2200)

72" x 96" (1800 x 2450) 242-244 252

STC 32-41 & 47-52

D16 D18 WCxx 48" x 96"

(1250 x 2450) 96" x 96"

(2450 x 2450)48" x 96"

(1250 x 2450)96" x 96"

(2450 x 2450)242-244 251

STC 42-46 D16 D18 WCxx 48" x 96"

(1250 x 2450) 96" x 96"

(2450 x 2450) - -

Lead-Lined D16 D18 LL

36" x 96" (900 x 2450) or 48" x 86"

(1250 x 2200)

72" x 96" (1800 x 2450)

36" x 96"(900 x 2450)or 48" x 86"

(1250 x 2200)

72" x 96" (1800 x 2450)

69 76

231 233 232

236 234 235 229-238

Detention Security + Bullet Resistant HS12 VSD 42" x 88"

(1100 x 2250) - 42" x 88"(1100 x 2250) - 265 - 266

267 268269 263-271

Detention Security HS14 VSD 42" x 88"

(1100 x 2250) - 42" x 88"(1100 x 2250) - 265 - 266

267 268269 263-271

Bullet Resistant

BR14 BR16 BR 48" x 96"

(1250 x 2450) - - - 274 - 276 277 278 272-280

Hurricane Resistant

CW16 PS HC

48" x 96" (1250 x 2450)

96" x 96"(2450 x 2450)

48" x 96"(1250 x 2450)

96" x 96"(2450 x 2450) 69

73

298 299

285 288-296

297 300

281-304

CW16 D16 PI 48" x 86"

(1250 x 2200) 96" x 86"

(2450 x 2200)48" x 86"

(1250 x 2200)96" x 86"

(2450 x 2200)

D16 HC PS

48" x 96" (1250 x 2450)

96" x 96"(2450 x 2450)

48" x 96"(1250 x 2450)

96" x 96"(2450 x 2450)

69 282-284D18 HC

PS,PI 48" x 84"

(1250 x 2150) 96" x 84"

(2450 x 2150)48" x 84"

(1250 x 2150)96" x 84"

(2450 x 2150)

E18 PS 44" x 84" (1150 x 2150)

88" x 84"(2250 x 2150)

44" x 84"(1150 x 2150)

88" x 84"(2250 x 2150)

H14 H16 VS 48" x 96"

(1250 x 2450) 96" x 96"

(2450 x 2450)48" x 96"

(1250 x 2450)96" x 96"

(2450 x 2450)6973

SS16 PS 48" x 96"

(1250 x 2450) 96" x 96"

(2450 x 2450)44" x 86"

(1150 x 2200)88" x 86"

(2250 x 2200)69

283 298 299

285 288-296

206 297 300

PI 48" x 86" (1250 x 2200)

96" x 86"(2450 x 2200)

44" x 86"(1150 x 2200)

88" x 86"(2250 x 2200)

SS18 PS PI

48" x 84" (1250 x 2150)

96" x 84"(2450 x 2150)

44" x 84"(1150 x 2150)

88" x 84"(2250 x 2150)

D20 HC PS,PI

36" x 84" (900 x 2150) - 36" x 84"

(900 x 2150) - 69

282-284 - 285 288-296

297 300

E20 PS 36" x 84" (900 x 2150) - 36" x 84"

(900 x 2150) -

Continued

Table 6




Series [46]

and Gage

Cores [46

60-67 318]


UL WHI

Edg

es

[69-

78]

Ast

raga

ls

[124

-139

]

Har

dwa

re

Gla

zing

, P

anel

s an

d/or

Lo

uver

s

Con

stru

ctio

n S

peci

fic N

otes

[1

40]


Tor

nad

o R

esis

tant

IC

C 5

00

FEMA 320 F514 VSP 36" x 84"

(900 x 2150) - - -

70 73

-

306-310 314 305-316FEMA

320 & 361 F514

PU 36" x 84"

(900 x 2150) 72" x 84"

(1800 x 2150)- -

70 73

311 HC

48" x 96" (1250 x 2450)

96" x 96" (2450 x 2450)

- -

FEMA 361 F516 HC 48" x 96"

(1250 x 2450) 96" x 96"

(2450 x 2450)- -

70 73

312

STANDARD FIRE DOOR CONSTRUCTIONS 49. All Standard construction fire doors are intended for use with all Fleming fire door frames, transom and sidelight

assemblies unless indicated otherwise. 50. All Standard and Non-Standard construction Fleming fire doors are positive and neutral pressure fire test compliant with

both UL and WHI.

Material 51. Face sheet and internal steel component material for all constructions, series and gages, unless indicated otherwise;

ASTM A653 A40 (ZF120) galvanneal. ASTM A653 G90 (Z275) galvanized face sheets available except for E, SL and SLE-Series fire doors.

52. Standard face sheet material for SL, SLE and SLTR-Series is a textured wood grain, ASTM A653 A40 (ZF120) galvanneal with factory-applied stain and UV-resistant clear coat. Internal steel components are ASTM A653 A40 (ZF120) galvanneal. G90 (Z275) galvanized face sheets are not available for SL, SLE or SLTR-Series doors.

Sizes 53. The sizes indicated in Tables 4 (Pages 11 & 12), 5 (Pages 13, 14 & 15) and 6 (Pages 16, 17, 18 & 19) reflect the

maximums permitted by UL and/or WHI prepared for hardware as detailed on Page 69, Items 628-644, Page 70, Items 645-659, Page 71, Items 660-678, Page 72, Items 679-693, Page 73, Items 694-701 and within the recommendations in Items 54 to 56.

54. D and E-Series doors are eligible for labeling up to 48" x 120" (1250 x 3050) nominal leaf size. From a recommended application and warranty stand-point however the following maximum sizes are suggested and reflected in Tables 4 (Pages 11 & 12), 5 (Pages 13, 14 & 15) and 6 (Pages 16, 17, 18 & 19);

· D16 and D18 fire doors greater than 36" (900) nominal leaf width should not exceed 108" (2750) height, · Due to material availability; · D20-Series fire doors are limited to 38" x 84" (965 x 2150) leaf size, · SLE-Series fire doors are limited to 36" x 84" (900 x 2150) leaf size, · E20-Series are available only in Fleming's 6-panel design and to a maximum 36" x 84" (900 x 2150) leaf size, · E18 fire doors are limited to 44" x 96" (1150 x 2450) leaf size and fire doors greater than 84" (2150) height are

available only at 96" (2450) height. 55. There is no minimum nominal leaf size imposed from a fire-labeling standpoint. However NPFA 101 limits doors in a

'means of egress' to a minimum of 32" x 80" (800 x 2030). Codes may also pose additional limitations based on specific occupancy requirements. From a manufacturing perspective the following minimum nominal leaf sizes apply;

· E and SLE-Series fire doors; 32" x 80" (800 x 2030) and · All other fire-rated Series; 12" x 24" (300 x 600) 56. Labeled unequal leaf width pairs are permitted. Widest leaf cannot exceed the largest single leaf width permitted for the

construction, series, gage, core and rating of fire door used. Codes and bylaws may impose additional limitations. 57. Clearances per NFPA 80 [89,109]; · Between the top and vertical edges of a fire door and fire door frame and at the meeting edges of pairs of hollow

metal fire doors, each measured from the 'pull-side' of the door; 1/8", 1/16" (3.2, 1.6), · Maximum clearance on all hollow metal fire doors and the standard undercut for Fleming fire doors (except Acoustic

construction); 3/4" (19), · Minimum clearance on all hollow metal fire doors and recommended undercut on Fleming fire doors in 4-sided fire

door frame product and Acoustic fire doors; 1/4" (6.4), · The NBCC requires the maximum clearance at the bottom of 1/3 hour fire-rated doors not to exceed 1/4" (6) in order

to minimize smoke migration through the opening [55]. · Also see Page 73, Item 694.

Thickness 58. Standard fire door thickness; 1-3/4" (44.4), except H12 which are 1-7/8" (47.6) and HS-Series which are 2" (50.8). 59. Optional fire door thicknesses; · UL D-Series honeycomb core and SL-Series polystyrene core; 1-3/8" (35). · H14 and H16; 1-7/8" (47.6) and 2" (50.8) · UL H-Series up to 48" x 120" (1250 x 3050) leaf size; 2-1/8" (54) and 2-1/4" (57.2) · H12; 1-3/4" (44.4)

Items 49-59

http://www.astm.org/Standards/A653.htm



Core Materials 60. For all D-Series fire doors kraft paper honeycomb (HC) core is standard. Polystyrene (PS) (R6/RSI 1.06),

polyisocyanurate (PI) (R12/RSI 2.17) and laminated vertical stiffeners with honeycomb (SHC) are optionally available for 1-3/4" (44.4) thick D-Series fire doors. SHC core is not available for D20 doors. Also see Acoustic doors, Item 241, Page 30.

61. Polystyrene (PS) core is provided standard for CW, E, SL, SLE and SS-Series fire doors. 62. Polyisocyanurate (PI) core is optionally available for CW and SS-Series fire doors at 1/3, 1 and 1-1/2 hour rating and

86" (2200) nominal leaf height. 63. Honeycomb (HC) and polyurethane (PU) (R10/RSI 1.76) cores are optionally available for 1-3/4" (44.4) thick CW, SL

and SS-Series doors. 64. Laminated stiffeners with fiberglass (VS) core is standard for S-Series fire doors. Also see Acoustic doors, Item 241,

Page 30. 65. Reserved 66. Only welded vertical stiffeners with fiberglass batt insulation (VS) core is permitted for H and MH-Series fire doors. 67. Performance based constructions (Temperature-Rise Rated, Lead-Lined, Trio-E, Detention Security, Bullet, Hurricane

or Tornado-Resistant and Acoustic) utilize proprietary cores to achieve their specific performance based requirements. 68. See Tables 4 (Pages 11 & 12), 5 (Pages 13, 14 & 15) and 6 (Pages 16, 17, 18 & 19) for series, gage and core availability

by construction, size and rating.

Vertical Edge Seam Construction 69. Lock and hinge edges are beveled 1/8" in 2" (3 in 50) standard on CW, D, E, H, S and SS-Series doors. Optional

square hinge edges are available. 70. Trio-E, MH, F5, SL, SLE and SLTR-Series are provided standard with beveled lock edge and square hinge edge. Bevel

on both edges is optionally available. 71. All D, E, Trio-E Series fire doors up to 96" (2450) height are provided with exposed mechanical interlocking seams at

both vertical edges. 72. D-Series fire doors over 96" (2450) height must have both vertical hinge and lock edge seams tack-welded top and

bottom, above and below each edge cutout and at 12" (305) on center maximum. 73. CW, F5 and H-Series fire doors are provided standard as fully welded and seamless at both vertical edges. 74. All S-Series fire doors are provided with mechanically interlocking edge seams with both vertical hinge and lock edges

tack-welded top and bottom, above and below each cutout and at 12" (305) on center maximum standard. 75. MH, SL, SLE and SLTR-Series fire doors are provided standard with an exposed center seam on both vertical door

edges. MH-Series are optionally available with fully welded and seamless vertical edges. SL, SLE and SLTR-Series are not available as seamless vertical edge construction.

76. Seamless vertical edges on D, E and S-Series fire doors are optionally available. Seams are tack-welded top and bottom, above and below each edge cutout and at 12" (305) on center, body-filled, ground smooth and touched-up with zinc-rich, direct-to-metal (DTM) primer. Seamless vertical edges are not available on SS-Series doors.

77. Edge seam requirements for Standard construction fire-rated pairs provided with or without astragal are detailed in Items 130 to 132, Page 24.

78. Vertical edge seam construction requirements for Non-Standard constructions, where different from the above, are detailed in their specific sections below.

Hardware Preparations 79. See the Fleming Technical Manual for standard and optional hardware locations and preparations provided or available

for each door Series. As a minimum each labeled fire door (with or without smoke control) must be prepared for hinges, labeled self-latching devices and self-closing devices [15,40,41,56,57,101,102,119]. Refer to Page 69, Items 628-644, Page 70, Items 645-659, Page 71, Items 660-678, Page 72, Items 679-693 and Page 73, Items 694-701 for detailed information on hardware requirements.

Fleming Glazing Kits 80. Fleming standard screw-fixed glazing kits (illustrated below left) are provided standard for 1-3/4" (44.4) thick D, E, CW,

S and H-Series fire doors with factory installed light kits and are for use with labeled glazing materials not exceeding 7/16" (11) glazing space. Fleming snap-in glazing kits with 3/4" (19) stop heights standard are optionally available.

· Fleming glazing kits are eligible for use in both positive and neutral pressure applications. · Fleming standard screw-fixed and optional thermal glazing kits have 1/2" wide x 5/8" tall (12.7 x 15.9) removable

stops screw-fixed at 12" (305) on center, 2" (50) maximum from each end, with #6 x 1-1/2" (38) sheet metal screws. · Internal perimeter reinforcing channels are required for standard screw-fixed and optional thermal glazing trims. · Optional snap-in glazing kits exceeding nominal widths of 30" (765) or nominal heights of 36" (900) must have

removable stops screw-fixed at 8" (200) on center and 2" (50) from each end. · Minimum nominal light width for Fleming snap-in glazing kits; 4-1/2" (114). · Unless ordered otherwise, removable glazing stops are located on push-side of the door.

16

Fleming Standard Screw

Max. Glaz

(11) Space

7"

Wid

th o

r H

eigh

tN

omin

al L

ight

Fixed Glazing Trim

"18

3 1

Space

(28.6)

Max. Glaz32

(2.4)

"

Fleming Optional ThermalGlazing Trim

8

Fleming Optional Snap-In

Max. Glaz.

(10) Space

3"

Wid

th o

r H

eigh

tN

om

ina

l Lig

ht

Glazing Trim

Items 60-80


81. For factory installed lighted door applications not covered in Item 80, Page 20, Fleming 'thermal glazing kits' (THGLZ) as shown above with glazing space as specified by distributor are provided. Unless ordered otherwise removable glazing stops are located on push-side of the door. Non-Standard construction door requirements, if different from the above, are detailed in their respective sections.

82. All Fleming glazing kit sizing and locations for CW, D, E, S, SS and H-Series doors are based on the 'nominal glass rabbet opening' not the 'exposed glass size'. Minimum recommended nominal lighted fire door dimensions;

· Stile widths and center rail heights; 6" (150) · Top rail height; 7" (180) · Bottom rail height; 6-13/16" (175) · No maximums are imposed for stile widths or rail heights. 83. Fleming glazing kits are permitted in UL labeled CW, D, E, H and S-Series 'French-Door'

type applications. Contact Customer Service, Woodbridge for details and other approved optional Fleming glazing kits.

84. IPLP approved distributors may order CW, D and E-Series IPLP doors which do not have laminated vertical stiffener cores as slab doors with all required light cutouts, glazing trim and reinforcings provided by the distributor.

85. For D, H and S-Series IPLP doors with laminated or welded vertical stiffener cores IPLP approved distributors may order lighted doors with factory installed glazing kits or with 'Bridged Cutout Only' (BRCO), 'Cutout Only' (CO) or 'Internal Channel Reinforcing' (INCL) factory door options. When BRCO and CO options are ordered the distributor is responsible for internal perimeter reinforcing channels that are required for Fleming screw-fixed and thermal glazing kits.

86. Textured wood grained light kits, stained to match door, are provided for SL, SLE and SLTR-Series lighted fire doors. · Trim and stops require inner and outer-reinforcing channels. · For SLE-Series only half-light configurations with the top 4 embossments removed are available. · Glazing space; 3/8" (9.5) standard with 5/8", 7/8" and 1-1/8" (15.9, 22.3 and 28.6) optionally available. · Removable glazing stops are secured with #6 oval head sheet metal screws. · Glazing trim kits in SL, SLE and SLTR-Series fire doors must be factory installed. 87. Lighted MH-Series fire doors must be provided with factory installed flush glazing trim and screw-fixed stops. 88. Lighted Trio-E fire doors must be provided with factory installed sloped integral and removable stops, screw-fixed

glazing trim, 3/8" (9.5) glazing space standard with 1" (25.4) maximum optionally available. Both kits are also optionally available on CW, D, E, H, MH, S and SS-Series fire doors.

89. Distributors or doors not included in Fleming In-Plant Labeling Program (IPLP) must be ordered with fire doors labeled and factory installed Fleming glazing kits or cut-out with internal perimeter reinforcing channels (INCNL option) for 3rd party labeled glazing kits.

90. Glass lights may be provided in operable or fixed fire doors. 91. Round or radiused Fleming glazing kits are not available. 92. Fleming glazing kits are considered 'part of the door' and are therefore not labeled separately.

3rd Party Glazing Kits 93. Per NFPA 80 3rd party glazing kits are permitted [78,154]. · Only ULI or ULC labeled glazing kits approved for use in hollow metal fire doors are permitted in Fleming UL labeled

doors. · ULI, ULC or WHI labeled glazing kits approved for use in hollow metal fire doors may be used in Fleming WHI

labeled doors. · Labeled 3rd party glazing kit limitations for Non-Standard fire door constructions, when Items 94 to 99 are not

applicable are detailed in their specific sections below. · Labeled 3rd party glazing kits are not provided or installed by Fleming. 94. For IPLP approved distributors, CW, D and E-Series IPLP lighted doors which do not have laminated vertical stiffener

cores, intended for 3rd party glazing kits, may be ordered as slab doors, with Bridged Cutout Only (BRCO), Cutout Only (CO) or Inner Channel Reinforcing (INCNL) factory options. When BRCO or CO options are ordered the distributor is responsible for internal perimeter reinforcing channels that are required for 3rd party glazing kits.

95. IPLP approved distributors must order D, H and S-Series IPLP fire doors with laminated or welded vertical stiffener cores as Bridged Cutout Only (BRCO), Cutout Only (CO) or Inner Channel Reinforcing (INCNL). When BRCO or CO options are ordered the distributor is responsible for internal perimeter reinforcing channels that are required for 3rd party glazing kits.

96. BR, F5, HS, MH, SL, SLE, SLTR and Trio-E Series fire doors are not available prepared for 3rd party glazing kits. 97. For distributors or doors not included in the In-Plant Labeling Program (IPLP) doors for 3rd party glazing kits must be

factory ordered as labeled, complete with Inner Channel Reinforcing (INCNL) option. 98. 3rd party glazing kits are usually sized based on 'exposed glass size' rather than 'nominal glass rabbet opening'.

Distributors must take this into consideration when ordering or preparing Fleming fire doors for such kits. 99. 3rd party glazing kits under the joint ULI and WHI identification system for positive pressure applications are "Category F

- Labeled Light Kits" and must be labeled as such to indicate compliance. 3rd party glazing kits must be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's listings, templates and instructions and may be installed at the distributor's facilities or on site by others in openings prepared at the factory or IPLP approved distributors. Category F labeled light kits are also permitted in neutral pressure jurisdictions.

Glazing Materials 100. Unless code limited or listed otherwise glazing material sizes and ratings must comply with NFPA 80. 101. Glazing materials are not supplied or installed by Fleming except in Acoustic construction doors. See Page 31, Item

256 for additional information.

Minimum Recommended

7"

(18

0)

6"(150)

6"150)

6"

(15

0)

6 1

3" 16

(175

)

Lighted Door Dimensions

Items 81-101


http://database.ul.com/cgi-bin/XYV/template/LISEXT/1FRAME/showpage.html?name=GVVX.GuideInfo&ccnshorttitle=Fire+Door+Glass+Light+Frames&objid=1074295260&cfgid=1073741824&version=versionless&parent_id=1073987593&sequence=1

http://database.ul.com/cgi-bin/XYV/template/LISEXT/1FRAME/showpage.html?name=GVVX.GuideInfo&ccnshorttitle=Fire+Door+Glass+Light+Frames&objid=1074295260&cfgid=1073741824&version=versionless&parent_id=1073987593&sequence=1

http://database.ul.com/cgi-bin/XYV/template/LISCANADA/1FRAME/showpage.html?name=GVVXC.GuideInfo&ccnshorttitle=Fire+Door+Glass+Light+Frames&objid=1079121567&cfgid=1073741824&version=versionless&parent_id=1079121566&sequence=1

http://database.ul.com/cgi-bin/XYV/template/LISCANADA/1FRAME/showpage.html?name=GVVXC.GuideInfo&ccnshorttitle=Fire+Door+Glass+Light+Frames&objid=1079121567&cfgid=1073741824&version=versionless&parent_id=1079121566&sequence=1



102. Fire-protection rated glazing materials can be tested and labeled to; UL10B, UL10C, UL9, CAN/ULC-S104, CAN/ULC-S106, NFPA 252 or NFPA 257, the same standards as fire door and window assemblies.

103. For non-TRR applications the IBC-2012 limits fire-protection rated glazing materials up to the maximum individual light size indicated in the glazing manufacturer's listings for fire doors rated for 1/3 and 3/4 hour [21].

104. Fire-resistant rated glazing materials can be tested and labeled to; ASTM E119, NFPA 251, CAN/ULC-S101 or UL263, (fire tests of building construction and materials) as 'transparent, translucent, composite panels or walls'. The rating includes fire exposure, temperature-rise and hose stream endurance.

105. The 2012 IBC allows fire-resistant rated glazing materials greater than 100 in2 (0.06 m2) area per leaf at 1, 1-1/2, 2 and 3 hour rating when indicated for use in hollow metal fire doors to the sizes and ratings of the individual glazing manufacturer's ULI, ULC or WHI listings [7,17,18,21,29]. The IBC does not allow fire-protection rated glazing materials in fire doors at 2 or 3 hour rating [21].

106. The NBCC provides prescriptive limitations for the use of 1/4" (6) wired glazing in fire doors [58,59,61]. The NBCC does not require 1/4" (6) wired glazing to be listed or labeled. For 1/3 and 3/4 hour non-TRR fire doors non-labeled 1/4" (6) wired glass up to 1296 in2 (0.84 m2) maximum area with neither the width nor height exceeding 54" (1370) per light may be used [58]. Fixed and removable glazing stops must be 3/4" (19) height minimum. All 3 criteria (area, width and height) must be met. At 1 and 1-1/2 hour, in non-TRR and TRR fire doors the NBCC non-labeled wired glass limitation is 100 in2 (0.06 m2) maximum area per leaf. Non-labeled wired glass is not permitted in 2 or 3 hour fire doors under the NBCC. If any of the above are exceeded, wired glass or other glazing materials must be fire-protection or fire-resistance rated and labeled in accordance with NFPA 80 [58].

107. NFPA 80 limits fire-protection rated glazing materials unless indicated otherwise in the individual glazing manufacturer's ULI, ULC or WHI listings in non-TRR fire doors to [79,80];

· 100 in2 (0.06m2) area per leaf in 2 and 3 hour rated fire doors, · The maximum area tested per light for 1 and 1-1/2 hour rated fire doors and · 1296 in2 (0.84 m2) maximum area, with neither the width nor height exceeding 54" (1370) per light for 3/4 hour rated

doors. 108. NFPA 80 permits fire-resistance rated glazing materials in fire doors at 1/3, 3/4, 1 and 1-1/2 hour rating to the sizes in

the individual glazing manufacturer's ULI, ULC or WHI listings [84,155]. 109. Glazing materials in Non-Standard construction fire doors may have additional limitations. Refer to each for their

requirements. 110. ULI or ULC labeled glazing materials are required in UL labeled fire doors. ULI, ULC or WHI labeled glazing materials

may be used in WHI labeled fire doors. Labeled glazing materials must have a fire-rating at least equal to the fire door in which it will be installed.

111. Except where indicated otherwise refer to Table 17, Pages 36 and 37 for a summary of commonly specified labeled glazing materials eligible for use in Fleming's UL and WHI fire doors.

· Specific glazing compounds or other installation components may be required for individual glazing materials. · Refer to the glazing manufacturer's listings for such. · As indicated in their listings, labeled glazing materials may require specific 3rd party glazing kits or stops taller than

the 5/8" (16) provided on Fleming's standard screw-fixed or optional thermal kits. Fleming's snap-in kits are provided with 3/4" (19) stop heights standard for use with 3/8" (10) maximum glazing space glazing materials.

· For taller stop heights custom Fleming glazing kits can be provided (except for snap-in type). 112. For Fleming fire doors at 1/3 or 3/4 hour rating, double glazed lights with 1 piece of labeled 1/4" (6) GWG plus 1 piece

of 1/4" (6) tempered glazing are permitted. 113. Per the IBC and NFPA 80, except as noted in Items 106 and 112, each piece of glazing material used in fire doors must

labeled [18,38,46,76,82,115]. Glazing materials installed in positive pressure fire doors must be labeled as such to indicate compliance.

114. NFPA 80 requires fire-protection and fire-resistance rated glazing materials meet all code mandated impact safety standards [77].

· The IBC requires glazing materials in specific locations to comply with the US Consumer Product Safety Commission Standard 16 CFR 1201, "Safety Standard for Architectural Glazing Materials" for Human Impact Resistance (HIR) in addition to the applicable fire test standard [39,44].

· The IBC details the performance levels (Category I or II) and mandates the locations for their use, which includes but is not limited to [50] swinging or sliding fire doors and glazing within a 24" (610) arc of either vertical door edge in the closed position where the bottom of the glazing is less than 60" (1525) from the floor.

· HIR is not required under the NBCC. 115. Fire test standards in Items 102 and 104 do not include evaluation for HIR. Therefore, when mandated, in addition to

its fire label, glazing must be permanently marked to indicate compliance with the Code specified HIR standard. · Most HIR certifications are provided through the Safety Glazing Certification Council (SGCC). · WHI and other 3rd party certifications are also used. 116. Listed 1/4" (6) Georgian Wired Glass (GWG) unless provided with a film, does not meet the HIR requirements. · Film must be installed at the facility applying the fire and HIR labels to the glazing and the glazing assembly (GWG

with film) must be explicitly noted as such in the glazing manufacturer's fire listings. · Field application of these films is not permitted.

In-Fill Panels 117. Factory or IPLP approved distributor installed in-fill panels are permitted in lieu of labeled glazing materials in all

Standard construction Fleming fire doors except MH, SL and SLE-Series. 118. Factory or distributor installed Fleming in-fill panels are considered part of the fire door. · They are covered by the fire door label and are not labeled separately. · Fleming standard screw-fixed glazing kits, illustrated on Page 20, are used for securing in-fill panels. · See Pages 36 and 37, Table 17, for a summary of size and rating requirements.

Items 103-118






http://database.ul.com/cgi-bin/XYV/template/LISEXT/1FRAME/showpage.html?&name=KCMZ.GuideInfo&ccnshorttitle=Fire-protection-rated+Glazing+Materials&objid=1074297455&cfgid=1073741824&version=versionless&parent_id=1073988904&sequence=1

http://database.ul.com/cgi-bin/XYV/template/LISCANADA/1FRAME/showpage.html?name=KCMZC.GuideInfo&ccnshorttitle=Glazing+Materials&objid=1076396482&cfgid=1073741824&version=versionless&parent_id=1076396481&sequence=1




http://database.ul.com/cgi-bin/XYV/template/LISEXT/1FRAME/showpage.html?&name=CCET.GuideInfo&ccnshorttitle=Fire-resistance-rated+Glazing+Materials&objid=1074332866&cfgid=1073741824&version=versionless&parent_id=1073984925&sequence=1


http://database.ul.com/cgi-bin/XYV/template/LISCANADA/1FRAME/showpage.html?name=CCETC.GuideInfo&ccnshorttitle=Fire+Resistant+Glazing+Materials&objid=1075959617&cfgid=1073741824&version=versionless&parent_id=1075959616&sequence=1
















119. Minimum in-fill panel construction for; · 1, 1-1/2, 2 and 3 hour fire doors; 1 sheet of 20 gage steel laminated to each face of a 3/8" (9.5) thick inorganic

cement board, nominal density - 110 pcf (1760 kg/m3), · 1/3 and 3/4 hour fire doors; 1 sheet of 20 gage steel laminated to each face of a 1/2" (12.7) thick non-rated gypsum

wall board.

Fire Door Louvers and Preparations 120. Except as indicated in Item 123, ULI, ULC or WHI labeled fire door louvers are permitted in all 3/4, 1 and 1-1/2 hour

Fleming fire doors up to the sizes indicated in Tables 4 (Pages 11 & 12), 5 (Pages 13, 14 & 15) and 6 (Pages 16, 17, 18 & 19) for each Construction, Series and Gage.

· Fire door louvers are permitted in fixed or operable fire doors. · Additional louver requirements and limitations for Non-Standard fire door constructions are detailed in their specific

sections below. · Fire door louvers are not provided or installed by Fleming. · Except as indicated in Item 123, Fleming Standard construction louvered fire doors are permitted in all Fleming fire

door frames, transom and sidelight frames. 121. Fire door louvers must be UL or WHI labeled, located within the lower 40" (1020) of the fire door assembly for positive

pressure applications and in accordance with the louver manufacturer's templates and installation instructions [141]. · Maximum labeled louver size; 24" x 24" (610 x 610). · Only one (1) louver per fire door assembly is permitted. · This limits their use to 1 louver per leaf and 1 leaf per pair. · Minimum stile width; 5-27/32" (148.4) · Minimum bottom rail height; 8" (203.2) (actual pull-side face dimension). · No maximum imposed for stile widths. 122. Fleming fire doors, except as indicated in Item 123 or fire doors with laminated or welded vertical stiffener cores (D, H

and S-Series) may be prepared for labeled fire door louvers by the factory or IPLP approved Fleming distributors. · Perimeter of louver cutout must be provided with internal reinforcing channels. · Trio-E and MH-Series must be ordered as Inner Reinforcing Channel (INCNL) factory option. · Fire doors with laminated or welded vertical stiffener cores (D, H and S-Series) must be ordered with Bridged Cutout

Only (BRCO), Cutout Only (CO) or Inner Reinforcing Channel (INCNL) factory options. · Distributors not included in the IPLP must order labeled doors complete with labels, factory prepared louver cutout

and inner perimeter reinforcing channels (INCNL option) installed. · Louvers may be installed by the distributor or in the field when the fire door is prepared and labeled as indicated above. · Dampers, diffusers or grilles are not permitted in fire doors. 123. Fire door louvers are not permitted in; · 1/3 (no hose stream), 2 or 3 hour fire doors, · Double Egress fire doors, · Fire doors with lights, · Clad fire doors, · Fire doors prepared for fire exit devices, · Bullet-Resistant fire doors, · E and SLE-Series doors, · Stainless Steel fire doors, · Acoustic fire doors, · Fire doors in 'a means of egress', · Lead-Lined fire doors, · Smoke control doors [13], · Dutch fire doors, · Hurricane-Resistant fire doors, · Temperature-Rise Rated fire doors, · Tornado-Resistant fire doors · Detention Security fire doors.

Fleming Applied Astragals, Integral Astragals or Rabetted Lock Edges 124. As defined and described below the meeting edges of fire-rated pairs may be provided with; · Applied steel, over-lapping astragals, · Integral astragals, · Rabetted lock edges or · Without astragals. 125. Applied astragals include Flat Bar, Z, Security Z, L, Security L, H and Off-Set types, screw-fixed (as illustrated below) or

optionally welded to the face or edge of the door.

126. Optional UL integral astragals for D, CW, S and H-Series fire doors have an extended face sheet on one leaf and a

3/16" (5) pocket on the opposing leaf presenting flush face sheets on both sides, as shown below. 127. Optional UL rabetted lock edges similar to integral astragals except each leaf is provided with

a 7/8" x 3/4" (22 x 19) over-lapping edge, as illustrated to the right are available. See Item 139 for limitations on their use.

Dr.Act.

(Optional)Rabetted Lock Edges

Dr.Act.

(Optional)Integral Astragal

(Optional)Integral Security Astragal

Dr.Act.

(Optional)Security Z Astragal H Astragal

(Optional)

Dr.Act.

Dr.Act.

Dr.Act.

(Optional)Z Astragal

(Standard)Flat Bar Astragal

Dr.Act.

(Optional)Security L Astragal

Dr.Act.

Dr.Act.

(Optional)L Astragal

Dr.Act.

(Optional)Off-Set Astragal

Items 119-127


http://database.ul.com/cgi-bin/XYV/template/LISEXT/1FRAME/showpage.html?name=GVZS.GuideInfo&ccnshorttitle=Fire+Door+Louvers&objid=1074295336&cfgid=1073741824&version=versionless&parent_id=1073987611&sequence=1

http://database.ul.com/cgi-bin/XYV/template/LISEXT/1FRAME/showpage.html?name=GVZS7.GuideInfo&ccnshorttitle=Fire+Door+Louvers+Certified+for+Canada&objid=1074204208&cfgid=1073741824&version=versionless&parent_id=1073987613&sequence=1


128. NFPA 80 requires that all pairs of fire doors must be provided with an astragal unless listed otherwise [142]. However NFPA 80 also mandates that fire-rated pairs in a 'means of egress' may not be equipped with astragals which inhibit the free use of either leaf. See Page 71, Items 664 and 672 to 677 for information on fire doors in a 'means of egress'.

129. Table 7 provides the requirements for astragals for Fleming's Standard construction fire doors.

Table 7 - Astragal Requirements for Pairs of Standard Construction Fire Doors

Series Gage

Cores Max. Fire

Rating

Maximum Nominal Door Height UL WHI

84" (2150)

86" (2200)

96" (2450)

108" (2750)

120" (3050)

144" (3650)

84" (2150)

86" (2200)

96" (2450)

108" (2750)

120" (3050)

144" (3650)

CW14 CW16

PS, HC 3

1-1/2 ` PI 1-1/2

D16 D18

HC, PS 3

1-1/2 PI 1-1/2

SHC 3

D20 HC, PS

3 1-1/2

PI 1-1/2 D16-8, D18-8 HC 3

D20-8 HC 1-1/2

E18 PS 3 PI 1-1/2

E20 PS

3 1-1/2

PI 1-1/2

H12 VS 3

1-1/2

H14 VS 3

1-1/2

H16 VS 3

1-1/2 MH14 VS 3

MH16, MH18 VS 3 S16, S18 VS 3

SL16 SL18

PS HC, PU

3 1-1/2

SLE18 PS 3

1-1/2 Legend

: Astragal Not Required, See Item 130 and 131 : Astragal Optional, See Item 130 and 131 : Astragal Mandatory : Series, Gage, Core, Rating and Size Not Available

130. D, E and S-Series lock-seam Standard construction pairs when provided without a Fleming astragal must have tack-welded vertical edge seams as indicated below;

· Up to 96" (2450) height the vertical lock edge seam of both doors must be tack-welded and are therefore indicated as "Astragal Optional" in the Table.

· As indicated above in Item 72 all D-Series fire-rated doors exceeding 96" (2450) height must have both the vertical lock and hinge edge seams tack-welded (whether an astragal is or is not required). Therefore D-Series Standard construction pairs exceeding 96" (2450) height at 1/3, 3/4, 1 and 1-1/2 hour rating are noted as "Astragal Not Required" in the Table.

· For D-Series pairs over 96" (2450) height at 2 and 3 hour rating the astragal and tack-welded vertical lock and hinge edge seams are mandatory.

131. Edge seam tack-welding in Item 130 is at top and bottom of seam, immediately above and below each edge cutout and at 12" (305) on center maximum.

132. Other Standard construction pairs are by design and/or testing not required to have tack-welded edge seams. 133. Where a Fleming astragal is provided flat bar type is standard, screw-fixed to the front (pull-side) of the active leaf or the

back (push-side) of the inactive leaf, except on ML, SL, SLE or SLTR-Series doors. Astragal requirements and limitations for Non-Standard construction fire door are detailed in their specific sections.

134. Where an astragal is supplied for MH-Series pairs an active leaf screw-fixed, off-set type is provided. H and flat bar types are optionally available.

135. Where a Fleming astragal is provided for pairs of SL or SLE-Series fire doors 'h-shaped' textured wood grain astragals are provided standard.

· Astragals are factory stained to match doors. · Astragals are available with integral ASA and flush bolt reinforcing or blank only, for screw fix mounting to lock edge

of inactive leaf.

Items 128-135



136. Z and L astragals prepared to clear lock edge hardware preparations or with integral lock edge hardware reinforcing are optionally available for screw fixing to the edge of the inactive leaf of pairs, except for MH, SL and SLE-Series fire doors.

137. Security type Z and L astragals prepared to clear active leaf lock edge hardware are also optionally available for screw fixing to the edge of the active leaf of pairs, except for Trio-E, MH, SL and SLE-Series fire doors.

138. All Fleming applied astragals are shipped loose for installation by others on site. Optionally Fleming applied astragals may be tack-welded to fire door at the factory or IPLP approved distributor's shop. Not available for SL or SLE-Series 'h-shaped' astragals.

139. UL D, CW, S and H-Series Standard construction fire-rated pairs are optionally available with rabetted lock edges at 1/3, 3/4, 1, 1-1/2, 2 and 3 hour rating when;

· Not in a 'means of egress' and · Both leaves are prepared for vertical rod fire exit devices and · The inactive leaf is provided with a labeled coordinator and · The provisions for lock vertical edge seams in Items 130 to 132 are met.

NON-STANDARD FIRE DOOR CONSTRUCTIONS

General 140. Unless specifically indicated otherwise Standard construction features detailed in Items 49-139, Pages 19, 20, 21, 22,

23, 24 and 25 apply to Fleming Non-Standard construction fire doors. When 2 or more constructions are combined, as in 'temperature-rise rated' 'double egress' doors and each construction has differing requirements, the more restrictive applies.

Double Egress (D/E) Fire Doors 141. All D and E-Series Double Egress construction fire doors must have vertical lock edge seam

on each leaf tack-welded. CW and D-Series doors exceeding 108" (2750) height must also have Fleming's internal lock edge reinforcing channel.

142. The requirements in Item 141 may be incorporated in Standard construction IPLP CW, D and E-Series fire doors for conversion to Double Egress construction at distributor locations included in Fleming's In-Plant Labeling Program (IPLP).

143. Fleming's internal lock edge reinforcing channel not required in CW, D or E-Series doors up to 108" (2750) height or H, MH, SL and SLE-Series Double Egress construction doors.

144. Double Egress fire-rated pairs are restricted to vertical rod fire exit device latching applications, surface or concealed types, with or without bottom rod. See Pages 69 to 73, Items 628-636, 642-644, 645-651, 654-657, 664, 668-671, 674, 675, 678, 679, 684, 686-691, 693, 694-696 and 698-701 for all other hardware information.

145. The 2012 IBC permits double egress doors in certain cross-corridor applications to be provided without self-latching hardware [10].

· Doors not prepared for self-latching devices cannot bear UL or WHI fire door labels. · A Letter of Certification for construction only may be provided by Fleming. · See Page 67, Item 625 for additional information. 146. Table 8 provides the astragal requirements for Fleming's Double Egress construction fire doors.

Table 8 - Astragal Requirements for Pairs of Double Egress Construction Fire Doors

Series Gage

Cores Max. Fire

Rating


84" (2150)

86" (2200)

96" (2450)

108" (2750)

120" (3050)

84" (2150)

86" (2200)

96" (2450)

120" (3050)

CW14 PS, HC 3

PI 1-1/2

CW16 PS, HC

3 1-1/2

PI 1-1/2

D16 D18

HC, PS 3

1-1/2 PI 1-1/2

D20 HC, PS, PI 1-1/2

E18 PS 3

1-1/2 E20 PS 1-1/2 H12 VS 3

H14 VS 3

1-1/2 (A)

H16 VS 3

1-1/2 (A)MH16 MH18 VS

3 1-1/2

SL16 SL18 PS, HC, PU

3 1-1/2

SLE18 PS 3

1-1/2 See next page for Notes Continued

Double Egress LockEdge Reinforcing Channels

Items 136-146


Legend for Table 8 (A): Greater than 96" (2450) height is available at 1/3 and 3/4

hour only. : Astragal Not Required : Astragal Optional, See Items 147 and 148 : Astragal Mandatory, See Items 147 and 148 : Series, Gage, Core, Rating and Size Not Available

147. D and E-Series Double Egress construction doors provided without an astragal must have tack-welded vertical edge seams as follows;

· Up to 96" (2450) height the vertical lock edge seam of both doors must be tack-welded and are therefore noted as "Astragal Optional" in Table 8,

· Exceeding 96" (2450) height both the vertical lock and hinge edge seams of each leaf must be tack-welded and are noted as "Astragal Mandatory" in Table 8.

148. Edge seam tack-welding in Items 141, 142 and 147 is at top and bottom of door, immediately above and below each edge cutout and at 12" (305) on center maximum.

149. Glass lights are permitted. See Table 17, Pages 36 and 37 and Items 80, 81, 82, 84 to 87, 89 to 101, 102, 104 to 106 and 108 to 116, Pages 20 to 22.

150. In-fill panels are not available in Double Egress construction fire doors. 151. Fire door louvers are not permitted in Double Egress construction fire doors as they must be prepared for vertical rod

fire exit devices and are generally located in a 'means of egress'. 152. D20 and E20 Double Egress construction fire doors are available with WHI label only. 153. Double Egress construction D, E, CW and H-Series fire doors are included in Fleming's distributor In-Plant Labeling

Program (IPLP). MH, SL and SLE-Series Double Egress construction fire doors are not included in the IPLP. 154. For use with Fleming UL and WHI Double Egress construction fire door frames and Fleming UL Double Egress transom

frames and sidelight assemblies (Page 50, Items 394 to 399).

Fire Door with Panel Above 155. The sizes shown in Tables 4 (Page 11), 5 (Page 14), 6 (Page 17) and Table 9 (below) are the maximum nominal fire

door opening widths and heights available and do not include the panel sizes. Panels are considered and labeled as part of the frame. Maximum panel sizes are detailed in Item 426, Page 51 and frame rabbet opening sizes are shown in Tables 18 (Page 39), 19 (Page 40) and 20 (Page 42).

156. Top of fire doors may be flush or rabetted. Tack-welded steel top cap required. 157. Rebated steel top cap; · Minimum height; 3/4" (19) · Available widths; · UL and WHI; 7/8" + 7/8” (22 + 22) · UL; 1-1/2" + 1/4" (38.1 + 6.4) 158. Table 9 provides the astragal requirements at the vertical meeting stile of pairs of Doors with Panel Above construction.

Table 9 - Astragal Requirements for Pairs of UL Doors with Panel Above

Series Gage Cores

Max. Fire

Rating

Maximum Nominal Door Height

84" (2150)

86" (2200)

96" (2450)

108" (2750)

114" (2900)

CW14 CW16

PS, HC 3

1-1/2 PI 1-1/2

D16 D18

HC, PS 3

1-1/2 SHC 3

PI 1-1/2 D20 HC, PS, PI 1-1/2 E18 PS 3 E20 PS 1-1/2

S16, S18 VS 3 Legend

: Astragal Not Required, See Items 160 and 161 : Astragal Optional, See Items 159 and 161 : Astragal Mandatory : Series, Gage, Core, Rating and Size Not Available

159. When provided without a Fleming astragal D, E and S-Series pairs up to 96" (2450) height must have the vertical lock edge seam of each leaf tack-welded and are indicated as "Astragal Optional" in Table 9.

160. As indicated above in Item 72 all D-Series fire-rated doors exceeding 96" (2450) height must have both the vertical lock and hinge edge seams tack-welded (whether an astragal is or is not required). Therefore D-Series pairs exceeding 96" (2450) height at 1/3, 3/4, 1 and 1-1/2 hour rating are noted as "Astragal Not Required" in Table 9.

161. Edge seam tack-welding in Items 159 and 160 is at top and bottom of door, immediately above and below each edge cutout and at 12" (305) on center maximum.

162. WHI fire-rated Door with Panel Above pairs are not available.

3" 4

1"21 1"

47"8

7"8

Items 147-162


163. Hardware requirements and preparations; see Pages 69, 70, 71, 72 and 73, Items 628-701, except 637-641, 652, 658, 668 & 677.

164. Glass lights, in-fill panels and fire door louvers are available. See Items 80-123, Page 20, 21, 22 & 23, except 86 to 88 and 96. 165. Door with Panel Above construction is not included in the In-Plant Labeling Program (IPLP). 166. For use in Fleming 'Frame with Panel Above Door' construction fire-rated frames only (Page 51, Items 425-428 and

Page 52, Items 429-435) with Fleming welded or removable, flush or rabetted hollow metal fire-rated panel above fire door (no transom mullion). Not permitted in transom or sidelight assemblies.

Dutch Fire Doors 167. Top leaf may latch into either the strike jamb or the bottom leaf using a labeled self-latching device. · Cylindrical or mortise locks/latches or automatic flush bolts are permitted to latch top leaf into bottom leaf. · Bottom leaf must latch into strike jamb. Only cylindrical or mortise locks/latches may be used. · Fire exit hardware may not be used on Dutch fire doors. 168. Self-closing device is required on top leaf only. Spring hinges may be used as self-closing device. See Pages 69 to 73,

Items 628-636, 642-644, 645-651, 653-657, 659, 663, 679, 684-690, 693, 694, 697 & 699-701 for all other hardware requirements.

169. Each leaf requires a fire label. 170. D20 Dutch fire doors are available with WHI label only. 171. Available in single door applications only. 172. Optional 8" (200) maximum deep shelf on the push-side of fire door only is available. · Shelf and shelf support brackets are shipped loose for site installation by others. · For SL-Series Dutch fire doors shelf and brackets are available in A40 (ZF120) un-grained galvanneal steel only. 173. Top leaf must be provided with Fleming pull-side mounted steel astragal (supplied loose for site installation). · Flat bar type required for Dutch fire doors without shelf. · Special off-set type required with shelf. 174. Glass lights, in-fill panels or fire door louvers are not permitted in Dutch fire doors. 175. Only D and CW-Series Dutch fire doors are included in Fleming's distributor IPLP. MH and SL-Series Dutch fire doors

are not included in the IPLP. 176. Dutch fire doors are intended for use in all Fleming fire-rated single Dutch Fire Door construction frames and transom

frames only (Page 51, Items 417 to 424).

Temperature Rise Rated Fire Doors 177. Temperature-rise rating (TRR) is the average temperature increase from ambient on the unexposed door face (non-fire

side) during the initial 30 (or 60) minutes of the fire test. · Temperature-rise ratings are in addition to the door fire-protection rating. · The IBC-2012 mandates a TRR of 450°F at 30 minutes [28]. Previous US codes also included provision for 250°F

and 650°F at 30 minutes. · The NBCC code requires TRR's of 250°C at either 30 or 60 minutes [60]. · The lower the TRR and the longer its duration the better the performance. · For comparative purposes a typical hollow metal fire door reaches approximately 1200°F (650°C) at 30 minutes. · Doors exceeding 650°F (345°C) at 30 minutes are considered non-temperature rise rated. 178. SLTR and H-Series TRR doors are limited to 450°F/250°C at 30 minutes. D-Series TRR doors are rated to

450°F/250°C at both 30 and 60 minutes. Fleming TRR labels indicate the most stringent TRR required by code and attained by the fire door construction; 250°F at 30 Minutes for all US code requirements and 250°C at 60 Minutes for the NBCC. See Page 67, Part Numbers 3529380 (WHI) and 3520850 (UL) for illustrations of Fleming's TRR fire door labels.

179. Table 10 on Page 28, provides the astragal requirements for Fleming's TRR construction fire doors. 180. D-Series TRR construction fire-rated pairs up to 86" (2200) height when provided without a Fleming astragal must have

the vertical lock edge seam of both doors tack-welded. For D-Series TRR construction doors exceeding 86" (2200) height both the vertical lock and hinge edge seams of each leaf must be tack-welded.

181. For WHI D-Series TRR double egress construction doors the vertical lock edge seams of each leaf must be tack-welded and have Fleming’s internal lock edge reinforcing channels described on Page 25, Item 141.

182. Edge seam tack-welding in Items 180 and 181 is at top and bottom of door, immediately above and below each edge cutout and at 12" (305) on center maximum.

183. Where an astragal is required for fire-rated pairs of SLTR-Series doors in Table 10, 'h-shaped' textured wood grain astragals are provided standard. Astragals are factory stained to match doors. Astragals are available with integral ASA and flush bolt reinforcing or blank only, for screw fix mounting to lock edge of inactive leaf.

184. For TRR fire doors at 3/4 and 1-1/2 hour rating fire-protection rated glazing materials without a TRR and exposed sizes up to 100 in2 (0.06m2) area per leaf are permitted unless indicated otherwise in the glazing manufacturer's listings [20,60,81].

· The NBCC limits 1/4" (6) wired glazing in all TRR fire doors to; · 100 in2 (0.06 m2) area per leaf at 3/4, 1, 1-1/2 and 2 hour rating and · The combined area of glazing in 3/4, 1, 1-1/2 and 2 hour TRR fire-rated openings (door + frame product) to a

total of 100 in2 (0.06 m2) except in 3 hour "fire walls" where no glazing is permitted [60]. With this NBCC limitation glazing is effectively prohibited in fire rated transom and sidelight assemblies.

· Glazing is not permitted in 3 hour TRR fire doors installed in a firewall, · Per NFPA 80 and the 2012 IBC glazing materials exceeding 100 in2 (0.06 m2) area per leaf in TRR fire doors at all

ratings must also have a fire and temperature-rise rating equal to that of the fire door [29,84]. · Exposed light areas and ratings are limited to the maximums indicated in the individual glazing manufacturer's

listings. See Table 17, Pages 36 and 37 and Page 20, Item 80, Page 21, Items 81-101 and Page 22, Items 102-116.

Items 163-184


185. Inset type fire exit devices, in-fill panels or fire door louvers are not permitted in TRR construction fire doors. 186. Hardware requirements and preparations; see Pages 69, 70, 71, 72 and 73, Items 628-701, except 637-641, 652 and 658.

Table 10 - Astragal Requirements for Pairs of TRR Construction Fire Doors

Application Series Gage

Max. Fire

Rating


84" (2150)

86" (2200)

96" (2450)

108" (2750)

120" (3050)

144"(3650)

84" (2150)

96" (2450)

120" (3050)

144" (3650)

Singles and Pairs

D16, D18 3 H12 3

H14 3

1-1/2

H16 3

1-1/2 SLTR16, SLTR18 3

Double Egress

D16 D18

3 1-1/2

H14 3 H16 3

SLTR16, SLTR18 3


D16 3

1-1/2

D18 3

1-1/2

Clad D16, D18 1-1/2 H14, H16 1-1/2

Hurricane-Resistant

H14, H16 3 D16 3 (A) (A) (A) D18 3

Legend (A): See Item 181 and 182 : Astragal Not Required : Astragal Optional, See Item 180 and 182 : Astragal Mandatory, See Item 181 and 182 : Series, Gage, Core, Rating and Size Not Available

187. 1/3, 1 or 2 hour fire-protection ratings with TRR are generally not required by building codes. 188. TRR fire doors are not permitted in fire-rated transom or sidelight frames under the IBC-2012 or NBCC [30,60]. TRR

doors are not available in Dutch, Lead-Lined, Acoustic, Bullet or Tornado-Resistant constructions. 189. Temperature-Rise Rated construction fire doors are not included in Fleming's distributor In-Plant Labeling Program

(IPLP). 190. TRR fire doors may be used in all Fleming Standard, Double Egress, Contra-Swing, Panel Above Door and Multi-

Opening construction fire door frames.

Trio-E™ (Energy Efficient) Fire Doors 191. All pairs of Trio-E fire doors are provided with factory installed internal lock edge reinforcing channel. 192. Fleming over-lapping steel active leaf mounted astragal is mandatory on all Trio-E pairs at 2 and 3 hour fire-rating. 193. Trio-E pairs at 1/3, 3/4, 1 and 1-1/2 hour are provided without Fleming astragals. 194. Glass lights are permitted. See Items 88 to 92 and 96, Page 21 for details. 195. In-fill panels are not available. 196. Hardware requirements and preparations; see Pages 69, 70, 71, 72 & 73, Items 628-701, except 637-641, 652 and

658. 197. Trio-E pairs are not available with open-back strikes. 198. Trio-E fire doors are not included in the Fleming distributor In-Plant Labeling Program (IPLP). 199. Trio- E fire doors are for use in Fleming Standard and Multi-Opening frames, transom and sidelight assemblies.

Stainless Steel (SS-Series) Fire Doors 200. Face sheets are fabricated from ASTM A666, Type 304, XL-Blend S (brushed) Finish with Type 304, XL-Buff (mirror)

Finish optionally available. Internal steel components for SS-Series Type 304 doors are ASTM A653 A40 (ZF120) galvanneal. ASTM A666 Type 316, XL-Blend S or XL-Buff Finish face sheets with Type 316, 2B (unfinished) internal steel components are also optionally available. Acid etched patterns, logos, etc., are permitted on face sheets.

201. SS-Series fire doors must have vertical lock and hinge edge seams tack-welded top and bottom only. 202. SS-Series fire-rated pairs are available optionally without Fleming astragals at 1/3, 3/4, 1 and 1-1/2 hour up to; · 96" (2450) height for UL with polystyrene (PS) or honeycomb (HC) cores, · 86" (2200) height for UL with polyisocyanurate (PI) core and · 86" (2200) height for WHI. 203. Vertical lock edge seam of each leaf in Item 202 must be tack-welded top and bottom, above and below each edge

cutout and at 12" (305) on center maximum. 204. Stainless steel 3 hour pairs are not available.

Items 185-204




205. Hardware requirements and preparations; see Pages 69, 70, 71, 72 and 73, Items 628-701, except 641, 652 and 658. 206. Glass lights are permitted in SS-Series fire doors. · Fleming 'thermal glazing kits' (THGLZ) illustrated on Page 20, fabricated from the same Type and Finish of stainless

steel as the face sheets are provided standard. · See Table 17, Pages 36 and 37 for glazing materials, sizes and ratings permitted and Items 81 to 101 and 102 to

116, except Item 94 on Pages 21 and 22, for additional information. · For Hurricane-Resistant SS-Series doors see Page 33, Item 297. 207. In-fill panels with faces matching the Type and Finish of the door face sheets are available. See Page 22, Items 117

and 118 and Page 23, Item 119 for additional information. 208. Fire door louvers are not available in labeled SS-Series fire doors. 209. Stainless Steel construction fire doors are not included in Fleming's distributor In-Plant Labeling Program (IPLP). 210. SS-Series fire doors are for use in Fleming Standard or Stainless Steel construction fire door frames, transom and

sidelight frames and Clad construction fire door frames and transom frames.

Clad Fire Doors 211. Metallic claddings are permitted only on 1-3/4" (44.4) thick, fire-rated UL and WHI D, CW and H-Series singles and

pairs. 212. Metallic cladding must be a factory installed non-combustible material such as brass, bronze, aluminum or stainless

steel (except Type 302) with a maximum thickness of 1/16" (1.6) secured to the front and edges and/or back of door. 213. Base fire door widths of metallic clad doors are adjusted to meet NFPA 80 required clearances between finished door

and adjacent door and/or frame. See Page 19, Item 57 for required clearances. 214. Maximum fire door thickness (including cladding); 1-7/8" (47.6). 215. See Page 27, Items 177-184 and Page 28, Items 185-190 for D-Series TRR Clad construction door requirements. 216. Exposed vertical edge seams at cladding material are standard. Vertical edge seam construction of base fire door as

per its standard requirements. See Page 20, Items 69 and 71 to 73. 217. Table 11 provides the astragal requirements for Fleming's Clad construction fire doors.

Table 11 - Astragal Requirements for Clad Construction Pairs

Series Gage

Cores Max. Fire

Rating


86" (2200)

96" (2450)

86" (2200)

96" (2450)

CW14 PS, HC 1-1/2

PI 1-1/2 (A): 1-3/4" (44.4) thick doors only

CW16 PS, HC 1-1/2

PI 1-1/2 Legend

D16 D18

HC, PS 1-1/2 Astragal Not Required PI 1-1/2 Astragal Optional, See Items 218 and 219

H12 (A) VS 1-1/2 Astragal Mandatory

H14, H16 VS 1-1/2 Series, Gage, Core, Rating & Size Not Available

218. When provided without a Fleming astragal D-Series pairs up to 96" (2450) height the vertical lock edge seam of each leaf must be tack-welded and are indicated as "Astragal Optional" in the Table.

219. Edge seam tack-welding in Item 218 is at top and bottom of door, immediately above and below each edge cutout and at 12" (305) on center maximum.

220. Glass lights are permitted in metallic clad construction doors. Refer to Table 17, Pages 36 and 37 for eligible glazing materials, sizes and ratings.

221. Fleming steel glazing kits are clad to match fire door. Exception; Fleming kits (except snap-in type) are fabricated from stainless steel for stainless steel clad doors. Clad or stainless Fleming snap-in kits are not available. See Items 81 to 101 and 102 to 116 for additional information.

222. Labeled fire door louvers or in-fill panels are not permitted in Clad construction doors. 223. Hardware requirements and preparations; see Pages 69, 70, 71, 72 and 73, Items 628 to 701, except 637-641 and 658. 224. Metallic Clad construction fire doors are not included in Fleming's distributor In-Plant Labeling Program (IPLP). 225. ULI, ULC and WHI labeled non-metallic claddings, full door or protective plate type applications, are also permitted on

labeled Standard and Double Egress construction fire doors to the lesser of the size and rating for the Construction, Series and Gage used or the limits of the cladding manufacturer's individual listings.

· For positive pressure jurisdictions non-metallic claddings must be labeled as such for compliance and are generally limited to use on 1/3 hour (no hose stream) fire doors only unless cladding is listed otherwise.

· For non-metallic clad doors widths are not under-sized unless ordered otherwise by distributor · Installed non-metallic cladding must not cover fire door label · Labeled non-metallic claddings may be installed by the distributor or in the field in accordance with the cladding

manufacturer's listings and installation instructions. · Labeled non-metallic claddings are not provided or installed by Fleming. 226. Glass lights, in-fill panels or louvers are not permitted in Fleming non-metallic Clad fire doors. 227. Non-labeled facings, claddings, finishes (wood veneers, plastic, paper or fabric), protective plates, stone or plant-ons

are not permitted. 228. Metallic and labeled non-metallic Clad fire doors are for use in all Fleming fire-rated frames, transom and sidelight

frames and Clad construction frames and transom frames.

Items 205-228



http://database.ul.com/cgi-bin/XYV/template/LISEXT/1FRAME/showpage.html?name=GVUZ.GuideInfo&ccnshorttitle=Cladding+Materials+for+Fire+Doors+and+Frames&objid=1074600349&cfgid=1073741824&version=versionless&parent_id=1074600343&sequence=1

http://database.ul.com/cgi-bin/XYV/template/LISCANADA/1FRAME/showpage.html?name=GVUZC.GuideInfo&ccnshorttitle=Impact+Protectors+for+Fire+Doors+and+Frames&objid=1076375207&cfgid=1073741824&version=versionless&parent_id=1076375206&sequence=1


Lead-Lined Fire Doors 229. Available in D16 and D18 construction with composite honeycomb and lead-lined (LL) core only. 230. Lead lining is secured to the inside of the pull-side (front) face sheet and door edges. Lead-lining is specified by

thickness or weight. Lead-linings available are; · 1/32" / 2 psf (0.8 mm / 9.8 kg/m2) · 3/64" / 3 psf (1.2 mm / 14.6 kg/m2) · 1/16" / 4 psf (1.6 mm / 19.5 kg/m2) 231. Vertical lock and hinge edge seams must be tack-welded top and bottom, above and below each edge cutout and at

12" (305) on center maximum. Seamless edge seam Lead-Lined fire doors are optionally available. 232. Each leaf must be prepared for 4-1/2" (114) heavy weight hinges minimum. 233. Fleming composite lead-lined steel flat bar astragal shipped loose for installation on site by others is required on all fire-

rated pairs for radiation shielding purposes. 234. Labeled 1/4" (6) thick lead-loaded Georgian Wired Glass (GWG) (filmed or un-filmed) is permitted to the sizes and

ratings indicated in Table 17, Page 36 for labeled 1/4" (6) GWG. Fleming lead-lined glazing kits similar to thermal glazing (THGLZ) are required.

235. Fire door louvers or in-fill panels are not permitted in Lead-Lined fire doors. 236. Lead-lined hardware is required. For other hardware requirements and preparations see Pages 69 to 73, Items 628-

636, 642-644, 645-651, 653-657, 659, 660-664, 669-671, 674-676, 678, 679, 684-693, 694, 695 and 697-701. 237. Lead-lined fire doors are not included in Fleming's distributor In-Plant Labeling Program (IPLP) 238. For use with Fleming SUW Lead-Lined construction fire-rated frames only (Pages 57 and 58, Items 514 to 517 and 518

to 520).

Acoustic (Whisper Core) Fire Doors 239. All Fleming acoustic fire-rated assemblies are independently tested and certified to ASTM E90, E413, E1332 and

E2235 as fully operable assemblies, comply with ANSI/NAAMM HMMA 865, SDI 128 and CDSMA-08 34 73. 240. Face sheet gages, core construction, glass lights, gasketing, threshold and door bottom requirements vary by acoustic

rating. Refer to Fleming's Whisper Core product data sheets for detailed requirements. 241. Available in 1-3/4" (44.4) thick D16, D18 and S18 acoustic fire door constructions only utilizing Fleming's proprietary

"Whisper Core" sound attenuating core systems. 242. Lock and hinge edges are beveled 1/8" in 2" (3 in 50) standard on flush, single, STC 35 maximum doors with optional

square hinge edges available. 243. Beveled lock edges and square hinge edges are provided standard on fire-rated glazed singles and pairs and singles or

pairs greater than STC 35. 244. Vertical lock and hinge edges are provided with exposed edge seams standard. Seamless edge seams are optionally

available. 245. Each leaf must be prepared for 4-1/2" (114) standard weight (0.134" (3.4) thick) hinges minimum. 4-1/2" (114) heavy

weight (0.180" (4.6) thick), 5" (127), off-set pivots, continuous or cam lift hinges are optionally available for specific assemblies. Refer to Fleming's Whisper Core product data sheets for additional information.

246. Single fire doors may be prepared for cylindrical or mortise locks or rim fire exit devices. Active leaf of fire-rated pairs may be prepared for cylindrical or mortise locks or surface vertical rod fire exit devices.

247. Special back-set locks/latches are not required. Minimum back-set; 2-3/4" (69.9). Exception: STC 52 fire doors, if lock rose exceeds 1-9/16" (40) diameter; 3-3/4" (95.3) minimum back-set required.

248. ASA strike and top and bottom flush bolts are required on the inactive leaf of all fire-rated pairs up to STC 46. · Surface or flush bolts may be used for fire-rated pairs exceeding STC 46. · Top flush bolt only with auxiliary fire latch applications in the edge of the inactive leaf are also permitted. See Page

71, Item 662 for additional information. · Each leaf of a fire-rated pair may also be prepared for surface vertical rod fire exit devices. 249. Self-closing devices are required on each leaf of fire-rated acoustic assemblies. Only spring hinges or surface applied

closers are permitted. 250. For additional information on hardware requirements and preparations see Pages 69 to 73, Items 628-632, 634-636,

642-644, 645, 646, 648, 649, 653-657, 660, 662, 663, 674, 676, 679, 685-689, 692, 695 and 698-700. 251. Except for D18 WC46 core doors, Fleming applied steel or integral astragals are not required for

fire-rated acoustic pairs. All pairs of acoustic fire doors are supplied with Fleming's surface mounted meeting edge acoustic gaskets and astragals, field applied by others to the front, back and edges of each leaf as detailed in the installation instructions provided.

252. D18 WC46 Acoustic construction pairs require Fleming steel applied astragal mounted on the push-side of the inactive leaf and a pull-side active leaf mounted acoustic astragal at all sizes and fire-ratings.

253. Thresholds (where required) are ADA compliant. STC 32 to 35 non-lighted, single fire doors may be provided with mortised automatic door bottoms and without thresholds.

· Floor surface below door must be a flat, level and solid. · Non-lighted, single fire door assemblies up to STC 35 may utilize flat marble thresholds, 1/2" (12.7) maximum

thickness, provided and installed by others. · Recommended clearance between fire door and floor or threshold; 1/4" (6). · Acoustic gaskets, astragals, thresholds and door bottoms (as required) are shipped loose with doors for installation

on site by others. · Substitutions with other gaskets, door bottoms, thresholds or astragals will void the STC rating, as units are tested

as assemblies.

Typical AcousticPair Meeting Edge

Items 229-253





http://www.naamm.org/landing_pages/HMMA_865-13.htm

http://www.steeldoor.org/T-DOC/SDI-128.php

http://www.csdma.org/english/content/CSDMA-2006-08_34_73-Sound_Specifications-July17-09.doc

http://www.flemingdoor.com/en/site/fleming/Products/Whisper-Core/



254. Fire-rated acoustic doors except WC35 are available as singles or pairs of flush or glazed doors from STC 32 to 52. See Table 12 for details.

Table 12

Fire Rating

STC Ranges and Maximum Exposed Light Sizes Available Singles Pairs

Flush Glazed (A) Flush Glazed (A)

2 and 3 Hr (B) 32-52

32-48: 12" (305) Width 33" (840) Height 100 in2 (0.06 m2)

Not Avail Not Available

1/3, 3/4, 1 and

1-1/2 Hr 32-52

32-48: 36" (915) Width and Areas of: 32-41: 720 in2 (0.46 m2) 43-45: 288 in2 (0.19 m2) 46-48: 100 in2 (0.06 m2)

32-45

32-40: 36" (915) Width and Areas of: 32-34: 720 in2 (0.46 m2) 36-37: 288 in2 (0.19 m2) 39-40: 100 in2 (0.06 m2)

(A): Must meet all criteria (B): For NBCC only, not permitted under the 2012 IBC

255. WHI fire-rated STC 42 to 46 glazed doors are not available. 256. Glazed Acoustic construction fire doors are provided with factory installed 5/16" (8) FireLite Plus or 3/16" (5) Pyran

Platinum (dependent upon acoustic rating) and Fleming's acoustic glazing trim. Glazed fire doors are limited to 1 light per leaf.

257. Fire door louvers or in-fill panels are not permitted in Acoustic fire doors. 258. STC assembly certification labels, illustrated at right, are factory applied to the active fire door leaf adjacent to

the fire label. "XX" is replaced with the specified acoustic rating. The label covers the entire assembly as supplied; fire doors, glazing and trim, door bottoms, frame, gaskets and threshold. A fire label is factory applied to the hinge edge of each fire door leaf and the hinge jamb of the frame.

259. Fire-rated glazing materials, door bottoms and gaskets are provided with labels applied by their manufacturer. 260. Fire-rated embossed face sheet acoustic doors are not available. 261. Acoustic construction fire doors are not included in Fleming's In-Plant Labeling Program (IPLP) and are

available only as factory fire labeled product. 262. For use with Fleming Acoustic construction fire-rated frames and gasketing systems only (Page 58, Items 521-532 and

Page 59, Items 533 to 535).

Detention Security (HS-Series) Fire Doors 263. Meets ANSI/NAAMM HMMA 863-98, Grades 3 and 4 static load, impact load, rack and removable glazing stop test

requirements and with 12 gage face sheets is also UL 752 SPSA, Level 3 (.44 Magnum revolver) Bullet-Resistant. 264. HS-Series fire doors are available 2" (50.8) thick only. 265. HS-Series fire doors are provided standard as beveled, fully welded and seamless at both vertical edges. 266. Each leaf must be prepared for 4-1/2" (114) heavy weight hinges minimum. 267. Fire doors must be prepared for UL labeled mortised, pocket or jamb mounted detention grade self latching devices.

See Pages 69 to 73, Items 628-632, 634-636, 642-644, 645-648, 654-657, 659, 679, 684-690, 693, 694 and 699-701 for all other hardware info.

268. Listed fire-rated security and/or bullet-resistant glazing materials for use in swinging hollow metal fire doors are permitted. · See Page 21, Items 100 and 101, Page 22, Items 102-116 and Table 17, Pages 36 and 37 for additional information. · Only Fleming's detention security glazing kits are permitted. At 1-1/2 hour; maximum exposed glass size per leaf of

100 in2 (0.06m2) area with neither the exposed width nor height exceeding 10" (250). At 3/4 hour; maximum exposed glass size per leaf is 1296 in2 (0.84 m2) area with neither the exposed width nor height exceeding 54" (1370).

· Fleming's security view-port metal sliders, installed over glass lights are permitted. 269. Fire door louvers or in-fill panels are not permitted in Detention Security fire doors. 270. HS-Series fire doors are UL Listed only and are not included in Fleming's distributor In-Plant Labeling Program (IPLP). 271. For use with Fleming Detention Security fire door frames only (Page 59, Items 536 to 545).

Bullet-Resistant (BR-Series) Fire Doors 272. UL certified to UL 752 for Super Power Small Arms (SPSA) ratings as shown in Table 13.

Table 13 - UL 752 SPSA Ratings

Rating Weapon Barrel Length Bullet Type Muzzle Velocity Muzzle Energy

Level 1 Super 38 Automatic 5" (127) Metal Case

130 Grain 1280 ft/sec (390 m/s)

475 ft-lbs (644 Nm)

Level 2 357 Magnum Revolver 8-1/4" (210) Soft Point

158 Grain 1450 ft/sec (442 m/s)

740 ft-lbs (1003 Nm)

Level 3 44 Magnum Revolver 6-1/2" (165) Soft Point

240 Grain 1470 ft/sec (448 m/s)

1150 ft-lbs (1660 Nm)

273. Fire doors are provided with bullet-resistant face reinforcing on the 'threat-side', which must be designated by the Architect. 274. Fully welded, seamless vertical edge seams are provided standard. Beveled lock edge, square hinge edge standard. 275. Fire-rated pairs are not available. 276. Fire doors are prepared for 4-1/2" (114) heavy weight (0.180"/4.6 thick) hinges minimum up to 36" x 84" (900 x 2150),

5" (127) extra-heavy weight (0.190"/4.8) over 36" x 84" (900 x 2150). Continuous, labeled, full surface, steel or stainless steel, geared hinges are permitted.

277. Only UL labeled mortise locks or latches, rim or mortise fire exit devices are permitted. Only those function holes specifically required for the operation of latching hardware are permitted in the fire door. See Pages 69 to 73, Items 628-632, 634-636, 642-644, 645, 646, 649, 653-657, 659, 664, 670, 679, 684-690, 694, 695 and 699-701 for all other hardware information.

INSTALL PERMANUFACTURER'S

INSTALLATIONINSTRUCTIONS;USE APPROVED

SEAL SET

E413

XXE90

ASTM

ASTM

STC

Items 254-277



http://database.ul.com/cgi-bin/XYV/template/LISEXT/1FRAME/showpage.html?name=GYJT.GuideInfo&ccnshorttitle=Single-point+Locks+and+Latches&objid=1074296926&cfgid=1073741824&version=versionless&parent_id=1073987686&sequence=1

http://database.ul.com/cgi-bin/XYV/template/LISEXT/1FRAME/showpage.html?name=GXHX.GuideInfo&ccnshorttitle=Fire-exit+Hardware&objid=1074296756&cfgid=1073741824&version=versionless&parent_id=1073987653&sequence=1



278. Glass lights, fire door louvers or in-fill panels are not permitted in bullet-resistant fire doors. 279. Bullet-Resistant fire door construction is not included in the Fleming In-Plant Labeling Program (IPLP). 280. For use only with labeled Fleming Bullet-Resistant (BR-Series) fire door frames (Page 59, Items 546 to 555).

Hurricane-Resistant Fire Doors 281. Fleming's Hurricane-Resistant construction UL and WHI fire doors are; · Tested, certified and UL labeled for hurricane-resistance under category ZHCW - Swinging Exterior Doors as

components for hurricane-resistance rated assemblies to each of the test standards referenced on Page 7, Item 29 and

· Florida Building Commission (FBC) approved under FL14237 for state-wide approval to the 2014 Florida Building Code with UL as the FBC approved Testing, Validation, Certification and Inspection entity.

282. D and E-Series out-swing, single, flush (non-lighted) doors up to 36" width and 84" height and 65 psf design load are provided with exposed mechanical interlocking seams at both vertical edges.

· D and E-Series single lighted doors or doors exceeding 36" width and 84" height and 65 psf design load and all in-swing single doors are provided with vertical lock edge seams tack-welded top and bottom, above each edge cutout and at 6" on center maximum.

283. All D, E and SS-Series pairs are provided with both vertical hinge and lock edges tack-welded top and bottom, above each edge cutout and at 6" on center maximum.

284. Seamless vertical edges are available on D and E-Series Hurricane-Resistant construction doors. 285. Hurricane-Resistant construction doors are tested for specific combinations of orientation, design load, size, hinging

and latching hardware. Table 14 refines the information presented in Tables 4 (Pages 11 & 12), 5 (Pages 13, 14 & 15) and 6 (Pages 16, 17, 18 & 19) for each specific configuration available.

Table 14 - Hurricane-Resistant Fire-Rated Door Hardware Limitations

Orie

ntat

ion

Maximum Design Load (psf)

Max

imum

Fir

e-R

atin

g (H

ours

)

Series and Minimum Gage(D)

Singles Pairs

Maximum Size

Latching Hardware

Maximum Size(E)

Latching HardwareActive Leaf : Inactive Leaf

CY

L

ML

(A)

ICL

RE

H

ME

H

VR

H

CY

L :

AS

A x

SB

CY

L : A

SA

x F

B

ML(A

) : A

SA

x S

B

ML(A

) : A

SA

x F

B

RE

H :

RE

H x

Re

m H

M M

ullio

n (C

)

RE

H :

RE

H x

Rem

Hdr

w M

ullio

n

VR

H :

VR

H

Out

-Sw

ing

+/- 50

1-1/2 D20, E20 36" x 84" √ √ √ √ √ √ Not Avail - - - - - - -

3 CW16, D18, E18, H16, SS18 36" x 84" √ √ √ √ √ √ 72" x 84" √ √ √ √ √ √ √CW16, D18, E18(B), H16, SS18 48" x 84" √ √ - √ - √ 96" x 84" √ - √ - √ - √

CW16, D16, H16, SS16 48" x 96" - √ - √ - √ 96" x 96" - - √ - - √ √

+/- 60 3 CW16, D18, E18, H16, SS18 36" x 84" √ √ √ √ √ √ 72" x 84" √ √ √ √ √ √ √CW16, D18, E18(B), H16, SS18 48" x 84" √ √ - √ - √ 96" x 84" √ - √ - √ - √

CW16, D16, H16, SS16 48" x 96" - √ - √ - √ 96" x 96" - - √ - - √ √

+/- 65 3 CW16, D18, E18, H16, SS18 36" x 84" √ √ √ √ - √ 72" x 84" √ √ √ √ √ √ √CW16, D18, E18(B), H16, SS18 48" x 84" √ √ - √ - √ 96" x 84" √ - √ - - √ √

CW16, D16, H16, SS16 48" x 96" - √ - √ - √ 96" x 96" - - √ - - √ √

+/- 70 3 CW16, D18, E18, H16, SS18 36" x 84" √ √ √ √ - √ 72" x 84" - - √ √ - √ √CW16, D18, E18(B), H16, SS18 48" x 84" - √ - √ - √ 96" x 84" - - √ - - √ √

CW16, D16, H16, SS16 48" x 96" - √ - √ - √ 96" x 96" - - - √ - √ √

In-S

win

g +/- 50

3

CW16, D18, E18, H16, SS18 36" x 84" √ √ √ - - - 72" x 84" - - - √ - - - +/- 60 CW16, D18, E18, H16, SS18 36" x 84" √ √ √ - - - 72" x 84" - - - √ - - - +/- 65 CW16, D18, E18, H16, SS18 36" x 84" - √ √ - - - 72" x 84" - - - √ - - -

+/- 70 CW16, D18, E18, H16, SS18 36" x 84" - √ √ - - - 72" x 84" - - - √ - - -

Notes: (A) : Active latch + deadbolt function mortise lock required

when; > 84" door ht and ≤ 65 psf design load; > 65 psf; single in-swing applications > 60 psf; and all paired in-swing

(B) : Due to material availability E18 doors are limited to 44" leaf width

(C) : Removable hollow metal mullions limited to 1-1/2 hour rating maximum

(D) : See Tables 4 to 6, Pages 12, 14, 15, 17 & 18 for Series, Gage and Core combinations permitted

(E) : SS16 and SS18 pairs at 3 hrs are not available.

Hardware Legend ASA : 4-7/8" x 1-1/4" lipped strikeCYL : Cylindrical lock or latch FB : Flush bolt (top and bottom) ICL : Interconnected lock or latch MEH : Mortise exit hardware

ML : Mortise lock or latchREH : Rim exit hardware SB : Surface bolt (top and bottom)VRH : Vertical rod exit hardware

Items 278-285

http://database.ul.com/cgi-bin/XYV/template/LISEXT/1FRAME/showpage.html?name=ZHCW.R8930&ccnshorttitle=Swinging+Doors,+Exterior&objid=1077058249&cfgid=1073741824&version=versionless&parent_id=1076906987&sequence=1



286. Steel top and bottom caps; · Not required on door leaves up to 36" width and 84" height and 50 psf design load · Tack-welded 14 gage steel top and bottom caps are required on all Hurricane-Resistant fire-rated leaves exceeding

36" width and 84" height and 65 psf design load · Tack-welded 16 gage steel top caps are required for all leaves exceeding 36" width or 84" height or 50 psf design load · Tack-welded 16 gage steel bottom caps are required for all leaves exceeding 36" width and 50 psf design load and

all leaves exceeding 84" height. 287. All Fleming Hurricane-Resistant construction doors are large missile impact rated for 350 ft-lbs (475 Nm) force. 288. All hardware used on UL Fleming Hurricane-Resistant construction UL or WHI fire doors must be listed and labeled for

fire-protection. Hardware must also be UL or WHI listed and certified as a component for use on hurricane-resistant hollow metal doors to the appropriate standards in Item 29.

289. Doors must be hung on UL or WHI approved leaf or continuous hinges or pivots. Hinges and pivots in Hurricane-Resistant construction fire-rated doors must comply with Page 69, Items 642-644 and Page 70, Items 645-649.

290. Non-standard reinforcings may be required for specific latching hardware, door size and design load configurations. Contact Customer Service, Woodbridge for details.

291. All vertical rod exit devices must have top and bottom rods. Less bottom rod applications are not permitted on hurricane-resistant doors.

292. Pairs of fire-rated doors with top flush bolt only and inactive leaf edge mortised auxiliary fire latch at the bottom do not meet the hurricane-resistance requirements and are therefore not permitted.

293. Each leaf must be provided with fire-rated self-closing devices. Only surface applied closers or spring hinges are permitted. Self-closing devices are not required to be hurricane-resistance rated.

294. Single Hurricane-Resistant construction fire-rated doors up to 36" x 84" and 60 psf design load may be prepared for power transfer units and/or door position switches.

295. Hardware requirements and preparations; See Pages 69 to 73, Items 628-640, 642-644, 645-651, 653-657, 659, 660, 661, 663-667, 669-676, 678, 679, 684-690, 692, 693, 695, 696 and 698-701.

296. Refer to the Installation Instructions in Fleming's FBC FL14237 approval and Page 62, Items 573 and 574 for the specific gasket and threshold configurations required for HVHZ / TAS compliance.

297. Glazed UL Hurricane-Resistant construction fire doors must also meet all code mandated fire, hurricane and human impact resistance standards.

· Glazing materials in Table 15 below are UL fire-rated, listed and labeled for use in these applications and Fleming Hurricane-Resistant construction fire doors to a maximum design load of +/- 70 psf.

· Glazed fire doors are provided with 16 gage 'Z-shaped' internal trim and screw-fixed, door face mounted, 14 gage, off-set, removable glazing stops standard.

· 18 gage minimum face sheets required for all glazed doors. · Other glazing materials, glazing trims or in-fill panels are not permitted. · Glazing materials are not supplied or installed by Fleming.

Table 15 - Glazing for Hurricane-Resistant Fire Doors Glazing Material Rating and Maximum Exposed Width x Height x Area (A,B)

Manufacturer Description 2 and 3 Hr (C,E,F,G) 1 and 1-1/2 Hr (F) 1/3 (WHS) and 3/4 Hr

Vetrotech

Keralite Ultra 90 HI 1-1/2" (D)

10" (255) 33" (840)

100 in2 (0.06 m2)

23" (585) 53" (1350)

23" (585) 53" (1350)

Swissflam 45 HI 1-3/8" (D)

Not Available

Not Available

23" (585) 53" (1350)

Notes: (A) : Area not shown when equal to maximum width x height permitted (B) : One (1) glass light per leaf (C) : Where permitted by the AHJ (D) : Glazing is UL fire-resistance rated (E) : IBC-2012 does not permit fire-protection rated

glazing materials in fire doors at 2 or 3 hr rating [37]

(F) : IBC-2012 limits fire-protection rated glazingmaterials in fire doors at 1, 1-1/2, 2 or 3 hour ratingto 100 in2 area, but allows fire-resistance ratedglazing (which has a TRR) in non-TRR fire doorsup to the sizes and ratings of the glazingmanufacturer's listings [20].

(G) : Must meet all 3 criteria

298. For all pairs of Hurricane-Resistant construction fire doors weather strip astragals are required and detailed in the FBC FL14237 Installation Instructions. Weather strip astragals are not supplied or installed by Fleming.

299. All pairs of Hurricane-Resistant construction fire doors require vertical lock edge seam to be tack-welded (or are fully welded and seamless by base design), therefore the provisions for pairs without Fleming applied astragals detailed on Page 24, Items 130 to 132 are already met.

· All pairs at 1/3, 3/4, 1, 1-1/2, 2 and 3 hour rating are provided without Fleming applied astragal standard. · For security purposes Fleming applied astragals are permitted and optionally available. · See Page 23, Items 124 and 125, Page 24, Item 133 and Page 25, Items 136 to 138 for additional information on

Fleming applied astragals. 300. Fire door louvers or in-fill panels are not permitted in Hurricane-Resistant construction fire doors. 301. Each Fleming Hurricane-Resistant construction fire door bears two (2) separate labels; one for fire-rating and the other

for hurricane-resistance factory applied adjacent to each other. Fleming's UL and WHI fire door labels are illustrated on Page 67 and the Fleming UL hurricane-resistance door label is shown below. Design Load Rating required for each door is stamped onto label at factory.

Fleming UL Hurricane-Resistant Door Label

Fleming Steel Doors & Frames R8930-52098

PRODUCT CONFORMS TO ASTM E330 / E1886 / E1996 PA-201, PA-202, PA-203, TAS-201, TAS-202, TAS-203

EXTERIOR SWINGING DOORIN ACCORDANCE WITH ANSI A250.13

WINDSTORM RESISTANCE STIFFNESS CLASS : I

IMPACT RATING : 350 FT-LBS DESIGN LOAD RATING : PSF

17UN

Items 286-301








302. Hurricane-Resistant construction fire door assemblies must be installed in accordance with their individual listings, installation instructions and NFPA 80. The rating of a hurricane-resistant fire-rated assembly is determined by the lowest rating of its components. If a required component is omitted, not labeled, not installed in accordance with its listing, installation instructions or the NFPA 80 requirements it renders the entire assembly as non-rated.

303. Hurricane-Resistant construction fire doors are not included in Fleming's distributor IPLP. 304. Hurricane-Resistant construction fire doors are intended for use with UL Fleming's Hurricane-Resistant construction fire

door frames and paneled transom frames only (Pages 59 to 62, Items 556, 557-562, 563-565 and 566-579).

Tornado-Resistant (F5-Series) Fire Doors 305. Fleming's F5-Series Tornado-Resistant construction UL fire door assemblies are tested, certified and factory UL labeled

for tornado-resistance under category ZHLA - Windstorm-Rated Assemblies to the standards referenced on Page 8, Item 34.

306. Each assembly is limited to specific combinations of door(s), frame, latching, hinging and closing hardware for specific sizes, orientations and applications. Tables 4 (Pages 11 & 12), 5 (Pages 13, 14 & 15) and 6 (Pages 16, 17, 18 & 19) provide the largest sizes available. Table 16 below details the specifics of each latching combination available and Items 307 and 308 the hinge and closer options.

Table 16 - F5-Series Tornado-Resistant Fire Doors

FEMA Designation Configuration Maximum

Opening Size Door Gageand Core

Test Pressure

(psf)

Design Pressure

(psf) Latching Hardware

320 Single In or Out-Swing

36" x 84" (900 x 2150) 14 VSP ± 197 ± 164 (3) Medico Maxum Deadbolts

+ Sargent 10 Line Lock

320 and 361

Single In or Out-Swing

36" x 84" (900 x 2150) 14 PU

± 252 ± 210 Corbin-Russwin FE6800 or

Sargent FM7100 or Yale 7380 Multi-Point Locks 48" x 96"

(1250 x 2450) 14 HC

Pair In or Out-Swing

72" x 84" (1800 x 2150) 14 PU

± 252 ± 210

Corbin-Russwin FE6800 or Sargent FM7100 or Yale 7380

Multi-Point Locks + Corbin-Russwin 988CR or

Sargent 988 or Yale 988Y Surface Bolts 96" x 96"

(2450 x 2450) 14 HC

361

Single Out-Swing

48" x 96" (1250 x 2450) 16 HC ± 296 ± 246

Corbin-Russwin FE5400S orSargent FM8700 (Plus (4) Auxiliary Fire Latches (Fire Pins) inLock Edge of Door at 10" OC, Centered on Rabbet Height) or

Yale 7180F Multi-Point Exit Devices

Pair Out-Swing

96" x 96" (2450 x 2450) 16 HC ± 296 ± 246

Corbin-Russwin FE5400S orSargent FM8700 or Yale 7180

Multi-Point Exit Devices + Corbin-Russwin FE707A or FE708A or Sargent HC980 or Yale M200FWS

Hardware Mullions

307. All Fleming F5-Series assemblies may utilize the following hinges; · McKinney SP3386 and SP3786, 4-1/2" (114) heavy weight steel hinges, · McKinney 4-1/2" (114) heavy weight stainless steel hinges or · McKinney MCK-HG-305 or Markar HG-305 stainless steel continuous hinges. 308. Each leaf of a Fleming F5-Series assembly must use one of the following surface mounted closers; · Corbin-Russwin DC8000, · Norton 7500, · Sargent 281 or · Yale 4400 309. Substitution of latching, hinging or closing devices is not permitted. Any additional hardware preparations must be

factory approved prior to ordering. 310. Hardware requirements and preparations must also comply with Pages 69 to 73, Items 628-636, 641-644, 645-649,

653-657, 659, 660, 661, 663-666, 669-672, 674, 675, 678, 679, 685-689, 694-696 and 698-701. 311. Fleming flat bar astragal, mounted on pull-side of active leaf, is required on "FEMA 320 and 361" pairs. 312. F5-Series "FEMA 361" pairs are provided standard without Fleming astragals. 313. Each Fleming Tornado-Resistant construction fire door bears two (2) separate labels; one for fire-rating and the other

for tornado-resistance, factory applied adjacent to each other. Fleming's UL fire door labels are illustrated on Page 67 and the UL tornado-resistant door label is shown below. Test Pressure and Design Pressure ratings required for each door are printed on the label at factory.

UL Tornado-Resistant Door Label 314. Glazing, in-fill panels or louvers are not available in F5-Series doors. 315. F5-Series Tornado-Resistant construction doors are not included in the Fleming In-Plant Labeling Program (IPLP). 316. F5 Tornado-Resistant construction fire doors are intended for use with Fleming's F5-Series Tornado-Resistant frames

only (Page 62, Items 580 to 583 and Page 63, Items 584 to 596).

StormPro Door for use in Windstorm-Rated Assembly

In Accordance with FEMA 361, 320 and ICC 500-2008

Use with StormPro Frame & ICC 500-2008 Listed Hardware

Test Pressure: ± xxx psf & Design Pressure: ± xxx psf

Impact - 15 lb 2 X 4 @ 100 mph

Items 302-316








http://www.fema.gov




Other Restrictions and Requirements 317. Items 318 to 334 apply to all Fleming labeled doors regardless of Construction, Series and Gage. 318. Core materials or constructions not referenced Tables 4 (Pages 11 & 12), 5 (Pages 13, 14 & 15) and 6 (Pages 16, 17,

18 & 19) or Items 60 to 67 on Page 20 are not permitted in Fleming labeled doors. 319. TRR doors are not permitted in fire door transom or sidelight frames. 320. Glass lights are not permitted in Dutch, Louvered, non-metallic Clad or Bullet-Resistant fire doors. 321. See Page 23, Item 123 for doors not permitted with fire door louvers. 322. Dampers, diffusers or grilles are not permitted in fire doors. 323. Concealed vertical rod exit devices are not available in E or SLE-Series fire doors. 324. Inset type fire exit devices are not permitted in; · E, SLE or Trio-E Series or · TRR, BR, D, F5, H, HS, MH or S-Series fire doors with laminated or welded vertical stiffener core constructions. 325. Non-labeled facings, claddings, finishes (wood veneers, plastic, paper or fabric), protective plates, stone or plant-ons

are not permitted. See Page 29, Items 211 to 228 for details of approved metallic and labeled, non-metallic claddings available for Fleming Clad construction fire doors.

326. WHI labeled D and E-Series fire doors are available 1-3/4" (44.4) thick only. 327. Each leaf in a communicating frame assembly should be labeled and equal in fire-protection rating to the frame product. 328. Unequal leaf fire-rated pairs are permitted. Widest leaf of a pair may not exceed the largest single leaf width permitted

for the Construction, Series and Gage used. 329. The use of Fleming BR, CW, F5, H, HS or MH-Series fire doors are not recommended in Fleming DW or EXP-Series

fire door frames. 330. Radiused or bull-nosed lock or hinge edges and rabetted hinge edges are not available. 331. Sloped, round or arched top fire doors are not available. 332. Field spliced or double acting fire doors are not available. 333. Vinyl top caps are not permitted in fire doors. 334. Preparations for or the installation of mail slots or mono-rail cutouts are not permitted.

Items 317-334


Table 17 - Labeled Glazing Materials and In-Fill Panels for Use in Fleming Fire Doors The following Table summarizes the maximum exposed widths, heights and areas of commonly specified labeled glazing materials and in-fill panels permitted in Fleming's fire doors. The information presented was current at the time of publication. Readers are advised to consult ULI's, ULC's "Fire Resistance Directory" or WHI's "Directory of Listed Products" for additional information and other glazing materials available. This Table must be read in conjunction with; Page 20, Item 80; Page 21, Items 81-92 (Fleming Glazing Kits); Page 21, Items 93-99 (3rd Party Glazing Kits); Page 21, Items 100 and 101, Page 22, Items 102-116 (Glazing Materials); and Page 22, Items 117, 118 and 119 (In-Fill Panels). In addition see the next page for footnotes to this Table. Products are presented alphabetically based on "Product" and "Model/Description".

Materials Test Lab

Fire

Tes

t (D

)

Rating and Maximum Exposed Width x Height x Area (A) x Stop Height (B)

Pro

duct

Manufacturer Model/Description, Glazing Compound (C)

2 & 3 Hr (E,F,N) 1-1/2 Hr (F,N) 1 Hr (F,N) 1/3 (WHS)(G)

& 3/4 Hr (H,Q)

1/3 Hr (NHS) (H,J,Q)

3 Hr TRR Doors

(E,F,K,N,P)

3/4 & 1-1/2Hr TRR

Doors (F,K,N,P)

1/4"

(6

) G

eorg

ian

W

ired

Gla

ss (

GW

G)(M

)

Central Glass

- UL P N -

12" (305) 33" (840) 100 in2

(0.06 m2)

12" (305) 33" (840) 100 in2

(0.06 m2)

54" (1370) 54" (1370) 1296 in2

(0.84 m2)

35-3/4" (910) 92" (2340) -

12" (305) 33" (840) 100 in2

(0.06 m2)

+ Intumescent UL P N -

4 each at 12" (305)

46" (1170)

4 each at 12" (305)

46" (1170)

34" (865) 84" (2135)

35-3/4" (910) 92" (2340) -

12" (305) 33" (840) 100 in2

(0.06 m2)

1/4"

(6

) G

eorg

ian

Wire

d G

lass

(G

WG

) -

Film

ed

Glassopolis

Protect3 UL P N -

12" (305) 33" (840) 100 in2

(0.06 m2)

12" (305) 33" (840) 100 in2

(0.06 m2)

54" (1370) 54" (1370) 1296 in2

(0.84 m2)

54" (1370) 54" (1370) 1296 in2

(0.84 m2)

-

12" (305) 33" (840) 100 in2

(0.06 m2)

Protect3 + Intumescent UL P

N - 4 each at 12" (305)

46" (1170)

4 each at 12" (305)

46" (1170)

34" (865) 84" (2135)

34" (865) 84" (2135) -

12" (305) 33" (840) 100 in2

(0.06 m2)

Anemostat

SAFE-Wire (M) UL P N -

12" (305)33" (840) 100 in2

(0.06 m2)

12" (305) 33" (840) 100 in2

(0.06 m2)

54" (1370) 54" (1370) 1296 in2

(0.84 m2)

35-3/4" (910) 92" (2340) 2994 in2 (1.93 m2)

-

12" (305) 33" (840) 100 in2

(0.06 m2)

SAFE-Wire + Intumescent UL P

N - 4 each at 12" (305)

46" (1170)

4 each at 12" (305)

46" (1170)

34" (865) 84" (2135)

34" (865) 84" (2135) -

12" (305) 33" (840) 100 in2

(0.06 m2)

Saftifirst SuperLite (R) UL WHI

P N -

4 each at 12" (305)

46" (1170)

4 each at 12" (305)

46" (1170)

34"(865) 84" (2135)

35-3/4" (910) 92" (2340)

3/4" (19) Stop -

12" (305) 33" (840) 100 in2

(0.06 m2)

Technical

WireLite (R) UL P N -

10" (255) 33" (840) 100 in2

(0.06 m2) 1" (25) Stop

10" (255) 33" (840) 100 in2

(0.06 m2) 1" (25) Stop

10" (255) 33" (840) 100 in2

(0.06 m2) 1" (25) Stop

35-3/4" (910) 92" (2340)

3/4" (19) Stop -

10" (255) 33" (840) 100 in2

(0.06 m2) 1" (25) Stop

WireLite (R)

+ Intumescent UL P N -

4 each at 12" (305)

46" (1170)

4 each at 12" (305)

46" (1170)

34" (865) 84" (2135)

34" (865) 84" (2135) -

12" (305) 33" (840) 100 in2

(0.06 m2)

Cer

amic

Gla

zing

Technical FireLite (R) UL P N

12" (305)33" (840)100 in2

(0.06 m2)

36" (915) 56-1/2" (1435)3/4" (19) Stop

36" (915) 89" (2260)

36" (915) 89" (2260)

36" (915) 89" (2260) -

12" (305) 33" (840) 100 in2

(0.06 m2)

Vetrotech-Saint Gobain Keralite (R) UL P

N

10" (255)33" (840)100 in2

(0.06 m2)

46-1/2" (1180)78" (1980) 2736 in2

(1.77 m2)

46-1/2" (1180)78" (1980) 2736 in2

(1.77 m2)

46-1/2" (1180)78" (1980)

46-1/2" (1180) 78" (1980)

10" (255) 33" (840) 100 in2

(0.06 m2)

46-1/2" (1180)78" (1980) 2736 in2

(1.77 m2)

Schott Pyran Platinum (R) UL P N

10" (255)33" (840)100 in2

(0.06 m2)

36" (915) 76" (1930)

36" (915) 76" (1930)

36" (915) 76" (1930)

36" (915) 76" (1930)

10" (255) 33" (840) 100 in2

(0.06 m2)

10" (255) 33" (840) 100 in2

(0.06 m2)

In-F

ill P

anel

s

Fleming

1/2" (13) Gypsum Wall Board with 20 Gage Face Sheets

UL WHI

P N - - -

54" (1370) 54" (1370) 1296 in2

(0.84 m2)

54" (1370) 54" (1370) 1296 in2

(0.84 m2)

- -

3/8" (9.5) Cement Board with 20 Gage

Face Sheets

UL WHI

P N

36" (915)96" (2440)3072 in2

(1.98 m2)

36" (915) 96" (2440) 3072 in2

(1.98 m2)

36" (915) 96" (2440) 3072 in2

(1.98 m2)

36" (915) 96" (2440) 3072 in2

(1.98 m2)

36" (915) 96" (2440) 3072 in2

(1.98 m2)

-

12" (305) 33" (840) 100 in2

(0.06 m2)

Lam

inat

ed F

loat

Glassopolis Fireswiss (R) UL P N - -

22-5/8" (575)82-9/16"(2097)3/4" (19) Stop

48" (1220) 96" (2440)

48" (1220) 96" (2440) - 48" (1220)

96" (2440) (L)

Pilkington/ Technical

Pyrodur (R) UL P N - - - -

47-1/8" (1197) 89-3/4" (2280) 4230 in2 (2.73m2)

- -

Pyrostop (R) UL P N - 41-5/8"(1060)

89-3/4"(2280)41-5/8"(1060)89-3/4"(2280)

41-5/8"(1060)89-3/4"(2280)

41-5/8"(1060) 89-3/4"(2280) - 41-5/8"(1060)

89-3/4"(2280)

See next page for Notes Continued

Table 17Apr. 2016




http://database.ul.com/cgi-bin/XYV/template/LISEXT/1FRAME/showpage.html?name=KCMZ.R8157&ccnshorttitle=Fire-protection-rated+Glazing+Materials&objid=1074297500&cfgid=1073741824&version=versionless&parent_id=1073988904&sequence=1










Table 17 - Labeled Glazing Materials and In-Fill Panels for Use in Fleming Fire Doors (Continued)

Materials

Test Lab

Fire

Tes

t (D

) Rating and Maximum Exposed Width x Height x Area (A) x Stop Height (B)

Pro

duct

Manufacturer Model/Description,

Glazing Compound (C) 2 & 3 Hr

(E,F,N) 1-1/2 Hr (F,N) 1 Hr (F,N) 1/3 (WHS)(G)

& 3/4 Hr (H,Q)

1/3 Hr (NHS) (H,J,Q)

3 Hr TRR Doors

(E,F,K,N,P)

3/4 & 1-1/2Hr TRR

Doors (F,K,N,P)

Lam

inat

ed T

empe

red

Vetrotech-Saint Gobain Contraflam (R) UL P

N - 35-3/4" (910)88-9/16" (2250)

35-3/4" (910)88-9/16" (2250)

35-3/4" (910)88-9/16" (2250)

35-13/16" (910) 95-1/2" (2425)

3419 in2 (2.21 m2)

- 35-3/4" (910)88-9/16" (2250)

Saftifirst SuperLite (R)

UL P N -

126" (3200)126" (3200)

4990 in2 (3.22 m2)

124-1/2" (3160)124-1/2" (3160)

4952 in2 (3.19 m2)

124-1/2" (3160)124-1/2" (3160)

4952 in2 (3.19 m2)

124-1/2" (3160) 124-1/2" (3160)

4952 in2 (3.19 m2)

- -

WHI P N - -

124-1/2" (3160)124-1/2" (3160)

4952 in2 (3.19 m2)

124-1/2" (3160)124-1/2" (3160)

4952 in2 (3.19 m2)

124-1/2" (3160) 124-1/2" (3160)

4952 in2 (3.19 m2)

-

124" (3150)124" (3150)

4952 in2 (3.19 m2) (L)

Tem

pere

d F

ilmed

Technical Fireglass UL P N - - - - 36" (915)

89" (2260) - -

Vetrotech-Saint Gobain Pyroswiss (R) UL P

N - - - -

47-1/2" (1210) 95-1/2" (2425)

3419 in2 (2.21 m2)

- -

Saftifirst SuperLite (R) UL P

N - - - -

109" (2770) 109" (2770)

2678 in2 (1.73 m2)

- -

WHI P N - - - - 35-1/8" (895)

95-1/8" (2420) - -

Notes: (A) : Area not shown when equal to the maximum width x height permitted. Each glazed opening must meet all 3 criteria; width, height and area. (B) : Stop height shown only when taller than 5/8" (16) is required. Non-Standard Fleming glazing kit may be required due to glazing manufacturer's stop height

requirements and/or glazing thickness. See Page 20, Item 80 and Page 22, Item 111 for additional information. (C) : Unless "+ Intumescent" is indicated closed-cell PVC or fiberfrax tape, pure silicone, DAP 33 may be used. Refer to individual glazing manufacturer's listings

for specific materials required. (D) : P - Positive pressure protocols for IBC compliance N - Neutral pressure protocols for NBCC compliance (E) : IBC-2012 does not permit fire-protection rated glazing materials in fire doors at 2 or 3 hour rating [37] unless permitted by the AHJ (F) : Maximum per individual door leaf unless indicated otherwise. (G) : WHS: With Hose Stream for 1/3 hour doors under the NBCC (H) : Maximum per individual door light (J) : NHS: No Hose Stream for 1/3 hour doors under the IBC only [20] (K) : Glazing materials up to 100 in2 (0.06 m2) area in 3/4 and 1-1/2 hour TRR fire doors do not require a TRR. Glazing materials exceeding 100 in2 (0.06 m2)

area used in TRR fire doors must have a fire-rating and TRR equal to that of the fire door. (L) : For use in 1 hour fire-rated TRR fire doors maximum (M) : Double glazed with a 2nd pane of tempered glazing for 1/3 and 3/4 hour maximum applications (N) : IBC-2012 limits fire-protection rated glazing materials in non-TRR fire doors at 1 and 1-1/2 hour rating to 100 in2 (0.06 m2) area but allows fire-resistance

rated glazing (which has a TRR) in both TRR and non-TRR fire doors up to the sizes and ratings of the glazing manufacturer's listings [20] (P) : NFPA 80 allows fire-resistance rated glazing materials in fire doors up to the sizes and ratings of the glazing manufacturer's listings [84] (Q) : Unless indicated otherwise in the individual glazing manufacturer's listings, NFPA 80 limits individual lights to 1296 in2 (0.84 m2) exposed area with neither

the width nor height exceeding 54" (1370) for 1/3 and 3/4 hour fire-rated doors [79.80]. (R) : Glazing material available in multiple variations and/or thicknesses. Maximum sizes for each product family indicated. Refer to the individual glazing

manufacturer's listings for specific requirements.

BASIC HANDING/SWING TERMINOLOGY Illustrated below are various door and frame configurations. Although the terms 'hand' and 'swing' may be used interchangeably 'swing' describes the direction of egress for frame product and 'hand' the operating direction of a door. When a door is unlocked and pushed to operate it is left or right hand (LH or RH). If unlocked and pulled to operate it is left hand reverse (LHR) or right hand reverse (RHR). Each frame configuration, except double egress, can have doors which are LH, RH, LHR or RHR. Double egress frames always have reverse handed doors. See the Fleming Technical Manual for more detailed descriptions and configurations available.

Key Key

Key Key

Right Hand Reverse (RHR) Door and

Left Hand (LH) Frame

Left Hand Reverse (LHR) Door and

Right Hand (RH) Frame

Left Hand Door and Frame (LH)

Right Hand Door and Frame (RH)

Pair(PR)

Right/Left(R/L)

Contra-Swing - Right Hand(C/S R)

Double Egress Left Hand Reverse (LHR) Doors and Right Hand (RH) Frame

Right/Right(R/R)

Contra-Swing - Left Hand(C/S L)

Double Acting Single (D/A)

(Non-Labeled Only) Communicating Single

(Com) Double Egress Right HandReverse (RHR) Doors and

Left Hand (LH) Frame

Double Acting Pair(D/A Pr)

(Non-Labeled Only)

Left/Left(L/L)

Table 17

http://database.ul.com/cgi-bin/XYV/template/LISEXT/1FRAME/showpage.html?name=GVUX.GuideInfo&ccnshorttitle=Miscellaneous+Fire+Door+Accessories&objid=1074295157&cfgid=1073741824&version=versionless&parent_id=1073987577&sequence=1







FLEMING FIRE DOOR FRAME PRODUCT

Frame Product Definitions (Labeled and Non-Labeled) The term 'Frame Product' is used to describe as a single group; frames, transom frames, sidelights and windows.

Frames Grouped in this category are units that contain single or multiple door openings without horizontal transom mullions or

sidelight openings. Frames may be 3 or 4-sided. Units that contain welded or removable, flush or rabetted panels immediately above the doors are considered frames. Frame assembly methods include; knocked-down drywall, knocked-down, set-up and tack, face or profile-welded. Transom Frames

This category includes units that contain single or multiple doors with single or multiple openings above, separated from the doors with a horizontal mullion. The openings above the doors are called 'transoms'. Transoms may be filled with glazing materials and/or panels (or louvers - non-labeled only). Labeled transom frames are available only as set-up and face or profile-welded.

Sidelight Frames This category includes units that contain single or multiple doors with adjacent openings for glazing materials and/or

panels (or louvers - non-labeled only), separated by vertical mullions. The openings for glazing materials or panels are called 'sidelights'. Sidelight frames may also incorporate single or multiple transom openings. Transom openings by definition occur immediately above doors only. Labeled sidelight frames are available only as set-up and profile-welded.

Window Frames This group includes units that contain single or multiple openings for glazing materials and/or panels but not containing

operable doors. A window that contains only one opening is also referred to as a 'borrowed light' or 'view window'. Non-labeled borrowed lights are available as set-up and tack, face or profile-welded, knocked-down or knocked-down drywall. Labeled configurations are available as set-up and profile-welded only.

FRAME PRODUCT - GENERAL 335. Items 336 to 384 are applicable to all Fleming Standard and Non-Standard construction fire-rated frame product unless

indicated otherwise. 'Frame product' includes frames, transom, sidelight and window assemblies. 336. 'Standard' construction refers to fire door frame, transom frame and sidelight assemblies with single doors or pairs of

doors (swinging in the same direction) and windows only. · The factors determining whether frame product is considered a Fleming 'Non-Standard' construction are;

specialized applications, performance based features or the use of materials that affect fire performance. · Preparations for hardware, glazed lights, panels, profile, assembly or fire test methodologies do not determine

construction type. · Refer to the Fleming Technical Manual for standard and optional features provided and available for each frame

Series. · Those constructions considered 'Non-Standard' include; · Specialized applications; DW Series, Double Egress, Contra-Swing, Multi-Opening, Dutch, Panel Above Door,

Slip-On and Expandable, · Performance based; Acoustic, Lead-Lined, Bullet, Hurricane or Tornado-Resistant, Detention Security and · Material based; Stainless Steel and Clad. 337. Tables 18 (Page 39), 19 (Pages 40 & 41) and 20 (Pages 42 & 43) provide detail relating to maximum frame rabbet

sizes for Fleming fire door frame product by rating, product, construction, gage and assembly method. The sizes indicated are those permitted by UL and WHI respectively and within the limitations indicated in Item 343, Page 43.

Items 335-337


Table 18 - 2 and 3 Hour Fleming Fire Door Frame Product

Pro

duct

Typical

Elevation or Plan

Construction [335-339]

Gage

Ass

embl

y M

etho

d [3

76-3

79]

UL and WHI Maximum Rabbet Size

[342,343]

Notes (See Pages 43-64 and 66-68) (Items in [ ] are applicable to all Constructions

unless noted otherwise)

Pro

file

[361

-366

]

Anchorage [345-352]

Gla

zin

g [4

57-4

71]

or

Pan

els

[4

72-4

78]

Con

stru

ctio

n S

peci

fic N

otes

[3

85]

Singles Pairs

Mas

onry

[3

53,3

54]

Exi

stin

g [3

55,3

56]

Dry

wal

l [3

57-3

60]

Fra

mes

Standard (IPLP)

12 14,16

SUW 48" x 120"

(1250 x 3050)96" x 120"

(2450 x 3050)

361-366 353 355 357 358

- 335-340

14 16

KD 48" x 120"

(1250 x 3050)96" x 120"

(2450 x 3050)

18 SUW 42" x 86"

(1100 x 2200)84" x 86"

(2150 x 2200)

18 KD 36" x 86"

(900 x 2200) 72" x 86"

(1850 x 2200)Stainless

(IPLP) 14 16

SUW KD

48" x 120" (1250 x 3050)

96" x 120" (2450 x 3050)

446 353 355 357 358

- 444-449

Clad 14 16

SUW 48" x 96"

(1250 x 2450)96" x 96"

(2450 x 2450)505 353 355 - - 503-513

Lead-Lined (IPLP)

12 14,16

SUW 48" x 120"

(1250 x 3050)96" x 120"

(2450 x 3050)517 353 355

357 358

- 514-520

Aco

ustic

STC 35 14 16

SUW 48" x 96"

(1250 x 2450)- 523-525 353 355

- - 521-535STC 46 14 SUW

WHI : 48" x 96"(1250 x 2450)

-

523-525353 526 527

355 526 527

STC 32-41& 47-52

14 16

SUW 48" x 96"

(1250 x 2450)-

STC 42-46 14 16

SUW UL : 48" x 96" (1250 x 2450)

-

Hurricane Resistant

12 14,16

SUW KD

48" x 96" (1250 x 2450)

96" x 96" (2450 x 2450)

562-564 565 565 565 - 556-579

F5

- T

orna

do

Res

ista

nt FEMA

320 14 16

SUW KD

UL : 36" x 84" (900 x 2150)

-

582-587 588 588

588

- 580-596FEMA

320 & 361 14

SUW KD

UL : 48" x 96" (1250 x 2450)

UL : 96" x 96" (2450 x 2450)

- FEMA

361 14

SUW KD

UL : 48" x 96" (1250 x 2450)

UL : 96" x 96" (2450 x 2450)

Dutch (IPLP)

12 14,16

SUW 48" x 86"

(1250 x 2200)- 418 353 355

357 358

- 417-424

Panel Above Door

14 16

SUW UL : 48" x 132"(1250 x 3350)

UL : 96" x 132"(2450 x 3350)

432 353 355 - 426-428 425-435

Double Egress

(IPLP)

12 14 16

SUW Not

Applicable

UL : 96" x 120"(2450 x 3050)

WHI : 96" x 96"(2450 x 2450)

394 353 355 357 358

- 394-399

Tra

nsom

Fra

mes

[4

72-4

85]

Standard (IPLP)

12 14,16 SUW 48" x 114"

(1250 x 2900)96" x 114"

(2450 x 2900) 482 353 355 357 358 472-485 450-456

472-485

Stainless (IPLP)

14 16 SUW 48" x 114"

(1250 x 2900)96" x 114"

(2450 x 2900) 446 353 355 357 358 472-485

444-449450-456472-485

Clad 14 16 SUW 48" x 96"

(1250 x 2450)96" x 96"

(2450 x 2450)

503505 510

353 355 357 358

472-485504

450-456472-485503-513

Hurricane Resistant

12 14 16

SUW 36" x 96" (900 x 2450)

72" x 96" (1800 x 2450) 562-564 565 565 565 472-485

567

450-456472-485556-579

Dutch (IPLP)

12 14 16

SUW 48" x 86" (1250 x 2200) - 418 353 355 357

358 472-485417-424450-456472-485


12 14 16

SUW Not Applicable

UL : 96" x 114"(2450 x 2900) 394 353 355 357

358 472-485394-399450-456472-485

Table 18


Table 19 - 1 and 1-1/2 Hour Fleming Fire Door Frame Product

Pro

duct

Typical

Elevation or Plan


Gage

Ass

embl

y M

etho

d [3

76-3

79]


[342,343]



Pro

file

[361

-366

]

Anchorage [345-352]

Gla

zin

g [4

57-4

71]

or

Pan

els

[4

72-4

78]

Co

nst

ruct

ion

Sp

eci

fic N

ote

s [3

85]

Singles Pairs

Mas

onry

[3

53,3

54]

Exi

stin

g [3

55,3

56]

Dry

wal

l [3

57-3

60]

Fra

mes

Standard (IPLP)

12 14 SUW 60" x 144"

(1525 x 3650)120" x 144"

(3050 x 3650)361-366 353

354 355 357-359

- 335-340

16 SUW 48" x 120"(1250 x 3050)

96" x 120"(2450 x 3050)

14 16 KD 48" x 120"

(1250 x 3050)96" x 120"

(2450 x 3050) 361-366 353354

355 356 357-360

18 SUW 42" x 86"(1100 x 2200)

84" x 86"(2150 x 2200) 361-366 353

354 355 357-359

18 KD 36" x 86"(900 x 2200)

72" x 86"(1850 x 2200) 361-366 353

354355 356 357-360

DW-Series (IPLP)

16 18 KD-DW

42" x 86"(1100 x 2200) or 36" x 96" (900 x 2450)

84" x 86" (2150 x 2200)

387 388 - - 389

390 - 386-393

Expandable (IPLP) 16 SUW

KD-DW 48" x 96"

(1250 x 2450)96" x 96"

(2450 x 2450)436437

438439

438 439

438 439 - 436-443

Slip-On (IPLP)

16 18 KD 48" x 96"

(1250 x 2450)96" x 96"

(2450 x 2450) 361-366 356 356 360 - 356 361

Stainless (IPLP)

14 16

SUW KD

48" x 120" (1250 x 3050)

96" x 120" (2450 x 3050) 446 353

354 355 356 357-360 - 444-449

Clad 14 16 SUW 48" x 96"

(1250 x 2450)96" x 96"

(2450 x 2450)504 505

353 354 355 357-359 - 503-513

Lead-Lined (IPLP)

12 14,16 SUW 48" x 120"

(1250 x 3050)96" x 120"

(2450 x 3050) 517 353354 355 357-359 - 514-520

Aco

ustic

STC 35 14 16 SUW 48" x 96"

(1250 x 2450) - 523-525 353,354526

355,356 526

357,358 526

- 521-535STC 46 14 SUW

36" x 96"(900 x 2450) or 48" x 86" (1250 x 2200)

72" x 96" (1800 x 2450)

523-525

353 354 526 527

355 526 527

357 358 526 527

STC 32-41 & 47-52

14 16 SUW 48" x 96"

(1250 x 2450)96" x 96"

(2450 x 2450)

STC 42-46 14 16 SUW UL : 48" x 96"

(1250 x 2450)UL : 96" x 96"(2450 x 2450)

Bullet Resistant 14 SUW 48" x 96"

(1250 x 2450) - 548-550 353 355 - - 546-555

Detention Security 14 SUW 42” x 88”

(1100 x 2250) - 537-539 353 355 - - 536-545

Detention Security + Bullet Resistant 12 SUW 42” x 88”

(1100 x 2250) -

Hurricane Resistant

12 14,16

SUW KD

48" x 96"(1250 x 2450)

96" x 96"(2450 x 2450) 562-564 565 565 565 - 556-579

F5

- T

orna

do

Res

ista

nt FEMA 320 14

16 SUW KD

UL : 36" x 84"(900 x 2150) -

582-587 588 588 588 - 580-596FEMA 320 & 361 14 SUW

KD UL : 48" x 96"(1250 x 2450)

UL : 96" x 96"(2450 x 2450)

FEMA 361 14 SUW KD

UL : 48" x 96"(1250 x 2450)

UL : 96" x 96"(2450 x 2450)

Dutch (IPLP)

12 14,16 SUW 48” x 86”

(1250 x 2200) - 418 353354 355 357-359

- 417-42414 16 KD 42” x 86”

(1100 x 2200 - 418 353354

355 356 357-360

16 18 KD-DW 42” x 86”

(1100 x 2200 - 418 - - 419

Panel Above Door

14 16 SUW

UL : 48" x 144"(1250 x 3650)

WHI : 48" x 118"(1250 x 3000)

UL : 96" x 132"(2450 x 3350 432 353

354 355 357-359 426-428 425-435


12 14,16 SUW Not


(2450 x 3050) 394 353354 355 357-359

- 394-39914 16 KD Not

Applicable 96" X 96"

(2450 X 2450) 394 353354

355 356 357-360

Contra-Swing (IPLP)

14 16 SUW 48" x 96"

(1250 x 2450)Not

Applicable 402 353354 355 357-359 - 400-406

Multi-Opening (IPLP)

12 14,16 SUW 48" x 96"

(1250 x 2450)96" x 96"

(2450 x 2450) 410 353354 355 357-359 - 407-416

Continued

Table 19


Table 19 - 1 and 1-1/2 Hour Fleming Fire Door Frame Product (Continued)

Pro

duct

Typical

Elevation or Plan


Gage

Ass

embl

y M

etho

d [3

76-3

79]


[342,343]



Pro

file

[361

-366

]

Anchorage [345-352]

Gla

zin

g [4

57-4

71]

or

Pan

els

[4

72-4

78]

Co

nst

ruct

ion

Sp

eci

fic N

ote

s [3

85]

Singles Pairs

Mas

onry

[3

53,3

54]

Exi

stin

g [3

55,3

56]

Dry

wal

l [3

57-3

60]

Tra

nsom

Fra

mes

[4

57-4

78,

486-

49

2]

Standard (IPLP)

12 14 SUW 60" x 138"

(1525 x 3500)120" x 138"

(3050 x 3500)489

353 355 357-359

472-478486

450-478486-492

16 SUW 48" x 114"(1250 x 2900)

96" x 114"(2450 x 2900)

Stainless (IPLP)

14 16 SUW 48" x 114"

(1250 x 2900)96" x 114"

(2450 x 2900) 446 444-478486-492

Clad 14 16 SUW 48" x 96"

(1250 x 2450)96" x 96"

(2450 x 2450)

503505 510

472-478486 504

450-478486-492503-513

Hurricane Resistant

12 14,16 SUW 36" x 96"

(900 x 2450) 72" x 96"

(1800 x 2450) 562-564 565 565 565 472-478567

450-478486-492556-579

Dutch (IPLP)

12 14,16 SUW 48” x 86”

(1250 x 2200) - 418

353

355 357-359 472-478486

417-424450-478486-492


12 14,16 SUW Not

Applicable UL : 96" x 114"(2450 x 2900) 394

394-399450-478486-492

Contra-Swing (IPLP)

14 16 SUW 48" x 96"

(1250 x 2450)Not

Applicable 402 400-406450-478486-492


12 14,16 SUW 48" x 96"

(1250 x 2450)96" x 96"

(2450 x 2450) 410 353 354

407-416450-478486-492

Sid

elig

ht F

ram

es

[457

-478

, 48

6-4

92

]

Standard (IPLP)

12 14,16 SUW 48" x 120"

(1250 x 3050)96" x 120"

(2450 x 3050) 489

353 490

355 490

357-359 490

472-478486

450-478486-492


12 14,16 SUW Not

Applicable UL : 96" x 120"(2450 x 3050) 394

394-399450-478486-492

Contra-Swing (IPLP)

14 16 SUW 48" x 96"

(1250 x 2450)Not

Applicable 402 400-406450-478486-492


12 14,16 SUW 48" x 96"

(1250 x 2450)96" x 96"

(2450 x 2450) 410 353354 490

407-416450-478486-492

Win

dow

F

ram

es

Standard

(IPLP) 12

14,16 SUW Not Applicable

Not Applicable 489 353

490 355 490

357-359 490

472-478486

450-478486-492

Table 19


Table 20 - 1/3 (With Hose Stream) and 3/4 Hour Fleming Fire Door Frame Product

Pro

duct

Typical

Elevation and/or Plan


Gage

Ass

embl

y M

etho

d [3

76-3

79]


[342,343]



Pro

file

[361

-366

]

Anchorage [345-352]

Gla

zing

[4

57-4

71]

or P

anel

s [4

72-4

78]

Con

stru

ctio

n S

peci

fic N

otes

[3

85]

Singles Pairs

Mas

onry

[3

53,3

54]

Exi

stin

g [3

55,3

56]

Dry

wal

l [3

57-3

60]

Fra

mes

Standard (IPLP)

12 14

SUW 60" x 144"

(1525 x 3650)120" x 144"

(3050 x 3650)361-366

353 354

355 357-359

- 335-340

16 SUW 48" x 120"

(1250 x 3050)96" x 120"

(2450 x 3050)14 16

KD 48" x 120"

(1250 x 3050)96" x 120"

(2450 x 3050)361-366

353 354

355 356

357-360

18 SUW 42" x 86"

(1100 x 2200)84" x 86"

(2150 x 2200)361-366

353 354

355 357-359

18 KD 36" x 86"

(900 x 2200) 72" x 86"

(1850 x 2200)361-366

353 354

355 356

357-360

DW-Series (IPLP)

16 18

KD-DW

42" x 86" (1100 x 2200)or 36" x 96" (900 x 2450)

84" x 86" (2150 x 2200)

387 388

- - 389 390

- 386-393

Expandable (IPLP)

16 SUW

KD-DW 48" x 96"

(1250 x 2450)96" x 96"

(2450 x 2450)436 437

438 439

438 439

438 439

- 436-443

Slip-On (IPLP)

16 18 KD 48" x 96"

(1250 x 2450)96" x 96"

(2450 x 2450) 361-366 356 356 360 - 356361

Stainless (IPLP)

14 16

SUW KD

48" x 120" (1250 x 3050)

96" x 120" (2450 x 3050)

446 353 354

355 356

357-360 - 444-449

Clad 14 16

SUW 48" x 96"

(1250 x 2450)96" x 96"

(2450 x 2450)504 505

353 354

355 357-359 - 503-513

Lead-Lined (IPLP)

12 14,16

SUW 48" x 120"

(1250 x 3050)96" x 120"

(2450 x 3050)517

353 354

355 357-359 - 514-520

Aco

ustic

STC 35 14 16

SUW 48" x 96"

(1250 x 2450)- 523-525

353,354526

355,356 526

357,358 526

- 521-535STC 46 14 SUW

36" x 96" (900 x 2450) or 48" x 86" (1250 x 2200)

72" x 96" (1800 x 2450)

523-525

353 354 526 527

355 526 527

357 358 526 527

STC 32-41 & 47-52

14 16

SUW 48" x 96"

(1250 x 2450)96" x 96"

(2450 x 2450)

STC 42-46 14 16

SUW UL : 48" x 96" (1250 x 2450)

UL : 96" x 96" (2450 x 2450)

Bullet Resistant

14 SUW 48" x 96"

(1250 x 2450)- 548-550 353 355 - - 546-555

Detention Security

14 SUW 42” x 88”

(1100 x 2250)-

537-539 353 355 - - 536-545Detention Security + Bullet Resistant

12 SUW 42” x 88”

(1100 x 2250)-

Hurricane Resistant

12 14,16

SUW KD

48" x 96" (1250 x 2450)

96" x 96" (2450 x 2450)

562-564 565 565 565 - 556-579

F5

To

rnad

o

Res

ista

nt FEMA

320 14 16

SUW KD

UL : 36" x 84" (900 x 2150)

-

582-587 588 588 588 - 580-596FEMA

320 & 361 14

SUW KD

UL : 48" x 96" (1250 x 2450)

UL : 96" x 96" (2450 x 2450)

FEMA 361

14 SUW KD

UL : 48" x 96" (1250 x 2450)

UL : 96" x 96" (2450 x 2450)

Dutch (IPLP)

12 14,16

SUW 48” x 86”

(1250 x 2200)- 418

353 354

355 357-359

- 417-42414 16

KD 42” x 86”

(1100 x 2200)- 418

353 354

355 356

357-360

16 18

KD-DW 42” x 86”

(1100 x 2200)- 418 - - 419

Panel Above Door

14 16,18

SUW

UL : 48" x 144"(1250 x 3650)

WHI : 48" x 118"(1250 x 3000)

UL : 96" x 132"(2450 x 3350)

432 353 354

355 357-359 426-428 425-435

Double Egress

(IPLP)

12 14,16

SUW Not


(2450 x 3050)394

353 354

355 357-359 - 394-399

14 16

KD Not

Applicable 96" X 96"

(2450 X 2450)394

353 354

355 356

357-360

Contra-Swing (IPLP)

14 16

SUW 48" x 96"

(1250 x 2450)Not

Applicable 402

353 354

355 357-359 - 400-406


12 14,16

SUW 48" x 96"

(1250 x 2450)96" x 96"

(2450 x 2450)410

353 354

355 357-359 - 407-416

Continued

Table 20


Table 20 - 1/3 (With Hose Stream) and 3/4 Hour Fleming Fire Door Frame Product (Continued)

Pro

duct

Typical

Elevation and/or Plan


Gage

Ass

em

bly

Me

thod

[3

76-3

79]


[342,343]



Pro

file

[361

-366

]

Anchorage [345-352]

Gla

zin

g [4

57-4

71]

or

Pan

els

[4

72-4

78]

Co

nst

ruct

ion

Sp

eci

fic N

ote

s [3

85]

Singles Pairs

Mas

onry

[3

53,3

54]

Exi

stin

g [3

55,3

56]

Dry

wa

ll [3

57-3

60]

Tra

nso

m F

ram

es

[457

-478

, 493

-50

2]

Standard (IPLP)

12 14

SUW 60" x 138"

(1525 x 3500) 120" x 138"

(3050 x 3500) 496

353 354

355 357-359

457-478493

450-478493-502

16 SUW 48" x 114"

(1250 x 2900) 96" x 114"

(2450 x 2900) Stainless (IPLP)

14 16

SUW 48" x 114"

(1250 x 2900) 96" x 114"

(2450 x 2900) 446

444-478493-502

Clad 14 16

SUW 48" x 96"

(1250 x 2450) 96" x 96"

(2450 x 2450) 503-505

510 457-478493,504

450-478493-543

Hurricane Resistant

12 14,16

SUW 36" x 96"

(900 x 2450) 72" x 96"

(1800 x 2450) 562-564 565 565 565

457-478567

450-478493-502556-579

Dutch (IPLP)

12 14,16

SUW 48” x 86”

(1250 x 2200) - 418

353 354

355 357-359 457-478

493

417-424450-478493-502

Double Egress

(IPLP) 12

14,16 SUW

Not Applicable

UL : 96" x 114"(2450 x 2900)

394 394-399450-478493-502

Contra-Swing (IPLP)

14 16

SUW 48" x 96"

(1250 x 2450) Not

Applicable 402

400-406450-478493-502


12 14,16

SUW 48" x 96"

(1250 x 2450) 96" x 96"

(2450 x 2450) 410

407-416450-478493-502

Sid

elig

ht F

ram

es

[457

-478

, 493

-50

2]

Standard (IPLP)

12 14,16

SUW 48" x 120"

(1250 x 3050) 96" x 120"

(2450 x 3050) 496

353 354

355 357-359 457-478

493

450-478493-502

Stainless (IPLP)

14 16

SUW 48" x 120"

(1250 x 3050) 96" x 120"

(2450 x 3050) 446

444-478493-502


12 14,16

SUW Not


(2450 x 3050) 394

394-399450-478493-502

Contra-Swing (IPLP)

14 16

SUW 48" x 96"

(1250 x 2450) Not

Applicable 402

400-406450-478493-502


12 14,16

SUW 48" x 96"

(1250 x 2450) 96" x 96"

(2450 x 2450) 410

407-416450-478493-502

Win

dow

F

ram

es Standard

(IPLP) 12

14,16 SUW

Not Applicable

Not Applicable

496 353 354

355 357-359 457-478

493

450-478493-502

Stainless (IPLP)

14 16

SUW Not

Applicable Not

Applicable 446

444-478493-502

STANDARD FRAME PRODUCT CONSTRUCTIONS 338. All Standard construction fire door frame products are intended for use with all Fleming fire doors, unless indicated

otherwise. 339. All Standard and Non-Standard construction fire door frame products are positive and neutral pressure fire test

compliant with both UL and WHI.

Material 340. Profile and internal steel component material for all Constructions, Series and Gages (except when stainless steel is

specified); ASTM A653 A40 (ZF120) galvanneal. ASTM A653 G90 (Z275) galvanized is optionally available except for 12 gage Detention Security + Bullet-Resistant frames.

341. Stainless steel sections are fabricated from ASTM A666 Type 304, XL-Blend S (brushed) finish with Type 304, XL-Buff (mirror) optionally available. Internal steel components for Type 304 frame product are ASTM A653 A40 (ZF120) galvanneal. ASTM A666 Type 316, XL-Blend S or XL-Buff Finish sections with Type 316, 2B (unfinished) internal steel components are also optionally available.

Sizes 342. The sizes indicated in Tables 18 (Page 39), 19 (Pages 40 & 41) and 20 (Pages 42 & 43) reflect the maximum door

rabbet size permitted by UL and/or WHI prepared for hardware as detailed on Pages 69, 70, 71, 72 and 73, Items 628 to 701 and within the Item 343 limitations. For transom frames maximum door rabbet opening heights are based on a 1-1/4" (32) minimum face width horizontal transom mullion and a 4-3/4" (118) minimum glazed or paneled transom opening height. For maximum over-all fire-rated transom, sidelight and window frame sizes see Table 24, Page 53.

343. Fleming fire door series, gage and core may limit the maximum frame rabbet opening available. · D20 fire doors are available up to 38" x 84" (965 x 2150) leaf size. · E18 fire doors are available up to 44" x 96" (1150 x 2450) maximum leaf size. · E20 fire doors are available up to 36" x 84" (900 x 2150) leaf size. · Lead-Lined, Dutch and Clad construction fire door frames are also limited by the Fleming fire doors used in them. · See Page 19, Items 54 to 56 regarding minimum fire door sizes.

Items 338-343





Hardware Preparations 344. See the Fleming Technical Manual for standard and optional hardware locations and preparations provided or available

for each fire-rated frame Series. As a minimum each fire door opening in fire labeled frame product (with or without smoke control) must be prepared for hinges, labeled self-latching devices and self-closing devices [15,40,41,56,57,102,118]. Refer to Pages 69, 70, 71, 72 and 73, Items 628 to 701 for detailed information on hardware requirements.

Anchorage 345. Items 345 to 360 apply to all Fleming fire-rated frame products and ratings unless noted otherwise. · Each jamb, head, sill and/or vertical mullion of fire-rated frame product must be provided with anchorage to suit the

adjacent partition and floor. · See the Fleming Technical Manual for additional details of anchors provided for fire-rated frame products. · Jambs, heads, sills and/or vertical mullions in the same assembly may be provided with anchors to suit different wall

and/or floor types (ie; unit masonry at one, drywall at another). · Fire-rated frame product must be secured to a partition and may not be anchored to adjacent frame product, glazed

block assembly, wall grille, diffuser or louver [105,150]. 346. All fire-rated frame product, except DW, EXP and Slip-On Series fire door frames with face-dimpled anchors, may be

installed to wrap or butt the adjacent partition [156]. F, DW and EXP-Series fire door frames with face-dimpled anchors are for wrap applications only.

347. Wall anchors (except faced-dimpled or snap-in drywall types) are positioned inside the jamb profile directly above or below each hinge preparation and directly opposite on the strike jamb. Unless noted otherwise the quantity of anchors per jamb must be as per Table 21.

Table 21

Maximum Over-All Unit Height

Quantity of Wall Anchors Per Jamb (A)

62" (1575) 2

92" (2340) 3

122" (3100) 4

144" (3650) 5

(A) : Except face-dimpled or snap-in type drywall anchors

348. Although recommended to add rigidity and sound deadening grouting of fire-rated frame product in cast-in place concrete and new or existing unit masonry is not required to maintain the validity of the fire-rating.

· Grouting of jambs in drywall partitions is not recommended unless required for acoustically rated frames. See Page 58, Item 527 for additional information.

· Grouting of 'closed' sections (mullions, center rails or corner posts) is not recommended. · Grout, if used, must be 'mortar' based; a mixture of lime, cement, sand and water which cures by chemical reaction. · 'Plaster' grout is a gypsum based product with only those areas exposed to air curing. The center area of plaster

grout will remain 'wet' (uncured) and create internal rust and finish paint adhesion issues. Therefore plaster grout must not be used.

349. Barrier coatings, typically specified as 'bituminous coatings', applied to the interior of frame jamb and head profiles can be included in project specifications with the intent of isolating the frame from the possible corrosive effects of additives in mortar grout and/or moisture from the wall.

· Fleming's fire door frame products are manufactured exclusively from; ASTM A653 A40 (ZF120), dry-passivated, galvanneal steel; ASTM A653 G90 (Z275) galvanized steel; or ASTM A666 Type 304 or 316 stainless steel. These materials inherently provide the corrosion resistance required for most applications and environments.

· Therefore, factory applied barrier coatings are not required, recommended or applied by Fleming. · Most "off-the-self" bituminous coatings are flammable and therefore not permitted in fire-rated frame product. · Site applied, specifically formulated, proprietary barrier coating materials are available for use with Fleming's fire-

rated frame product. Contact the Customer Service Department, Woodbridge for additional information. 350. Except as noted below floor anchors are provided on jambs terminating at the floor. When a jamb is prepared for EWA

guides, face-dimpled or snap-in drywall type wall anchors the floor anchor is not required and may be omitted. 351. Mullions adjacent to door openings are provided with loose, 12 gage floor anchors, screw-fixed through the face and

bolted to the floor by the contractor responsible for installation. 352. Tapcon concrete screws, drywall screws, bolts and expansion shells required for floor or wall anchorage are not

supplied or installed by Fleming. Exposed heads of counter-sunk wall anchors screws may be body-filled, ground smooth, touched-up with zinc-rich direct-to-metal (DTM) primer and finish painted by others after installation.

New Unit Masonry Partitions 353. Captive (welded to jamb) masonry bridge and strap type anchors, illustrated on Page 45, are required on; · 2 and 3 hour fire door frames, · All fire door frames over 96" (2450) rabbet height, · Fire-rated transom frames, · Lead-lined, Bullet-Resistant and Detention Security fire door frames, · Multi-Opening fire door frames exceeding 100" (2550) over-all width and · Sidelights and windows; · At 1 or 1-1/2 hour rating or · Greater than 100" (2550) over-all width or · Greater than 98" (2490) over-all height.

Items 344-353




354. Loose masonry wall anchors, wire or T-strap illustrated below, are permitted on the following; · Standard and Stainless Steel construction 1/3, 3/4, 1 and 1-1/2 hour fire door frames up to; · 48" x 96" (1250 x 2450) singles, · 96" x 96" (2450 x 2450) pairs, · Double Egress 1/3, 3/4, 1 and 1-1/2 hour fire door frames up to 96" x 96" (2450 x 2450), · Multi-Opening fire door frames up to 100" (2550) over-all width, · Contra-Swing fire door frames, · Dutch fire door frames, · Acoustic fire door frames, · Fire door frames with rabetted or flush fire-rated hollow metal panels above door and · Sidelight and window assemblies; · At 1/3 and 3/4 hour rating, · With unit sizes up to 100" (2550) over-all width and 98" (2490) over-all height. Masonry Wire Masonry T-Strap Masonry Bridge Anchor Anchor and Strap Anchor

Existing Partitions: Cast-In Place Concrete, Structural Steel and Unit Masonry Walls 355. Fire-rated frame product jamb soffits are pierced and dimpled for 1/4" (6.4) diameter flat head Tapcon concrete screws

or 3/8" (9.5) diameter machine bolts and steel expansion shell anchors for butt applications [90]. Distributor must specify required diameter.

· Existing Wall Anchor (EWA) guides, welded in place, are eligible for all sizes, constructions and ratings. · Preparations are located 6" (150) maximum from the top and bottom of the jamb with intermediate preparations

equally spaced between. · Quantity of anchors per jamb as shown in Table 21 · Machine bolt applications with steel expansion shell anchors are used in cast-in place concrete or existing unit masonry. · Structural steel must be drilled and tapped for machine bolts by the contractor responsible for installation. Welding

of frame product to structural steel is not permitted.

Slip-On Series Frame with Butterfly Type EWA Strap & Channel Type EWA Face-Dimpled Wall Anchor

356. Slip-On Series knock-down frames with face-dimpled wall anchors (as shown above) are optionally available for existing concrete or unit masonry in "after wall" wrap applications.

· Sizes and ratings; 48" x 96" (1250 x 2450) singles, 96" x 96" (2450 x 2450) pairs up to 1-1/2 hours. · Frames with face-dimpled wall anchors; jamb and head faces are pierced and dimpled for 1/4" diameter x 2-1/4"

long (6.4 x 57.2) flat head Tapcon concrete screws supplied by others. · Jambs up to 86" (2200) rabbet height require 3 dimples per face and up to 96" (2450) rabbet height require 4 per face. · Jamb face dimples are located 4" (100) from top and bottom with intermediate dimples equally spaced between. · Heads require 2 dimples per face located 4" (100) from each end and pairs require an additional dimple in each face

at the mid-point of the rabbet width.

Drywall Partitions 357. Steel Stud Anchors (SSA), 1 or 2-piece Combination Stud Anchors (CSA) and Wood Stud Anchors (WSA) illustrated

below are permitted in all fire-rated frame products within the following limitations; · 2 or 3 hour; · KD or SUW Standard, Dutch or Stainless Steel frames, · SUW Double Egress frames and · SUW transom frames · All other frame product at 1/3, 3/4, 1 or 1-1/2 hour

Steel Stud Anchor (SSA) Wood Stud

Anchor (WSA)

Frame Installed Before Studs

Frame Installed After Studs (Tilt-Up Wall)

Combination Stud Anchor (CSA)

2-Piece

1-Piece

Items 354-357


358. Steel Stud Anchors (SSA) and Wood Stud Anchors (WSA) must be captive (welded to jamb). Combination Stud Anchors (CSA) may be shipped loose on fire door frames at 1/3, 3/4, 1 and 1-1/2 hour rating but must be captive on 2 and 3 hour frames and on all fire-rated Contra-Swing, lead-lined, transom frame, sidelight and window assemblies.

359. Butted applications in steel stud and gypsum wall board (GWB) partitions for SUW fire-rated frame product are available at;

· 1/3, 3/4, 1 and 1-1/2 hour rating, · Not exceeding 100" (2550) unit width or 120" (3050) unit height. · Jamb and head soffits are pierced and dimpled (1/4" (6.4) diameter) for #8 x 3-1/2" (89) flat head bugle type drywall

screws, 6" (150) maximum from each end and at 24" (600) on center maximum. · EWA guides (butterfly or strap and channel types) are welded in place at each preparation [158,159]. · Welded-in 'deep off-set' Steel Stud Anchors (SSA) may be used in place of EWA guides. · Steel Stud Anchors are secured to steel studs with (2) #8 x 1-1/4" (32) SMS per anchor. · Faces of steel studs must be protected (covered) by GWB and/or the jambs and heads. · Intumescent caulk must be provided and installed by others where each jamb and head meets the partition. · Face mounted applications with EWA guides and preparations only (far right illustration below) within the above

limits are permitted. · Typical butt applications are illustrated below. · Contact Customer Service, Woodbridge for additional configurations. 360. Slip-On Series knock-down frames with face-dimpled wall anchors are optionally available for "after wall" wrap

applications in drywall partitions. Sizes and rating; 48" x 96" (1250 x 2450) singles, 96" x 96" (2450 x 2450) pairs up to 1-1/2 hours. Anchor locations are as indicated in Item 356 with #8 x 2-1/4" (55) flat head bugle type drywall screws supplied by others.

Profile Requirements 361. Unless noted otherwise the limitations in Table 22 and Items 362 to 366 on Page 47 apply to all fire-rated frame

components; jambs, heads, sills, center rails, corner posts and welded or removable vertical or horizontal mullions. · Refer to the Fleming Technical Manual for the standard profiles of each frame Series. · Contact Customer Service, Woodbridge for additional information when unique profiles are contemplated. · Detention, Acoustic, Hurricane, Tornado, Bullet-Resistant, DW, Slip-On and EXP-Series construction fire door

frames have additional restrictions for specific profile elements. Refer to each construction for details.

E

(Masonry) Profile

G

F

(Masonry) Profile

BC

D

A

G

E F

BC

F EE

BC

D

A

BC

F EE

Open Sections(Jambs, Heads and Sills)

Closed Sections(Mullions, Center Rails and

Corner Posts)

Ho

spita

lS

top

G

F

H

L

45

F

G

F

GJ

K

FK

GJ

Shadow-LineDrywallProfileH

Hospital Profile(Avail on All Sections)

E

BC

D

A

Double Egress (Masonry) Profiles

CB A

M

F EN

Se

e D

etai

l 1fo

r O

ptio

ns

Detail 1 (Available on All Open Sections )

E F

BC

Typical Hinge Jamb(and Optional Head)

TypicalHead

E E

E E

B &

/or

D

B &

/or

D

B &

/or

D

B &

/or

D

Shadow-LineProfile

PlasterProfile

DrywallProfile

Double Rabbet Single Rabbet

Items 358-361June 2016


Table 22 - Fleming Fire-Rated Frame Product Profile Requirements

Description Fleming Standard Minimum Maximum

Jamb Depth (A)

Single Rabbet

Frames

Not Applicable

2-1/2" (63.5) (I) 14-1/2" (368)Transom Frames 4" (101.6) Sidelights and Windows 4" (101.6) 10-1/2" (267)Recessed Mullions, Sills and Center Rails (II) 2-3/8" (60.3)

Double Rabbet

Frames and Transom Frames Varies:See Fleming Tech Manual

3-1/2" (88.9) 14-1/2" (368)Sidelights and Windows 3-1/2" (88.9) 10-1/2" (267)Recessed Mullions, Sills and Center Rails (II) 4-1/4" (108)

Door or Glazing

Rabbet (B)

Doors

Double Egress 1-3/4" (44) Doors 2" 2"

None

Other 1-3/4" (44) Doors and Panels 1-15/16" (49.2) 1-15/16" (49.2)1-3/8" (35) Doors 1-9/16" (39.7) 1-9/16" (39.7)Other Door Thicknesses: Door + 3/16" (4.8) 3/16" (4.8)

Glazing Materials

Sidelights and Windows at 1 or 1-1/2 Hour (III) 1-15/16" (49.2) GS + 3/4" (19)All Other Glazed Frame Product (IV) GS + 7/8" (22)

Soffit (C) Frames Varies byJamb Depth

3/16" (4.8) (X)None Transom, Sidelights and Windows 1" (25)

Opposite Rabbet (D)

Single Rabbet Not Applicable Not Applicable Not ApplicableDouble Rabbet 1-9/16" (39.7) 1/2" (12.7) None

Stop Height (E) (V)

Frames, Transom and Sidelight Frames with1-3/4" (44) Doors or Panels 5/8" (16) 5/8" (16) (XI)

None 12 Gage Frame Product (VI) with 1-3/4" (44) Doors or Panels 3/4" (19) 3/4" (19) (XI)

Glazing or In-Fill Panels

Sidelights and Windows at 1/3 or 3/4 Hr 5/8" (16) 5/8" (16) (VII) Sidelights and Windows at 1 or 1-1/2 Hour 3/4" (19) (VII) 3/4" (19) (VII)

Face Width (F)

Jambs, Heads & Mullions

Less than 4" (100) Jamb Depth

Sidelights and Windowsat 1 or 1-1/2 Hour Not Applicable 2" (50) 4" (102) (VIII)

All Other Frame Product 12" (305) (VIII)

4" (100) Jamb Depth & Larger

Sidelights and Windows at 1 or 1-1/2 Hour

At Doors

2" (50)

1-1/4" (32)

4" (102) (VIII) Not at Doors 1" (25)

Double Egress At Doors 1-1/4" (32)

All Other Frame Product

At Doors 1-1/4" (32) 12" (305) (VIII)Not at

Doors 1" (25)

Sills, Center Rails &

Corner Posts

Less than 4" (100) Jamb Depth Not Applicable 2" (50)

12" (305) (VIII)4" (100) Jamb Depth and Larger

4”, 6-13/16”8”, 8-13/16” (100, 175 200, 225)

1" (25)

Return (G) 12 Gage Frame Product 5/8" (16) (VI) 5/8" (16) (VI)

3/4" (19) 5-3/4" (146) Jamb Depth Masonry Profile 7/16" (11.1) 1/4" (6.4) All Other Gages, Jamb Depths and Profiles 1/2" (12.7) 1/4" (6.4)

2nd (Drywall) Return (H) UL and WHI 1/2" (12.7) 1/4" (6.4) 3/4" (19)

Shadow-Line Return (J)

UL

Not Applicable 1/4" (6.4)

2-1/2" (63.5)(IX)

WHI 3/4" (19)Shadow-Line

Face (K) UL and WHI 4" (102)

Plaster Return (L) UL and WHI 3/4" (19)

Reveal Rabbet (M)

12 Gage Double Egress Frame Product (VI) Varies byJamb Depth

3/4" (19)

None All Other Double Egress Frame Product 5/8" (16)

Reveal (N) 12 Gage Double Egress Frame Product (VI) 3/4" (19) 3/4" (19) All Other Double Egress Frame Product 5/8" (16) 5/8" (16)

Notes (I) : Jamb depth less than 4" (100) for single frames only (II) : Not surrounding a fire door opening (III) : Glazing space (GS) + 3/4" (19) for 5/8" (15.9) wide x 3/4" (19) height removable glazing stop (IV) : Glazing space (GS) + 7/8" (22) for 3/4" (19) wide x 5/8" (15.9) height standard removable glazing stop (V) : Applies to both integral and removable glazing stops (VI) : Manufacturing limitation (VII) : Unless a taller stop height is required by the glazing manufacturer's fire listings (VIII) : Face width appearance of a section may be increased by constructing a 4-sided opening, installing an approved construction

in-fill panel and a 20 gage fascia sheet tack-welded into the opening flush with the surrounding section faces. Alternately for UL labeled frame product 1-3/4" (44.4) thick fire door construction panels may be used. See Page 55, Items 472 to 478 for in-fill and fire door construction panels. Exposed face joints may be body-filled and ground smooth.

(IX) : With a combined Shadow-Line Return (J) and Return (G) not to exceed 3" (76.2) (X) : Manufacturing limitation; minimum for 12 gage frame product; 5/8" (15.9) (XI) : When UL or WHI surface mounted fire-rated gaskets tested and listed as the stop for a hollow metal door are specified cased-

open sections at the perimeter of door openings are permitted. 362. Fire doors may be hinged off welded mullions in all 1/3, 3/4, 1 and 1-1/2 hour rated fire door frame product. 363. Vector option (V2 or V3) is available on 2" (50) face, 16 gage, 3-sided, KD and KD-DW fire door frame product only.

Not available on EXP or Slip-On Series or Double Egress. KD fire-rated frames with Vector option may be factory or IPLP distributor converted to SUW.

364. Hospital profile sections are permitted for all frame product unless indicated otherwise. 365. Sanitary bases, 6" (150) maximum off floor are permitted in all frame product unless indicated otherwise. 366. Cased open frame profiles are permitted for sills in 4-sided door openings in all fire-rated frame product.

Items 362-366


Vertical Hollow Metal Removable Mullions 367. Fleming fire-rated vertical hollow metal removable mullions between doors are permitted in Fleming SUW; · UL Standard, Contra-Swing and Multi-Opening construction fire door frames, transoms and sidelights at 1/3, 3/4, 1

and 1-1/2 hour rating, · WHI Standard and Contra-Swing construction fire door frames, transoms and sidelights at 1/3, 3/4, 1 and 1-1/2 hour

rating and · WHI Multi-Opening fire door frames at 1/3 and 3/4 hour rating. 368. Maximum individual rabbet opening size on either side of Fleming fire-rated between doors removable mullion; 48" x

96" (1250 x 2450) with all self-latching devices. · For profile requirements see Page 46, Item 361, Page 47, Items 362 to 366 and Table 22, Page 47. · For Fleming fire-rated between door removable mullion assembly requirements, see Page 49, Item 379. · Fire doors may not be hinged off fire-rated removable mullions. 369. For fire-rated Contra-Swing removable mullion details see Page 50, Items 400 to 406. 370. Fleming fire-rated hollow metal removable mullions behind the doors are permitted in Fleming Standard construction

SUW fire door frames at 1/3, 3/4, 1 and 1-1/2 hour rating and 96" x 96" (2450 x 2450) maximum rabbet size with listed rim type fire exit devices only. Fleming fire-rated behind the doors removable mullion fronts and backs are assembled plug-welded 2" (50) from each end and at 9" (230) on center.

371. Fleming fire-rated vertical removable mullions may be shipped separate from the frame product. · Fleming fire-rated vertical hollow metal removable mullions are considered part of the fire door frame product;

however a "Component for Field Assembled Listed Fire Door Frame" mylar sticker is required on the inside of the mullion front applied at the labeling facility. See Part Number 3520970, Page 68.

· Vertical hollow metal removable mullions may be used in conjunction with horizontal hollow metal removable mullions.

· For removable hollow metal mullion mounting details and options contact Customer Service, Woodbridge.

Horizontal Hollow Metal Removable Mullions 372. Fleming fire-rated horizontal hollow metal removable mullion may be provided for installation immediately above a fire

door opening to create separate transom openings for ULI or ULC listed glazing materials, Fleming fire-rated in-fill or hollow metal panels included in Table 30, Pages 64 and 65.

· Transom materials may be installed on either side of the removable mullion soffit. · Fleming fire-rated horizontal hollow metal removable mullions are permitted in all Fleming UL SUW fire door frame

product with fire door opening widths up to 48" (1250) for singles, 96" (2450) for pairs. · Horizontal hollow metal removable mullions may be used in conjunction with vertical hollow metal removable

mullions. · For profile requirements see Page 46, Item 361, Page 47, Items 362 to 366 and Table 22, Page 47. · For Fleming fire-rated horizontal removable mullion assembly requirements see Page 49, Item 379. 373. Vertical intersecting jamb and/or mullion stops, soffits and horizontal mullion faces must be notched by the factory or UL

approved IPLP approved distributor to clear removable horizontal mullion for 1/3, 3/4, 1, 1-1/2, 2 and 3 hour applications.

374. Horizontal removable mullion stops and soffits must be notched by the factory or UL approved IPLP approved distributor to clear intersecting vertical jambs and/or mullions for 1/3, 3/4, 1 and 1-1/2 hour frame product.

375. Welded reinforcements, mounting plates, sleeves and/or angles in jambs and mullions must be installed by the factory or UL approved IPLP labeling distributor. Screw-fixed mounting plates, sleeves and/or angles, clearance holes, counter-sinking and/or drilling and tapping may be by the factory, IPLP distributor or by others in the field at the time of installation.

· Mounting must be in accordance with the installation instructions provided with each removable mullion. · Fleming fire-rated horizontal removable mullions may be shipped separate from the frame product. · Fleming fire-rated horizontal hollow metal removable mullions are considered part of the fire door frame product;

however a "Component for Field Assembled Listed Fire Door Frame" mylar sticker is required on the inside of the mullion front, applied at the labeling facility. See Part Number 3520970, Page 68.

· For mounting details and options contact Customer Service, Woodbridge.

Assembly Methods 376. Fire door frames with Assembly Method noted as KD (knocked-down) or KD-DW (knocked-down drywall) in Tables 18

(Page 39), 19 (Pages 40 & 41) and 20 (Pages 42 & 43) components are provided unassembled. · The contractor responsible for installation assembles them in accordance with the instructions provided. · Since these have been tested and listed as 'un-welded components' conversion to SUW construction is permitted at

the facilities of all Fleming authorized distributors. 377. Fire door frame product components ordered from the factory as 'Punch Miter Only' (PMO), 'Mitered and Notched' (MN)

or in 'Stick' form are for conversion to SUW construction and labeling by IPLP approved distributors only. · SUW (set-up and welded) is a term used to describe several methods of welding frame product. · Where SUW is indicated in Tables 18 (Page 39), 19 (Pages 40 & 41) and 20 (Pages 42 & 43), unless noted

otherwise the following minimum assembly methods are required; · Standard construction fire door frames; · Up to 120" (3050) door rabbet height; tack-welded (TW), · Over 120" (3050) door rabbet height; face-welded (FW), · Non-Standard construction fire door frames and all transom frames; face-welded (FW), · Multi-Opening transom frames and all sidelight and window frames; · At 1/3 and 3/4 hour rating; profile-welded (PW) and · At 1 and 1-1/2 hour rating; profile-welded (PW) and see Page 55, Items 487 and 488 for additional

requirements.

Items 367-377


378. SUW assembly methods are as follows; · Tack-welded (TW); Interior of each corner joint tacked in 3 places; 2 at each face and 1 at each return. A hairline

joint is visible. Used to convert Standard construction KD or KD-DW frames to SUW. · Face-welded (FW); Exposed intersecting face joints continuously welded, body filled and ground smooth, presenting

seamless faces. Welds are on the interior of the profile for open sections, exterior for all others. · Profile-welded (PW); Exposed intersecting face joints continuously welded, body filled and ground smooth,

presenting seamless faces. Interior welds for open sections, exterior welds for all others. For open sections, intersecting rabbets, soffits and returns have continuous interior welds.

379. Mullion, center rail and corner post fronts and backs may be assembled; · With 1-piece mullion clip or · With 2-piece mullion clips spot-welded 2" (50) from each end and at 12" (305) on center or · Without clips, plug welded 2" (50) from each end and at 18" (450) on center.

Available Options 380. Communicating fire door frame products are available up to the maximum rabbet sizes and rating noted for each

Construction, Series and Assembly Method. · The 2012 IBC and the NBCC deem two (2) fire doors installed in the same communicating frame to have a fire-

protection rating equal to the sum of the ratings of the doors [21,54]. · However neither UL nor WHI recognize this "accumulating" of fire door ratings. · Our recommendation is to provide two (2) labeled doors and frame each with the full rating required for the opening. 381. 4-sided fire door frame products are available up to the maximum rabbet size and rating noted for each Construction,

Series and Assembly Method. · Sills in 4-sided assemblies may have an integral door stop or may be cased open type section. · Standard undercut on Fleming fire doors in 4-sided frames; 1/4" (6.4). · 4-sided fire door assemblies are restricted to use with Fleming labeled doors only and are not permitted in floors or

ceilings (horizontal applications). 382. Split (2 piece) fire door frames for wrapping existing steel stud partitions are available at 1/3, 3/4, 1 and 1-1/2 hour

rating in; · 12, 14 or 16 gage SUW Standard construction frames, · 48" x 96" (1250 x 2450) singles and · 96" x 96" (2450 x 2450) pairs. 383. Wall anchorage for split fire doors frames; · Non-door rabbet section jambs punched and dimpled (1/4" (6.4) diameter) for #8 x 1-1/4" (32) flat head sheet metal

screws, 6" (150) from each end and at 48" (1220) on center maximum. · Door rabbet section jambs punched and dimpled (1/4" (6.4) diameter) for #8 x 2" (50) flat head sheet metal screws,

6" (150) from each end and at 24" on center maximum. 384. Fire door frame product with unequal leaf width pairs are permitted. Widest leaf of the pair cannot exceed the largest

single leaf width permitted for the construction, series, gage, core and rating of door used.

NON-STANDARD FIRE DOOR FRAME PRODUCT CONSTRUCTIONS

General 385. Unless specifically indicated otherwise Standard construction features detailed in Items 338 to 384, Pages 43, 44, 45,

46, 47, 48 and 49 apply to Fleming Non-Standard construction fire door frame products. When 2 or more constructions are combined, as with fire-rated hurricane-resistant frame product and each has differing requirements, the more restrictive applies.

DW-Series (Knocked-Down Drywall) Fire Door Frames 386. DW-Series fire door frames are designed for 'after wall' installation in wrap applications where studs and wallboard are

constructed and frame components are then installed in the prepared opening as per the instructions provided [108]. 387. Face widths (F); 2" (50) only. For all other profile requirements see Pages 46, Item 361 and Table 22, Page 47. V2

and V3 options are available. 388. Stainless steel, shadow-line (J and K), hospital profile and sanitary bases are not available. 389. Welded-in base anchors and tension anchors as shown on Page 50 are provided standard. · Intermediate wall anchors are also required in both faces of; · Each strike jamb, above the strike reinforcement and · Each head, centered on the opening, for pairs only. · Adjustable tension anchors, located 5" (127) from the top of jamb, are mandatory for all DW-Series jambs. · Optional 1/4" (6.4) diameter face-dimpled anchors or snap-in type anchors as shown on Page 50 are permitted in

lieu of either welded-in base or welded-in intermediate wall anchors. · Welded-in, face-dimpled and snap-in anchors are secured to the board and studs with # 8 x 1-1/4" (32) flat head

bugle type drywall screws provided by the installer. · Snap-in type anchors are available with 1/2" (12.7) off-sets for mounting on the face of the wall board or 1" (25) for

mounting behind the outside layer of wall board. Snap-in type drywall anchors are shipped loose. 390. Rough stud opening size for Fleming DW-Series 'after wall', wrap application, with tolerances of + 1/4" (6.4) / - 0; · Frame rabbet width + 1-7/8" (48) · Frame rabbet height + 3/4" (19) 391. DW-Series fire door frames prepared for 1-3/8" (35) thick doors are permitted up to 36" x 84" (900 x 2150) prepared for

3-1/2" (88.9) or 4" (101.6) templated, standard weight (0.134"/3.4 thick) hinges and small ASA strike (ANSI/BHMA A156.115). See Pages 69 to 73, Items 628-636, 642-644, 645-657, 659, 660-664, 669-678, 679-693 and 694-701 for all other hardware information.

Items 378-391

http://www.buildershardware.com/bhma-standards/ansibhma-a156115-2006-hardware-preparation-steel-doors-or-steel-frames



(Above Strike (At Center of (At Top of Face Dimpled Snap-In Preparation) Paired Heads) Each Jamb) Standard Welded Standard Welded Standard Optional Anchors (Base Base Anchors Intermediate Wall Anchors Tension Anchor and/or Intermediate Locations)

392. DW-Series fire door frames are included in Fleming's In-Plant Labeling Program (IPLP). 393. DW-Series fire door frames are intended for use with all Fleming D, E, CW, SL, SLE-Series, Temperature-Rise Rated

fire doors and labeled hollow or solid core wood doors. · DW-Series fire door frames are not recommended for use with BR, CW, F5, H, HS or MH-Series fire doors. · Fire rated DW-Series transom, sidelight and windows are not available.

Double Egress (D/E) Fire Door Frame Products 394. Profile requirements see Page 46, Item 361, Page 47, Items 362 to 366 and Table 22, Page 47. Head profile at fire

door opening may be single rabbet or 'double stopped' (similar to D/E jambs).

Typical Double Egress Jamb Typical Double Egress (and Optional Head) Profile Head Profile

395. See Pages 69 to 73, Items 628-636, 642-644, 645-651, 654-657, 664, 668-671, 674, 675, 678, 679, 684, 686-691, 693, 694-696 and 698-701 for hardware information.

396. Anchorage - See Page 44, Items 345 to 353, Page 45, Items 354 to 357 and Page 46, Items 358 to 360. 397. KD assembly permitted for Double Egress frames not exceeding 96" (2450) rabbet height at 1/3, 3/4, 1 and 1-1/2 hour

rating. · Face-welded required when rabbet height exceeds 96" (2450) and for 2 or 3 hour rated frames. · Face-welded Double Egress fire door transom and profile-welded sidelight assemblies are required. 398. Double Egress fire door frame products are included in the Fleming In-Plant Labeling Program (IPLP). 399. Double Egress fire door frame products are intended for use with labeled Fleming Double Egress construction doors

(Pages 25, Items 141 to 146 and Page 26, Items 147 to 154) or solid wood core double egress fire doors only.

Contra-Swing (C/S) Fire Door Frame Products 400. Fleming proprietary internal reinforcing required in all fire-rated Contra-Swing mullions. · Contra-Swing fire-rated mullions may be welded or removable. · Contact Customer Service, Woodbridge for options and mounting methods. · Fire doors may not be hinged off removable fire-rated Contra-Swing mullions.

Contra-Swing L/L Contra-Swing R/R

401. Contra-Swing face-welded fire door frames and transom frames and profile-welded sidelight assemblies are permitted. Contra-Swing fire-rated mullion fronts and backs are assembled without mullion clips, plug-welded 2" (50) from each end and at 18" (450) on center maximum.

402. Profile requirements - See Page 46, Item 361, Page 47, Items 362, 364 to 366 and Table 22. · Contra-Swing fire door frame product may have equal or unequal door (B) and opposite rabbets (D). · Single rabbet fire-rated Contra-Swing mullions, hospital profiles and sanitary bases are available. · Contra-Swing fire-rated removable mullions are not permitted in KD or KD-DW fire door frame products, with

horizontal hollow metal removable mullions or in stainless steel. 403. Anchorage - See Page 44, Items 345 to 353, Page 45, Items 354 to 357 and Page 46, Items 358 and 359. 404. For hardware information see Pages 69 to 73, Items 628-636, 642-644, 645-651, 653-657, 659, 664, 665, 667, 671,

678, 679, 684-690, 693, 694, 695 and 697-701. 405. Contra-Swing fire door frame products are included in the Fleming In-Plant Labeling Program (IPLP). 406. Contra-Swing fire door frame product is intended for use with all Fleming doors except BR, F5, SS, HS-Series, Acoustic

or Hurricane-Resistant rated fire doors.

Items 392-406


Multi-Opening (Banks of Doors) Fire Door Frame Products 407. Face-welded Multi-Opening fire door frames and transom frames and profile-welded sidelight assemblies are permitted. 408. Maximum over-all unit width for; · Multi-Opening fire door frames; · At 1/3 and 3/4 hour; · 154" (3900) in drywall, · 162" (4100) in all other partitions, · At 1 or 1-1/2 hour; 154" (3900) in all partitions · Multi-Opening fire door transom and sidelight sizes; see Table 24, Page 53 · Maximum individual fire door leaf size; 48" x 96" (1250 x 2450). Number of fire door openings is not restricted. 409. For hardware information see Pages 69 to 73, Items 628-636, 642-644, 645-657, 659, 660-678, 679-693, 694-701. 410. Profile requirements - See Pages 46, Item 361, Page 47, Items 362, 364 to 366 and Table 22. 411. Anchorage - See Pages 44, Items 345 to 353, Page 45, Items 354 to 357 and Page 46, Items 358 and 359. 412. Multi-Opening construction fire door frame product may incorporate combinations of; · Singles, pairs, double egress, contra-swing, · Singles with fire-rated welded or removable hollow metal mullions between the fire doors and · Pairs with welded or removable hollow metal mullions behind the fire doors. 413. Fire doors may not be hinged off fire-rated removable mullions. 414. Multi-Opening construction fire door frame product not available KD or KD-DW, with horizontal hollow metal removable

mullions or in stainless steel. 415. Multi-Opening fire door frame products are included in the Fleming In-Plant Labeling Program (IPLP). 416. Multi-Opening fire door frame products are intended for use with all Fleming doors except BR, F5, SS, HS-Series,

Acoustic and Hurricane-Resistant rated fire doors.

Dutch Fire Door Frames and Transom Frames 417. Dutch fire door construction frames are available KD-DW, KD and SUW. Dutch fire door construction transom frames

are face-welded. Transom mullion may be welded or removable. 418. Profile requirements - KD and SUW; See Page 46, Item 361 and Page 47, Items 362 to 366 & Table 22. KD-DW; See

Page 49, Item 387. 419. Anchorage - See Page 44, Items 345-353, Page 45, Items 354-357, Page 46, Items 358-360 for KD and SUW or Page

49, Items 389 and 390 for KD-DW. 420. Strike jamb must be prepared for 1 strike for self-latching device in bottom leaf. Strike jamb may be prepared for 2

strikes when both leafs latch into frame. 421. Closer reinforcing in head of fire door frame may be omitted when top leaf utilizes labeled spring hinges. See Page 70,

Items 647 and 648 for additional information. 422. Pairs of fire rated Dutch door construction are not available. Dutch fire door constructions are not permitted in labeled

sidelight frames. 423. Dutch fire door frame products are included in the Fleming In-Plant Labeling Program (IPLP). 424. For use with Fleming's labeled Dutch door constructions only (Page 27, Items 167 to 176).

Fire Door Frame with Panel Above Door 425. Sizes in Tables 18 (Page 39), 19 (Pages 40 & 41) and 20 (Pages 42 & 43) reflect the maximum frame rabbet sizes (the

combined fire door plus panel) available for each rating. · Fire-rated panel gage and core should match fire door. · Fire door series, gauge and core may limit maximum door rabbet opening size and fire-rating. · See Page 26, Items 155 to 162 and Page 27, Items 163 to 166 for detailed door requirements. 426. Nominal fire-rated panel sizes; · 1-3/4" (44.4) thick only. · Minimum height; 6" (150) · Maximum sizes; · Singles; · UL 14, 16 and 18 gage panels; 48" x 48" (1250 x 1250) at 1/3, 3/4, 1, 1-1/2, 2 and 3 hour rating, · UL 20 gage panels; 36" x 48" (900 x 1250) at 1/3, 3/4, 1 and 1-1/2 hour rating, · WHI 18 gage panels; 48" x 32" and 1344 in2 area (1250 x 810 and 0.87m2) at 1/3, 3/4, 1 and 1-1/2 hour

rating, · WHI 20 gage panels - 36" x 32" (900 x 810) at 1/3, 3/4, 1 and 1-1/2 hour rating. · Pairs; · UL 14, 16 and 18 gage panels; 96" x 48" (2450 x 1250) at 1/3, 3/4, 1, 1-1/2, 2 and 3 hour rating, · UL 20 gage panels; 72" x 48" (1800 x 1250) at 1/3, 3/4, 1 and 1-1/2 hour rating, · WHI pairs are not available. 427. Fire-rated panels may be fixed (welded in place) or removable. · Bottom of fire-rated panel may be flush or rabetted. · Rabbet at bottom of fire-rated panel; 3/4" (19) height minimum. · Flush bottom type fire-rated panel requires flat bar astragal affixed to back (push-side). · Astragals are shipped loose for installation on site by others. 428. Panel construction may be open-edged (hemmed or un-hemmed) or closed edged (with channel, butted pans, pan-in-

pan or lock-seam) with honeycomb (HC) as the standard core, polystyrene (PS), polyisocyanurate (PI) or TRR optionally available for UL 14, 16 and 18 gage panels and polystyrene (PS) or polyisocyanurate (PI) optionally available for UL 20 gage panels.

Items 407-428


429. Hardware and preparations; see Pages 69 to 73, Items 628-636, 642-644, 645-651, 653-657, 659, 660-667, 669-676 and 678, 679-693, 694-701.

430. Removable Fleming fire-rated hollow metal panels must be provided with mylar "Component for Field Assembled Listed Fire Frame" label, Fleming part number 3520970 on Page 68 installed on the bottom end channel. Welded panels do not require this label.

431. Face-welded assembly method minimum. 432. Profile requirements - See Page 46, Item 361 and Page 47, Table 22. 433. Anchorage - See Page 44, Items 345 to 353, Page 45, Items 354 to 357 and Page 46, Items 358 and 359. 434. Fire door frame with Panel Above Door construction is not included in the Fleming In-Plant Labeling Program (IPLP). 435. Fire door frames and fire-rated panels are for use only with Fleming Door with Panel Above construction, flush or

rabetted top cap fire doors (Page 26, Items 155 to 162 and Page 27, Items 163 to 166). Panel Above Door construction not available in fire-rated sidelight frames.

Expandable Jamb Depth (EXP-Series) Fire Door Frames 436. EXP-Series are available in 2 standard jamb depths; 8-3/4" and 13-1/4". Profiles are as indicated in Table 23.

Table 23 - EXP-Series Profiles

Order Size 8-3/4" (222) 13-1/4" (337)Jamb Depth

(A) Minimum 5-1/2" (140) 8-1/2" (216)Maximum 8-3/4" (222) 13-1/4" (337)

Door Rabbet (B) 1-15/16" (49.2)Soffit (C) 3-3/8" (85.7) 4-7/8" (123.8)

Opposite Rabbet (D) Varies by Final Jamb DepthStop Height (E) 5/8" (15.9)

Face (F) 2" (50)Returns (G) 1/2" (12.7)

2nd (Drywall) Returns (H) 13/32" (10.3)

437. Custom profile EXP-Series fire door frames are available without returns (G) and/or 2nd (drywall) returns (H). Shadow-line or hospital profiles, mullions or sanitary bases are not available for EXP-Series fire door frames.

438. EXP-Series fire door frames with face-dimpled wall anchors are for "after wall" wrap applications in stud, unit masonry or concrete partitions only.

· Jambs up to 86" (2200) rabbet height require 3 dimples per face and up to 96" (2450) rabbet height require 4 per face.

· Jamb face dimples are located 4" (100) from top and bottom with intermediate dimples equally spaced between.

· Single fire door frame heads require 2 dimples per face located 4" (100) from each end. · Heads for fire-rated pairs require an additional dimple in each face at the mid-point of the

rabbet width. · Jamb and head faces are pierced and dimpled for; · 1/4" diameter x 2-1/4" long (6.4 x 57.2), flat head Tapcon screws for concrete or unit masonry or · #8 x 2-1/4" (57.2) flat head bugle screws for drywall partitions. · Wall anchor screws are supplied and installed by others. · Optional wall anchors on SUW EXP-Series fire door frames for "before wall" wrap applications; wire, bridge and

strap, existing wall anchors, steel and wood stud types. See Page 44, Items 345 to 353, Page 45, Items 354 to 357 and Page 46, Item 358 for details of each.

439. Rough opening size for EXP-Series fire door frames with tolerances of + 1/4" (6.4) / - 0; · Frame rabbet width + 1-5/8" (41) · Frame rabbet height + 1-1/4" (32) 440. Hardware and preparations; see Pages 69 to 73, Items 628-636, 642-644, 645-657, 659, 660-664, 669-671 and 674-

678, 679-693, 694-701. 441. EXP-Series fire door frames are provided KD-DW standard and can be converted to SUW by the factory or IPLP

approved distributors. 442. EXP-Series fire door frames are included in the Fleming In-Plant Labeling Program (IPLP). 443. EXP-Series fire door frames are intended for use with all Fleming fire doors except BR, CW, F5, H, SS, HS, MH-Series,

Acoustic or Hurricane-Resistant rated doors. EXP-Series fire-rated transom, sidelight or window applications are not available.

Stainless Steel Fire Door Frame Products 444. ASTM A666, Type 304, XL Blend S (brushed) Finish KD frames are standard. Type 304, XL-Blend S transom, sidelight

and window frames are face-welded standard. Stainless steel fire door frame products are optionally available with the following Assembly Methods, Types and Finishes. See Page 49, Item 378 for additional information on assembly methods;

· KD frames; Type 304, XL-Buff (mirror) and Type 316, XL-Blend S or XL-Buff Finishes, · Tack-welded frames; Type 304, XL-Blend S Finish, · Face-welded frames and transom frames; Type 304, XL-Buff and Type 316, XL-Blend S or XL-Buff Finish, · Profile-welded frames, transom, sidelight and window frames; Type 304, XL-Blend S Finish. 445. Hardware and preparations; see Pages 69 to 73, Items 628-640, 642-644, 645-651, 653-657, 659, 660-678, 679-693,

694-701. 446. Profile requirements - See Page 46, Item 361, Page 47, Items 362, 364 to 366 and Table 22. 447. Anchorage - See Page 44, Items 345-353, Page 45, Items 354-357 and Page 46, Items 358-360.

A

CB D

EF

G

H

Items 429-447



448. Stainless steel fire door frame products are included in the Fleming In-Plant Labeling Program (IPLP). 449. Stainless steel fire door frame product is intended for use with all Fleming Standard, Clad, Lead-Lined, and SS-Series

fire doors. Double Egress, Contra-Swing, Temperature-Rise Rated and Multi-Opening construction labeled Stainless Steel frame products are not available.

Fire Door Transom, Sidelight and Window Frame Assemblies 450. Maximum over-all fire-rated transom, sidelight and window unit widths, heights, areas and ratings available are detailed

in Table 24 unless otherwise code limited. · Over-all unit widths and heights are subdivided with vertical and/or horizontal mullions and/or center rails to create

openings for doors, glazing materials and/or panels. · Maximum individual opening sizes (widths, heights and area) within the assembly are dependent upon the specific

glazing material and/or panels used and must be within the limitations detailed in Table 30 on Pages 64 and 65. · Minimum glazed or paneled transom opening height; 4-3/4" (118). · Within the door rabbet size limitations for the Constructions shown on Tables 18 (Page 39), 19 (Pages 40 & 41)

and 20 (Pages 42 & 43), fire-rated sidelight frames may incorporate combinations of; · Singles, standard or double egress pairs, Contra-Swing, Multi-Opening, · Singles with or without welded or removable hollow metal mullions between the doors (see Items 367 to 369,

Page 48), · Pairs with or without welded or removable hollow metal mullions behind the doors (see Items 370 and 371,

Page 48), · Singles or pairs with welded or removable hollow metal horizontal mullions (See Items 372 to 375, Page 48).

Table 24 - Maximum Over-All Transom, Sidelight and Window Assembly Sizes

Unit Width x Height x Area (If Applicable) (A)

Pro

duct

Material Application Wall (B) Fire Protection Ratings

2 and 3 Hr (F) 1 and 1-1/2 Hr 1/3 (WHS (C)) and 3/4 Hr (G)

Tra

nsom

Fra

mes

A40 (ZF120) Galvanneal

and G90 (Z275) Galvanized

Singles All 52" (1350) 122" (3100)

64" (1625) 146" (3700) (E)

64" (1625) 146"(3700) (E)

Pairs All 100" (2550) 122" (3100)

124" (3150) 146" (3700) (E)

124" (3150) 146" (3700) (E)

Contra-Swing All - 102” (2590)

122” (3100) (F) 102” (2590)

122” (3100) (F)

Multi-Opening

Drywall - 154" (3900) 120" (3050)

154" (3900)136" (3450)

Other - 154" (3900) 144" (3650)

162" (4100)144" (3650)

Stainless Steel

Singles All 52" (1350)122" (3100)

52" (1350)122" (3100)

52" (1350)122" (3100)

Pairs All 100" (2550)122" (3100)

100" (2550) 122" (3100)

100" (2550)122" (3100)

Sid

elig

hts

and

Win

dow

s

A40 (ZF120) Galvanneal

and G90 (Z275) Galvanized

Singles, Pairs & Contra-Swing

Drywall - 120" (3050) 120" (3050)

96 ft2 (10.66m2) (D)

154" (3900) 136" (3450)

Other - 144" (3650) 144" (3650)

120 ft2 (13.32m2) (D)

162" (4100) 144" (3650)

Multi-Opening

Drywall - 154" (3900) 120" (3050)

106 ft2 (19.14 m2) (D)

154" (3900) 136" (3450)

Other - 154" (3900) 144" (3650)

120 ft2 (13.32 m2) (D)

162" (4100) 144" (3650)

Stainless Steel

Singles& Pairs All - - 112" (2850)

120" (3050)Notes (A) : Building codes may further limit sizes for specific locations or ratings [4,8,9,45, 61,62, 63] (B) : A unit is considered 'in drywall' when either the jambs, head or sill contact a drywall and steel or wood

stud partition. (C) : WHS - With Hose Stream. Required for both the NBCC and IBC. In 1/2 hour partitions the IBC

permits 1/3 hour glazing materials with No Hose Stream (NHS) in doors, however frame product and their glazing materials are required to be 1/3 hour WHS [26].

(D) : Must comply with all 3 criteria; width, height and area (E) : Based on 2" (50) face components, 60" (1525) leaf widths and 144" (3650) combined door, transom

mullion and transom opening height. (F) : Based on 2” (50) face components, 48" (1250) leaf widths and 120" (3050) combined door and

transom opening height (G) : In 1 hour corridor walls and smoke partitions the IBC permits 1/3 hour glazing materials with No Hose

Stream (NHS) in doors, however frame product and their glazing materials are required to be 3/4 hour WHS

Unit Width Unit Width Unit Width Unit Width

Unit AreaUnit Area

Unit Width

Unit Area

Unit Width

Uni

t He

ight

Unit Area

Transom Frames Sidelight Frames Window Frames

Items 448-450


451. Hardware and preparations; See Pages 69 to 73, Items 628-636, 642-644, 645-657, 659, 660-678, 679-693 & 694-701. 452. The quantity of lights and/or panels in a fire-rated sidelight or window unit is not limited except by the dimensional

restrictions outlined in Table 30, Pages 64 and 65. Approved fire-rated panel constructions and fire labeled glazing materials may be utilized in the same assembly [110].

453. Profile requirements - See Page 46, Item 361, Page 47, Items 362 to 366 and Table 22. 454. Anchorage - See Page 44, Items 345-353, Page 45, Items 354-357, Page 46, Items 358-359 and Page 56, Item 490. 455. Only rectangular door openings are permitted in fire-rated transom and sidelight frames. · Sloped and curved components (as viewed in elevation) not immediately surrounding openings for fire doors are

available in UL labeled transoms, sidelights and windows. · Only square or rectangular glazed or paneled openings are permitted in WHI labeled transoms, sidelights or

windows. 456. The following are not permitted in fire-rated transom frames, sidelight or window assemblies; · Operable paneled or glazed openings [111], · Glass block, · Fire-rated door louvers except as a component in an operable or fixed labeled door [116], · Dampers, diffusers or grilles or · Labeled split transoms, sidelights or windows.

Glazed Fire Door Frame Product 457. Unless code limited or listed otherwise glazing material sizes and ratings must comply with NFPA 80. 458. For 1/2 hour partitions the 2012 IBC permits fire-protection rated fire doors and their glazing materials each rated at 1/3

hour with no hose stream (NHS) [26]. However the IBC requires frame product and glazing materials installed in them to be 1/3 hour rated, with hose stream (WHS). For 1 hour corridor walls and smoke barriers fire doors and their glazing materials may be 1/3 hour NHS but frame product and their glazing materials must be 3/4 hour WHS rated.

459. Fire-protection rated glazing materials are tested and labeled to UL10B, UL10C, UL9, CAN/ULC-S104, CAN/ULC-S106, NFPA 252 or NFPA 257, the same standards as fire door and frame product assemblies.

460. The IBC, NBCC and NFPA 80 do not permit glazing materials in fire-rated frame product at 2 or 3 hour rating [20,30,43,60,113]. At 1 and 1-1/2 hour rating glazing materials must be fire-resistance rated.

461. A fire-resistance rated glazing material's listing may also include reference to the test standards listed in Item 462 and/or specifically indicate 'for use in fire-rated hollow metal transom, sidelight and/or window assemblies' [7,17,30,76,114]). In such cases they are eligible for use in Fleming fire-protection rated frame product up to the maximum size and rating shown in the glazing manufacturer's ULI, ULC or WHI listings [147].

462. Fire-resistant rated glazing materials labeled to ASTM E119, NFPA 251, UL263 or CAN/ULC-S101 (fire tests of building construction and materials) are tested as 'transparent, translucent, composite panels or walls'. As such they are assigned rating which includes a fire endurance, associated hose stream and TRR. Glazing materials tested to the standards referenced in this Item installed in Fleming frame product do not provide assembly compliance to these standards.

463. The NBCC requires conformance with NFPA 80, however it permits non-labeled hollow metal frame product securely installed in the building construction with individual, non-labeled, 1/4" (6) wired glass lights, not exceeding 1296 in2 (0.84m2) area, 54" (1370) in width or height, as "equivalent" to a 3/4 hour fire window assembly [54,58].

· The NBCC includes a requirement for 3/4" (20) height integral and removable stops and a maximum assembly area not exceeding 80 ft2 (7.5 m2) [64].

· When wired glass or assembly sizes exceed the above, any other glazing material or Fleming's typical 5/8" (16) stop height frame profiles are used all elements of the assembly must be labeled.

· The NBCC limits the combined area of glazing in TRR openings (door + frame product) to a total of 100 in2 (0.06 m2) area which effectively prohibits glazing materials in fire-rated frame product for TRR openings. The NBCC also prohibits glazing materials in fire-rated frame product installed in "fire walls" [60].

464. ULI or ULC fire-protection rated glazing materials are permitted in UL fire labeled frame product. 465. ULI, ULC or WHI fire-protection rated glazing materials may be used in WHI fire labeled frame product. 466. Glazing materials must have a fire rating at least equal to that of the fire-rated frame product in which it will be installed. · Specific glazing compounds or other installation components may be required for individual glazing materials. · Refer to the glazing material manufacturer's ULI, ULC or WHI listings for such requirements. · Except as indicated in Item 463 each piece of glazing material must labeled and the label must be visible after

installation [18,38,46,82,115,146,148]. · Glazing materials to be installed in positive pressure assemblies must be labeled as such to indicate compliance. 467. Under the 2012 IBC glazing materials may be required to comply with "CPSC 16 CFR 1201" for Human Impact

Resistance (HIR) in addition to the applicable fire test standard [39,44]. · The IBC Chapter 2406 details the performance requirements (Category I or II) and mandates the locations of use

which include, but are not limited to [50]; · Glazing within a 24" (610) arc of either vertical door edge in the closed position where the bottom of the glazing

is less than 60" (1525) from the floor · Sidelight and window assemblies enclosing hazardous areas as defined in the IBC. 468. NFPA 80 requires fire-rated glazing materials meet all code mandated human impact resistance (HIR) safety standards

[77,149]. · Fire test standards do not include testing for HIR. Therefore when mandated, in addition to its fire label, glazing

must be permanently marked to certify compliance with the Code specified HIR test standard. · Most HIR certifications are provided through the Safety Glazing Certification Council (SGCC). WHI and other 3rd

party certifications are also used. · HIR is not required under the NBCC.

Items 451-468














http://publicecodes.cyberregs.com/icod/ibc/2012/icod_ibc_2012_24_sec006.htm












469. Listed 1/4" (6) Georgian Wired Glass (GWG) unless provided with a film does not meet the HIR requirements. · Film must be installed at the facility applying the fire label to the glazing and the glazing assembly (GWG with film)

must be explicitly noted as such in the glazing manufacturer's fire listings. · Field application of these films is not permitted. 470. Except as indicated in Item 463, refer to Table 30, Pages 64 and 65 for labeled glazing materials commonly specified

and eligible for use in Fleming labeled transom, sidelight and window assemblies. 471. Glazing materials are not supplied or installed by Fleming.

Paneled Fire Door Frame Product 472. All fire-rated panel constructions in Items 473 to 478 must be installed in Fleming frame product only, at the labeling

facility. They are considered part of the fire door frame product and the frame label covers both. 473. Minimum fire-rated in-fill panel construction for; · 1, 1-1/2, 2 and 3 hour frame product; 1 sheet of 20 gage A40 galvanneal, G90 galvanized or Type 304 stainless

steel laminated to each face of 3/8" (9.5) thick inorganic cement board, nominal density - 110 pcf (1760 kg/m3) · 1/3 and 3/4 hour frame product; 1 sheet of 20 gage A40 galvanneal or G90 galvanized steel laminated to each face

of 1/2" (12.7) thick non-rated gypsum wall board. 474. For WHI labeled frame product at 1/3, 3/4, 1, 1-1/2, 2 and 3 hour rating, welded fire-rated panels constructed as 1-3/4"

(44.4) thick D or H-Series fire doors, tack-welded into 3 or 4-sided rabbet openings, welded 12" (305) from each corner and 30" (765) on center maximum, 2 per edge minimum are permitted. For vertical edge seam construction requirements see Page 20, Items 71 to 78.

475. For UL labeled frame product at 1/3, 3/4, 1, 1-1/2, 2 and 3 hour rating, fire-rated welded or removable 1-3/4" (44.4) panels in 3 or 4-sided rabbet openings are available.

· UL fire-rated panels may be constructed from 16, 18 or 20 gage face sheets with open, closed with flush channel, butted pans, pan-in-pan or lock seam edge constructions.

· Contact Customer Service, Woodbridge for edge and mounting configurations. 476. Fire-rated panels constructed as door limited to; · Minimum; 12" x 24" (305 x 610) · Maximum; Individual panel size and rating shown in Table 30, Page 64 477. Cores for fire-rated 1-3/4" (44.4) panels; honeycomb (HC) is standard with UL polystyrene (PS), polyisocyanurate (PI),

laminated stiffeners (SHC), welded stiffeners with fiberglass (VS) or TRR optionally available for 16 and 18 gage panels only.

478. Welded 1-3/4" (44.4) fire door construction panels may be provided with labeled glass lights or fire door louver. See Page 20, Item 80, Page 21, Items 81 to 101, Page 22, Items 102 to 116 for lights and Page 23, Items 120 to 123 for louvers. Hinged hollow metal 1-3/4" (44.4) panels are not permitted.

2 and 3 Hour Fire Door Transom Frames 479. Only approved fire-rated panels are permitted in Fleming UL or WHI 2 and 3 hour fire door transom frames. · See Items 472 to 478, Page 55 and Table 30, Page 64 for approved fire-rated panel constructions. · Labeled in-fill panels are secured with 3/4" (19) wide x 5/8" (15.9) tall removable glazing stops secured with #6 x 1-

1/4" (32) oval head scrulox self-drilling SMS, 2" (50) from the end of each glazing stop and at 6" (150) on center maximum.

480. As indicated in Table 30, Pages 64 and 65, labeled glazing materials in frame product are limited to 1-1/2 hour maximum fire-protection rating therefore glazed 2 and 3 hour fire door transoms are not available.

481. Labeled 2 and 3 hour fire door transom frames are face-welded minimum. 482. Profile requirements - See Page 46, Item 361, Page 47, Items 362 to 366 and Table 22. 483. Anchorage - See Page 44, Items 345-353, Page 45, Items 354-357 and Page 46, Items 358 and 359. 484. 2 and 3 hour fire door transom frames are included in the Fleming In-Plant Labeling Program (IPLP). 485. 2 and 3 hour fire door transom frames are intended for use with all Fleming labeled doors except TRR, BR, F5, HS-

Series and Acoustic fire doors.

1 and 1-1/2 Hour Fire Door Transom, Sidelight and Window Frames 486. Labeled glazing materials and/or approved panels are available in all Fleming 1 and 1-1/2 hour UL and WHI labeled fire

door frame products. · See Table 30, Pages 64 and 65 for eligible labeled glazing materials commonly specified and Items 472 to 478 for

approved fire-rated panel constructions. · 1 and 1-1/2 hour labeled glazing materials are secured with 5/8" (15.9) wide x 3/4" (19) tall removable glazing stops

with #6 x 1-1/4" (32) oval head scrulox self-drilling SMS, 2" (50) from each end and at 6" (150) on center maximum, unless indicated otherwise in the individual glazing manufacturer's listings.

· Labeled fire-rated in-fill panels in 1 and 1-1/2 hour fire door frame products are secured with 3/4" (19) wide x 5/8" (15.9) tall removable glazing stops secured with #6 x 1-1/4" (32) oval head scrulox self-drilling SMS, 2" (50) from the end of each removable glazing stop and at 6" (150) on center maximum.

487. Assembly methods; · Multi-Opening fire door transom frames and all sidelight and window frames at 1 and 1-1/2 hour rating are profile-

welded and intersecting soffit joints at mullions and center rails are continuously welded externally and ground smooth.

· All other 1 and 1-1/2 hour labeled fire door transom frame applications are face-welded. 488. Knocked-Down (KD) or Knocked-Down Drywall (KD-DW) fire-rated transom, sidelight or window assemblies are not

available. 489. Profile requirements - See Page 46, Item 361, Page 47, Items 362 to 366 and Table 22.

Items 469-489


490. Anchorage - See Page 44, Items 345-353, Page 45, Items 354-357, Page 46, Items 358 and 359 and; · Heads of 1 and 1-1/2 hour sidelight and window fire-rated frames must; · Be punched and dimpled for Existing Wall Anchor (EWA) guides as detailed on Page 45, Item 355, welded in

place at 16" (400) on center maximum, 16" (400) from each end. Tapcon concrete screws or machine bolts and steel expansion shell anchors are required for cast in-place concrete and new or existing unit masonry. Structural steel is drilled and tapped for machine bolt anchors. For drywall applications #8 x 3-1/2" (89) flat head, bugle type drywall screws are used,

· Have faces continuously reinforced with 3/4" x 3/4" (19 x 19) x 12 gage angles tack-welded in place at 24" (610) on center maximum and

· Sills in fire-rated sidelights and windows at 1 and 1-1/2 hour are reinforced with continuous 16 gage floor channels, notched to fit between the vertical members extending to the floor. Channels are shipped loose and secured to the floor by others at the time of installation.

491. 1 and 1-1/2 hour fire door transom frames, sidelight and window frames are included in the Fleming IPLP. 492. 1 and 1-1/2 hour fire door transom frames, sidelight and window frames are intended for use with all Fleming labeled

doors except BR, F5, HS-Series, Acoustic, Hurricane-Resistant or TRR fire doors.

1/3 (With Hose Stream) and 3/4 Hour Fire Door Transom, Sidelight and Window Frames 493. Labeled glazing materials and/or approved panels are permitted in all Fleming 1/3 and 3/4 hour fire door frame

products. · See Table 30, Pages 64 and 65 for eligible labeled glazing materials commonly specified and Items 472 to 478 for

approved fire-rated panel constructions. · Labeled glazing materials and/or in-fill panels at 1/3 or 3/4 hour rating are secured with 3/4" (19) wide x 5/8" (15.9)

tall removable glazing stops with #6 x 1-1/4" (32) oval head scrulox self-drilling SMS, 2" (50) from each end and at 12" (305) on center minimum unless indicated otherwise in the individual labeled glazing manufacturer's listings.

494. Assembly methods; · Labeled single and paired fire door transom frames at 1/3 or 3/4 hour rating are face-welded · Labeled Multi-Opening fire door transoms and all sidelight and window frames at 1/3 or 3/4 hour rating are profile-

welded. 495. Knocked-Down (KD) or Knocked-Down Drywall (KD-DW) fire-rated transom, sidelight or window assemblies are not

available. 496. Profile requirements - See Pages 46, Item 361, Page 47, Items 362 to 366 and Table 22. 497. Anchorage - See Pages 44, Items 345-353, Page 45, Items 354-357 and Page 46, Items 358 and 359. 498. Sidelight and window frames at 1/3 or 3/4 hour rating in all partition types may incorporate vertical 2, 3 and 4-way

hollow metal corner posts. Typical profiles are shown below. 499. Individual 'segments lengths' (shown as * on the plan views below) may not exceed the over-all 'unit widths' detailed in

Table 24, Page 53. · Over-all segmented assembly height may not exceed the 'unit heights' detailed in Table 24, Page 53. · The number of segments in an assembly is not restricted. · Codes may restrict the maximum area and/or over-all unit size of an assembly within a partition (ie; not to exceed

25%). · This must be determined by the project Architect during the design process. · Angle between adjacent segments is not limited. · Segmented elements are permitted in plan only. · Corner posts used as horizontal components are not permitted. · Special reinforcing or grouting of corner-posts is not required or recommended. · Corner posts are not available in fire-rated Stainless Steel construction.

B

AA

B

A : 1" (25) face width minimumB : 1/2" (12.7) off-set minimumNote: Doors and glazing may beinstalled on either side of theintegral stop.

A

A

*

*

*

*

*

*

*

*

*

*

*

*

***

*

**

* *

*

Items 490-499


500. Field splices are permitted in fire-rated sidelight and window frames at 1/3 or 3/4 hour [112]. · Field splices may be used in conjunction with hollow metal corner posts and segmented fire-rated sidelight and

window frames. · Maximum over-all unit size of spliced sidelight or window assembly cannot exceed those indicated in Table 24,

Page 53. · Field splice alignment channels and/or clips are welded to one segment at the labeling facility. · Contractor responsible for installation must; · Assemble the field spliced sections over the alignment channels and/or clips, · For UL labeled frames, continuously weld the butted outside face joints or · For WHI labeled frame product secure the sections with the machine screws provided and optionally weld

butted face joints, body fill, grind smooth, touch-up with zinc-rich, direct-to-metal (DTM) primer. 501. 1/3 and 3/4 hour fire door transom frames, sidelight and window frames are included in the Fleming IPLP. 502. 1/3 and 3/4 hour fire door transom frames and sidelight frames are intended for use with all Fleming labeled doors

except BR, F5, HS-Series, Acoustic, Hurricane-Resistant or TRR fire doors.

Clad Fire Door Frames and Transom Frames 503. All SUW Standard construction fire door frames and transom frames are available with factory installed non-

combustible metallic cladding (ie; stainless steel (Types 304 or 316), brass, bronze, aluminum) with a maximum thickness of 1/16" (1.6). Not available for sidelights or windows.

504. Metallic cladding may be applied to the door side and/or opposite side of the frame profile and transom panel. Removable glazing stops are clad to match the fire door transom frame. Exception; Glazing stops for stainless steel clad fire door transom frames are fabricated from stainless steel. See Page 55, Items 472 to 478 for panel info.

505. Except for door rabbet (B) base fire door frame and transom frame profiles are as per Item 361, Page 46 and Table 22, Page 47.

· Hospital profile and sanitary bases are not available. · Hardware back-sets and door rabbet (B) of the base frame are increased from 1-15/16" (49.2) to suit cladding. · Frame rabbet opening widths are not adjusted. · Fleming fire doors are undersized to suit cladding applied to the door and/or frame. 506. Metallic Clad fire door frame product is not included in the Fleming In-Plant Labeling Program (IPLP). 507. Metallic Clad fire door frames and transom frames are intended for use with Fleming Standard, Clad, Lead-Lined,

Temperature-Rise Rated and SS-Series fire doors only. 508. UL and WHI labeled non-metallic claddings are permitted on Fleming labeled Standard construction frames and

transom frames to the lesser of the size and rating of the Frame Construction, Series and Gage used or the limits of the cladding manufacturer's individual listings.

· Such materials are classified as to fire-protection only, are limited to 1/3 hour ratings and must be labeled for compliance with the positive pressure test protocol.

· Labeled non-metallic cladding may be installed by the distributor or in the field in accordance with the cladding manufacturer's listings and installation instructions.

· Labeled non-metallic claddings are not provided or installed by Fleming. · Non-metallic claddings are not available for fire-rated sidelight or window frames. 509. Non-labeled facings, claddings, finishes (wood veneers, plastic, paper or fabric), protective plates, stone or plant-ons

are not permitted. 510. Unless ordered otherwise base fire door frame and transom frame profile requirements with non-metallic claddings are

as per Page 46, Item 361 and Table 22, Page 47. Hospital profiles and sanitary bases are not available. 511. Anchorage for both metallic and non-metallic clad frames and transom frames - See Page 44, Items 345-353, Page 45,

Items 354-357, Page 46, Items 358 and 359. 512. Base frames and transom frames for non-metallic clad construction are included in the IPLP. 513. Non-metallic clad construction frames and transom frames are intended for use with all Fleming labeled doors except

BR, F5, HS-Series, Acoustic, Hurricane-Resistant and TRR fire doors.

Lead-Lined Fire Door Frames 514. All Standard and Stainless Steel construction fire door frames are available with factory installed lead-lining. · Lead-lining is secured to the inside of the frame profile from the stop/soffit intersection to the end of the return on

the door side only. · Frame lead-lining may also be installed by others as part of the wall construction. The lead-lining provided in the

partition is extended into the frame profile and secured to the inside of the soffit as shown below. · Lead-lined fire door frames are profile-welded. · Lead-lining thickness or weight must be specified. Available lead-linings are; · 1/32" / 2 psf (0.8 mm / 9.8 kg/m2) · 3/64" / 3 psf (1.2 mm / 14.6 kg/m2) · 1/16" / 4 psf (1.6 mm / 19.5 kg/m2) 515. Lead-lined hardware is required. For all other hardware and preparations see Pages 69 to 73, Items 628-636, 642-644,

645-651, 653-657, 659, 660-664, 669-671, 674-676, 678, 679, 684-693, 694, 695 and 697-701. 516. Lead-lined fire door frames must be prepared for 4-1/2" (114) heavy weight hinges minimum. 517. Profile requirements - See Pages 46, Item 361, Page 47, Item 366 and Table 22.

Items 500-517




518. Anchorage - See Pages 44, Items 345-353, Page 45, Items 354-357, Page 46, Items to 358 and 359. 519. Lead-lined fire door frame construction is included in the Fleming In-Plant Labeling Program (IPLP). 520. For use with Fleming Lead-lined construction D-Series fire doors only (Page 30, Items 229 to 238). Lead-lined fire-

rated transom, sidelight or window frames are not available.

Acoustic Fire Door Frames 521. All fire-rated acoustic assemblies are independently tested and certified to; · ASTM E90, E413, E1332 and E2235 as fully operable assemblies and · Comply with ANSI/NAAMM HMMA 865, SDI 128 and CSDMA-08 34 73. 522. Acoustic fire door frames are profile-welded. 523. Profile requirements are as shown in Item 361, Page 46 and Table 22, Page 47, except as noted in Items 524 and 525

and Table 25 below. 524. Double rabbet, masonry profile is standard. Drywall and plaster return profiles and 4-sided frames with cased-open sills

are optionally available. 525. Double rabbet hospital profiles are permitted only when door rabbet (B) and/or door stop (E) mounted gaskets are

required. Sanitary bases are not available on acoustic fire door frames.

Table 25 - Acoustic Frame Profiles

Description Minimum Maximum

Jamb Depth (A) Single Rabbet 4-1/8" (104.8)

14" (356)

Notes (I) : Face Width (F) + Shadow-Line Face

(K) may not exceed 2" (50) for jambs (II) : Face Width (F) + Shadow-Line Face

(K) may not exceed 4" (100) for heads (III) : Without Shadow-Line Face (K)

Double Rabbet

≤ STC 46 4-3/4" (121)> STC 46 5-3/4" (146)

Face Width (F) Jambs

2" (50) (III) 2" (50)

Heads 4" (100)

Shadow-Line Face (K)

Jambs (I) 1/4" (6.4) 1/2" (12.7)

Heads (II)

526. Fire door frames must be installed in accordance with the instructions provided. · For wall and floor anchorage unless indicated otherwise; See Page 44, Items 345-353, Page 45, Items 354-357 and

Page 46, Item 358. · Loose masonry wall anchors (wire or T-strap) and welded EWA guides and preparations are permitted in all fire-

rated acoustic frames. · Welded SSA (steel stud anchors) and WSA (wood stud anchors) are permitted in 1/3, 3/4, 1 and 1-1/2 hour single

frames up to STC 46 and pairs to STC 45. · Acoustic fire door frames may be installed wrapping or butting unit masonry or concrete partitions but must wrap all

stud partitions by 1/2" (12.7) minimum. · Butt applications in stud partitions as detailed in Item 359, Page 46 are not permitted. 527. To achieve the acoustic performance specified, jambs and heads of frames rated at; · STC 40 or higher must be; · Grout filled as unit masonry is laid and caulked at the frame / wall intersection or · Grout filled prior to frame installation in the partition when EWA anchorage is provided with clearance gaps

between partition and frame filled with 12 pcf (190 kg/m3) density fiberglass insulation and caulked at the frame / wall intersection.

· From STC 36 to 39 in wood or steel stud partitions, prior to installation of fire door frames; · The throat must be filled with a minimum of 1" (25) thick grout, · The void between the grout and stud must be filled with 12 pcf (190 kg/m3) density fiberglass insulation and · The frame return/wall intersection must be caulked. · All grout, fiberglass insulation and caulking are provided and installed by others on site. Grout must be fully cured

prior to installation of any gypsum or absorptive wall finishes. See Item 348, Page 44 for additional information. · STC 35 or less do not require grout or fiberglass insulation. 528. Fire door frames are prepared for 4-1/2" (114) standard weight (0.134" (3.4)) hinges. 4-1/2" (114) heavy weight (0.180"

(4.6)), 5" (127) hinges, off-set pivots, continuous or cam lift hinges are optionally available for specific assemblies. 529. Fire door frames must be prepared for the strike provided with the labeled self-latching device. · Single fire door frames are prepared for ASA (4-7/8" x 1-1/4" (124 x 32)) lipped strikes per ANSI/BHMA A156.115 or

reinforced for surface strike for rim fire exit hardware. · Paired fire door frame heads up to STC 41 are prepared for flush bolt strike at inactive leaf. · Paired fire door frames greater than STC 41 may be prepared for surface or flush bolts. · Paired fire door frames may also be prepared for surface vertical rod fire exit device strikes. 530. Fire door frame head at each leaf is reinforced for listed surface mounted self-closing devices unless spring hinges are

specified. 531. Acoustic fire door frames may be pre-wired with ElectroLynx connectors (or approved conduit and pull wire) for

electrified hardware. 532. Frame gaskets and thresholds vary by acoustic rating. · Refer to Fleming's Whisper Core product data sheets for detailed requirements. · Gaskets and thresholds are shipped loose with the acoustic fire doors for installation on site by others. · Thresholds (where required) are ADA compliant. See Item 253, Page 30 for additional information. · STC 32 to 35 non-lighted, single fire door assemblies may; · Be provided without thresholds when door is provided with mortised automatic door bottom. Floor surface below

door must be flat and solid. · Utilize flat marble thresholds, 1/2" (12.7) maximum thickness, provided and installed by others. · Substitutions of other doors, gasketing systems or thresholds will void the STC rating as unit is tested as an assembly.

Items 518-532







http://www.csdma.org/english/content/CSDMA-2006-08_34_73-Sound_Specifications-July17-09.pdf




533. STC assembly certification labels are factory applied to the active door leaf. · The label covers the entire assembly's performance as supplied; fire doors, fire door frame, glazing and trim, door

bottoms, gaskets and threshold. See Page 31 for Fleming STC label. · UL or WHI/ITS fire labels are applied to each fire door leaf and fire door frame. · Fire-rated frame gaskets are provided with labels by their respective manufacturer. 534. Acoustic fire door frame construction is not included in the Fleming In-Plant Labeling Program (IPLP). 535. Fleming acoustic fire door frames are intended for use with Fleming fire-rated singles and pairs of flush or glazed

Acoustic construction doors up to STC 52 (Page 30, Items 239-253 and Page 31, Items 254 to 262). Double Egress, Contra-Swing, Multi-Opening, transom or sidelight Acoustic construction fire door frames and horizontal or vertical hollow metal removable mullions are not available.

Detention Security Fire Door Frames 536. Assembly meets ANSI/NAAMM HMMA 863-98, Grades 3 and 4 static load, impact load, rack and removable glazing

stop test requirements and 12 gage frames are also UL 752 SPSA, Level 3 (.44 Magnum revolver) Bullet-Resistant. 537. Detention security fire door frames are masonry profile, double rabbet, profile-welded. 538. Profile requirements are as shown in Item 361, Page 46 and Table 22, Page 47, except as noted in Table 26 and Item

539 below.

Table 26 - Detention Security Frame Profiles

Description Minimum MaximumJamb Depth (A) 4-5/8" (117.5) 13-7/8" (352.4)Door Rabbet (B) 2-3/16" (55.6) 2-3/16" (55.6) Stop Height (E) 3/4" (19) NoneFace Width (F) 2" (50) 4" (100)

539. Shadow-line or hospital profiles are not available. 540. Captive masonry bridge and strap or existing wall anchors are required. Detention security fire door frames are not

permitted in drywall partitions. Wall and floor anchorage - See Pages 44, Items 345-353 and Page 45, Items 354 and 355. 541. Fire door frame must be prepared for 4-1/2" (114) heavy weight hinges minimum. 542. Fire door frames must be prepared for UL labeled mortised, pocket or jamb mounted detention grade self-latching

devices or strikes. See Pages 69 to 73, Items 628-632, 634-636, 642-644, 645-648, 654-657, 659, 679, 684-690, 693, 694 and 699-701 for all other hardware information.

543. Detention security certification labels are factory applied to the door leaf. · The label covers the entire assembly's performance as supplied; fire doors, fire door frame, glazing and trim. · UL or WHI/ITS fire labels are applied to each fire door leaf and fire door frame. 544. Detention security fire door frame construction is not included in the Fleming In-Plant Labeling Program (IPLP). 545. For use with HS-Series (Detention Security) fire doors only (Page 31, Items 263 to 271).

Bullet-Resistant (BR-Series) Fire Door Frames 546. UL certified to UL 752 for Super Power Small Arms (SPSA) ratings as shown in Table 13, Page 31. 547. Available in single, face-welded fire door frame applications only. 548. Face widths (F); · 2" (50) minimum · 4" (100) maximum 549. For all other profile requirements see Page 46, Item 361 and Page 47, Table 22. Bullet-Resistant fire door frames are

not available with sanitary bases, cased-open, shadow-line (J and K) or hospital profiles. 550. Fire door frame internally reinforced on 'threat side' only. For 'pull-side' threat, unless frame is fully grouted, full door

side face bullet-resistant reinforcing provided. For 'push-side' threat, bullet-resistant reinforcing required for; · Single rabbet; full opposite face, · Double rabbet; full opposite face and stop side. 551. Available with welded-in anchorage to suit cast-in place concrete, new or existing unit masonry partitions only. See

Pages 44, Items 345-353 and Page 45, Items 354 and 355 for detailed information. 552. Bullet-resistant fire door frames up to 36" x 84" (900 x 2150) must be prepared for 4-1/2" (114) heavy weight hinges

minimum, 5" (127) extra heavy over 36" x 84" (900 x 2150). Continuous, labeled, full surface, steel or stainless steel, geared hinges are permitted.

553. Only ASA strikes are permitted for cylindrical lock, mortise lock and mortise fire exit devices. Surface mounted jamb soffit strike is required for rim fire exit device. All other hardware and preparation; see Pages 69 to 73, Items 628-632, 634-636, 642-644, 645, 646, 649, 653-657, 659, 664, 670, 679, 684-690, 694, 695 and 699-701.

554. Bullet-resistant fire door frames are not included in the Fleming In-Plant Labeling Program (IPLP). 555. Labeled bullet-resistant frames are for use only with Fleming Bullet-Resistant construction labeled doors (Page 31,

Items 272-277 and Page 32, Items 278 to 280). Bullet-resistant fire-rated transom, sidelight and window frames are not available.

Hurricane-Resistant Fire Door Frames and Transom Frames 556. Fleming's Hurricane-Resistant construction UL or WHI fire door frames and transom frames are; · Tested, certified and UL labeled for hurricane-resistance under category ZHDL - Swinging Exterior Door Frames as

components for hurricane-resistance rated assemblies to each of the test standards on Page 7, Item 29 and · Florida Building Commission (FBC) approved under FL14237 for state-wide approval to the 2014 Florida Building

Code with UL as the FBC approved Testing, Validation, Certification and Inspection entity.

Items 533-556

http://database.ul.com/cgi-bin/XYV/template/LISEXT/1FRAME/showpage.html?name=ZHDL.R8931&ccnshorttitle=Door+Frames&objid=1077127059&cfgid=1073741824&version=versionless&parent_id=1076906998&sequence=1






557. Hurricane-Resistant construction frames and transom frames are tested for specific combinations of orientation, design load, size, wall type, hinging and latching hardware. Table 27 on Page 60 refines the information presented in Tables 18 (Page 39), 19 (Pages 40 & 41) and 20 (Pages 42 & 43) for each specific configuration available.

558. All Hurricane-Resistant construction frames and transom frames are large missile impact rated for 350 ft-lbs (475 nm) force.

Table 27 - Hurricane-Resistant Fire-Rated Frame and Transom Frame Limitations (B,C) O

rient

atio

n

Fra

me

Pro

duct

Max. Design Load (psf)

Max

imum

Fire

-Rat

ing

(Hou

rs)

(D)

Singles Pairs

Max. Frame Rabbet Size:

Width x Height (Door +

Horizontal Mullion + Transom Height(A))

Latching Hardware Preparations Frame Strike : Door

Max. Frame Rabbet Size:

Width x Height (Door +

Horizontal Mullion + Transom Height (A))

Latching Hardware PreparationsFrame Head Strike :

Active Leaf : Inactive Leaf

AS

A :

CY

L

SM

LAS

A :

CY

L

UN

L : C

YL

AS

A :

ML

MU

NL

: ML

SM

LAS

A +

SM

LAS

A :

ICL

RE

H :

RIM

AS

A :

ME

H

MH

S :

VR

H

MH

S :

CY

L : A

SA

x S

B

MH

S :

CY

L : A

SA

x F

B

MH

S :

ML

: AS

A x

SB

MH

S :

ML

: AS

A x

FB

HR

: R

EH

: R

EH

x

Rem

HM

Mul

lion(D

) H

R :

RE

H :

RE

H x

R

em H

ardw

are

Mul

lion

MH

S :

VR

N :

VR

H

Out

-Sw

ing

3-S

ided

Fra

mes

+/- 50 3

36" x 84" √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ 72" x 84" √ √ √ √ √ √ √48" x 84" √ - - √ - - √ - √ 96" x 84" √ - √ - √ √ √36" x 96" - - - √ - - √ - √ 72" x 96" - - √ - - √ √48" x 96" - - - √ - - √ - √ 96" x 96" - - √ - - √ √

+/- 60 3

36" x 84" √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ 72" x 84" √ √ √ √ √ √ √48" x 84" √ - - √ - - √ - √ 96" x 84" √ - √ - √ √ √36" x 96" - - - √ - - √ - √ 72" x 96" - - √ - - √ √48" x 96" - - - √ - - √ - √ 96" x 96" - - √ - - √ √

+/- 65 3

36" x 84" √ - - √ - √ √ - √ 72" x 84" √ - √ √ √ √ √48" x 84" √ - - √ - - √ - √ 96" x 84" √ - √ - √ √ √36" x 96" - - - √ - - √ - √ 72" x 96" - - √ - - √ √48" x 96" - - - √ - - √ - √ 96" x 96" - - √ - - √ √

+/- 70 3

36" x 84" √ - - √ - √ √ - √ 72" x 84" - - √ √ - √ √48" x 84" - - - √ - - √ - √ 96" x 84" - - √ - - √ √36" x 96" - - - √ - - √ - √ 72" x 96" - - √ - - √ √48" x 96" - - - √ - - √ - √ 96" x 96" - - √ - - √ √

Tra

nsom

F

ram

es

+/- 50 3 36" x 84" (122" Ht) √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ 72" x 84" (120" Ht) √ √ √ √ - √ √36" x 96" (120" Ht) - - - √ - - √ - √ 72" x 96" (120" Ht) - - √ - - √ √

+/- 60 3 36" x 84" (122" Ht) √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ 72" x 84" (120" Ht) √ √ √ √ - √ √36" x 96" (120" Ht) - - - √ - - √ - √ 72" x 96" (120" Ht) - - √ - - √ √

In-S

win

g

3-S

ided

F

ram

es +/- 50 3 36" x 84" √ √ - √ - √ - - - 72" x 84" - - - √ - - -

+/- 60 3 36" x 84" √ √ - √ - √ - - - 72" x 84" - - - √ - - -+/- 65 3 36" x 84" √ √ - √ - √ - - - 72" x 84" - - - √ - - -+/- 70 3 36" x 84" √ √ - √ - √ - - - 72" x 84" - - - √ - - -

Tra

nsom

F

ram

es

+/- 50 3 36" x 84" (122" Ht) √ √ - √ - √ - - - Not Available - - - - - - -

+/- 60 3 36" x 84" (122" Ht) √ √ - √ - √ - - - Not Available - - - - - - -

Notes (A) : Dimension is to under-side of

head (B) : Glazed transoms, sidelights or

windows are not eligible for fire rating

(C) : Only 1-3/4" thick HM transom panels are permitted. Horizontal mullions in transom frames must be welded and in paired applications provided with factory installed reinforcing channels. See Item 567 for additional information

(D) : Frame product with removable vertical hollow metal mullions are limited to 1-1/2 hour fire-rating.

Frame Strike Prep Legend ASA : 4-7/8" x 1-1/4" lipped strike HR : Head reinforcing for removable mullion MHS : Mortise head strike for surface or flush

bolt or VRH MUNL : 4-7/8" x 1-1/4" electromechanical strike

for mortise lock RIM : Surface strike for rim exit hardware SMLASA : 2-3/4" x 1-1/8" lipped strike UNL : 4-7/8" x 1-1/4" electromechanical strike

for cylindrical lock

Latching Hardware Legend CYL : Cylindrical lock or latch FB : Flush bolt (top and bottom)ICL : Interconnected lock or latchMEH : Mortise exit hardware ML : Mortise lock or latch REH : Rim exit hardware SB : Surface bolt (top & bottom)VRH : Vertical rod exit hardware

559. Hurricane-resistant fire-rated frame product is available in the following Assembly Methods. See Page 48, Items 376 and 377 and Page 49, Items 378 and 379 for additional information when A40 or G90 are specified, Page 52, Items 444 and 445 for stainless steel.

· Frames - KD standard with tack-welded (TW), face-welded (FW) or profile-welded (PW) optionally available, · Frames with vertical behind doors removable hollow metal mullions - face-welded (FW) standard with profile-

welded (PW) optionally available, · Transom frames - face-welded (FW) standard with profile-welded (PW) optionally available. 560. Jambs and heads at partition, wall anchor screw or lag bolt heads and interior of intersecting un-welded profiles must

be sealed with caulk by others, on site, during installation. 561. Table 28 on Page 61 applies to all Hurricane-Resistant fire-rated frame product component profiles. See Item 361,

Page 46 and Page 47, Table 22 for illustrations of profile terminology and the Fleming Technical Manual for standard frame profile information.

562. Stainless steel is optionally available. See Item 341, Page 43 for material specifications.

Items 557-562


563. Sloped or curved components (as viewed in elevation) not immediately surrounding an opening for Hurricane-Resistant fire doors are available in UL labeled transom frames.

564. Hurricane-Resistant construction frame product are not available with removable horizontal hollow metal mullions, removable vertical between doors hollow metal mullions, cased-open profile or sanitary bases.

Table 28 - Fleming Hurricane-Resistant Fire-Rated Frame Product Profile Requirements

Description Fleming Standard Minimum Maximum

Jamb Depth (A) Varies

See Technical Manual

4-3/4" 14"

Door Rabbet (B) 1-15/16" 1-15/16" 1-15/16"

Soffit (C) Varies withJamb Depth 1" None

Opposite Rabbet (D) Single Rabbet Not Applicable Not Applicable Not ApplicableDouble Rabbet 1-9/16" 1/2" 11-1/16"

Stop Height (E) 5/8" 5/8" None

Face Width (F) Jambs & Mullions 2" 1-3/4" 2" Heads 4"

Return (G)

5-3/4" Jamb DepthMasonry Profile 7/16"

1/4" 3/4" All Other JambDepths & Profiles 1/2"

2nd (Drywall) Return (H) 1/2"1/4" 3/4" Shadow-Line Return (J) Not Applicable Shadow-Line Face (K)

565. Wall anchorage must be in accordance Table 29 below. Table 29 - Fleming Hurricane-Resistant Fire-Rated Frame Product Anchor Requirements

Wall Type (Application)

Product Size Limitations

Max. Fire

Rating(Hours)

Anchor Type (E)

Anchor Locations (Maximum) Quantity of

Anchors per Jamb (B,D)

From Top & Bottomof Jamb

Head Prep

Anchor Fasteners (G)

New Unit Masonry (Butt or Wrap)

Frames All 3

Bridge & Strap

3 16" - - 1-1/2

T-Strap or Wire

Transom Frames

Single ≤ 84" Ht Door 3

Bridge & Strap

≤ 96" Ht: 3> 96" Ht: 4

16" - -

> 84" Ht Door 3

Bridge & Strap

≤ 96" Ht: 5≤ 114" Ht: 6> 114" Ht: 7

16" EWA or

WSS (A,C,E)

3/8" Dia. x 6" Steel Expansion Shell Anchors and Bolts (F) Pair All

Existing Unit

Masonry or Concrete

(Butt)

Frames All 3 EWA ≤ 84" Ht: 4> 84" Ht: 5

6" - 3/8" Dia. x 6"

Steel Expansion Shell Anchors and Bolts (F)

Transom Frames

Single ≤ 84" Ht Door 3 EWA 5 6" -

3/8" Dia. x 6" Steel Expansion Shell Anchors and Bolts (F)

> 84" Ht Door 3 EWA

≤ 96" Ht: 5> 96" Ht: 6

12" EWA or

WSS (A,C,E)

EWA : 3/8" Dia. x 6" Steel Expansion Shell Anchors and Bolts (F) Pair All

Wood Stud (Wrap)

Frames All 3 1 or 2-Pc CSA or WSA

≤ 84" Ht: 4> 84" Ht: 5

6" - (4) #8 x 1" Wood

Screws per Anchor

Transom Frames

Single ≤ 84" Ht Door 3

1 or 2-Pc CSA

or EWA

≤ 96" Ht: 4> 96" Ht: 5

6" -

CSA : (4) #8 x 1" Wood Screws per Anchor orEWA : 3/8" Dia. X 6"

Steel Lag Bolts (F) > 84" Ht Door

3 EWA ≤ 96" Ht: 5> 96" Ht: 6

12" EWA (A) 3/8" Dia. x 6"

Steel Lag Bolts (F) Pair All

Steel Stud (Wrap)

Frames All 3 1 or 2-Pc

CSA or Z

≤ 84" Ht: 4> 84" Ht: 5

6" - #8 x 1" Drywall ScrewsCSA : (4) per Anchor

Z : (2) per Anchor

Transom Frames

Single ≤ 84" Ht Door 3 1 or 2-Pc

CSA or Z

≤ 96" Ht: 4> 96" Ht: 5

6" - #8 x 1" Drywall ScrewsCSA : (4) per Anchor

Z : (2) per Anchor Pair Not Available - - - - - -

Existing Structural

Steel (Butt)

Frames All 3 WSS (C) 4 5" - -

Transom Frames

Single ≤ 84" Ht Door 3 WSS (C) 5 6" - - > 84" Ht Door

3 WSS (C) ≤ 96" Ht: 5> 96" Ht: 6

12" WSS (A,C,E) - Pair All

Notes (A) : Anchors located 2" from each jamb/head intersection and at

center of door or transom opening width (B) : Frame height dimension is to underside of head (C) : WSS - Welded steel shims; 2" x jamb depth + 1-1/4" x 12 gage.

Factory welded to jamb or head. Site welded to steel structure by others at time of installation

(D) : Wall anchors are spaced equally between top and bottom locations indicated.

(E) : Wire and T-Strap type masonry anchors are shipped loose for installation on site. Bridge and Strap, EWA, 1 and 2-Piece CSA, Z and WSS anchors are factory welded to jamb or head.

(F) : 2-1/2" minimum engagement (G) : Fasteners are supplied and installed by others

Items 563-565


566. Floor anchors are provided standard on all jambs and mullions. When prepared for EWA guides jamb floor anchors are not required and may be omitted.

567. Hurricane-resistant fire-rated transom openings may be provided only with 1-3/4" thick panels. · Honeycomb (HC) core standard with polystyrene (PS), polyisocyanurate (PI), TRR or welded vertical steel stiffeners

with fiberglass (VS) optionally available. · 18 gage face sheets standard with 14 or 16 gage optionally available. · Panels must be factory welded into transom opening at 3" from each corner, 12" on center maximum and sealed at

interior and exterior with caulking. · Transom panel construction may be open-edged (hemmed or un-hemmed) or closed edged (with channel, butted

pans, pan-in-pan or lock-seam). 568. All hardware used on Fleming Hurricane-Resistant construction fire door frames and transom frames must be UL or

WHI listed and labeled for fire-protection. · Hardware must also be tested and certified as a component for use on hurricane-resistant hollow metal frame

product to the appropriate standards in Item 29, Page 7. · Refer to Pages 69 to 73, Items 628-640, 642-644, 645-651, 653-657, 659, 660, 661, 663-667, 669-676, 678, 684-

690, 692, 693, 694, 695, 697 and 698-701 for detailed information on hardware requirements. 569. Each hinge jamb must be prepared for approved 4-1/2" x 4" (minimum) or continuous hinges or pivots. Hinges and

pivots in Hurricane-Resistant construction fire-rated frame product must comply with Items 642 to 644, Page 69 and Items 645 to 649, Page 70.

570. Non-standard or additional reinforcings may be required for specific latching devices, sizes and design load configurations. Contact Customer Service, Woodbridge for details.

571. Single frames and transom frames with doors up to 36" x 84" and 60 psf design load may be prepared for door position switches, power transfer units or electric strikes, factory or IPLP distributor pre-wired with ElectroLynx or approved conduit with pull wire.

572. Each fire door opening must be reinforced for a separate fire-rated self-closing device for each leaf except as noted in Item 688, Page 72.

· Only surface applied closers or spring hinges are permitted. · Self-closing devices are not required to be hurricane-resistance rated. 573. The following UL fire-rated weather strip, gaskets and thresholds are permitted on all Hurricane-Resistant construction

frames and transom frames. · Weather strip, gaskets and thresholds are not provided or installed by Fleming. · Thresholds marked '*' are also ADA compliant; · Perimeter gasketing; Pemko S88, 305, 315 or NGP 130, 160, 5050 · Thresholds; Pemko 154*, 177, 181, 229, 2001, 2005* or NGP 803, 804, 896*, 950, 8135 · Meeting stile astragals for pairs; Pemko 375 574. TAS 202 (air and water infiltration) compliance in Florida's HVHZ requires the following UL fire-rated products; · Perimeter gasketing; Pemko 315 or NGP 130 · Thresholds; Pemko 2001 or NGP 950* · Meeting stile astragal for pairs; Pemko 375. 575. Each Fleming Hurricane-Resistant construction fire-rated frame product bears two (2) separate labels; one for fire-

rating and the other for hurricane-resistance, factory applied adjacent to each other. · Fleming's UL and WHI fire-rated frame product labels are illustrated on Page 68 and the Fleming UL hurricane-

resistance frame label is shown below. · Design Load Rating required for each frame or transom frame is stamped onto the label at the factory.

Fleming UL Hurricane-Resistant Frame Product Label

576. Hurricane-Resistant construction fire-rated assemblies must be installed in accordance with their individual listings, installation instructions and NFPA 80.

· The rating of a hurricane-resistant fire-rated assembly is determined by the lowest rating of its components. · If a required component is omitted, not labeled, not installed in accordance with its listing or the NFPA 80

requirements, it renders the entire assembly as non-rated. 577. Hurricane-Resistant construction fire-rated frame products are not included in Fleming's distributor IPLP. 578. See FBC Approval FL14237 or contact Customer Service for additional products when fire-rating is not required. 579. Hurricane-Resistant construction fire-rated frame products are intended for use with UL Fleming's Hurricane-Resistant

construction fire doors only (Pages 32, 33 and 34, Items 281 to 304). Glazed hurricane-resistant transom frames and sidelight or window frames are not eligible for fire-rating.

Tornado-Resistant (F5-Series) Fire Door Frames 580. Fleming's F5-Series Tornado-Resistant construction UL fire door assemblies are tested, certified and factory UL labeled

for tornado-resistance under category ZHLA - Windstorm-Rated Assemblies to the standards referenced on Page 8, Item 34.

581. F5-Series frames are available as KD or face-welded (FW) assembly methods. 582. Available in double rabbet, masonry profile only. 583. G90 (Z275) is not available.

EXTERIOR DOOR FRAME, TRANSOM, SIDELIGHT OR WINDOW FRAME

IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANSI A250.13 WINDSTORM RESISTANCE

IMPACT RATING : 350 FT-LBS DESIGN LOAD RATING : PSF

PRODUCT CONFORMS TO ASTM E330 / E1886 / E1996 PA-201, PA-202, PA-203, TAS-201, TAS-202, TAS-203


15RE

13

SF

M

Items 566-583








584. Jamb depths (A); · FEMA 320; 4-3/4" (121) minimum, 14-1/2" (368) maximum · FEMA 320/361 and 361; 5-3/4" (146) minimum, 14-1/2" (368) maximum 585. Stop height (E); 5/8" (16) only 586. Face widths (F); · Jambs; 2" (50) only · Heads; 2" (50) or 4" (100) only 587. FEMA 320/361 frames optionally available as 4-sided. 588. Tornado-resistant fire door frames must be installed in accordance with the instructions provided. · FEMA 320; · Masonry T-Strap, Wood Stud Anchors (WSA) or Strap and Channel type Existing Wall Anchors (EWA) are

permitted, · 5 wall anchors per jamb and 3 EWA anchors per head. · FEMA 320/361 and 361; · Masonry T-Strap, Wire Anchors or Strap and Channel type Existing Wall Anchors (EWA) are required, · 6 wall anchors per jamb, 3 EWA anchors per single head and 6 EWA anchors for paired heads. · Wall anchors are located 6" (150) from top and bottom of frame and intermediate anchors equally spaced between. · Head anchors are located 6" (150) from jamb/head intersection and intermediate anchors equally spaced between. 589. Each assembly is limited to specific combinations of door(s), frame, latching, hinging and closing hardware for specific

sizes and orientations. Tables 18 (Page 39), 19 (Pages 40 & 41) and 20 (Pages 42 & 43) provide the largest frame rabbet sizes available. Table 16 on Page 34 details the specifics of each latching combination available. F5-Series frames must be prepared for the strikes provided with the latching hardware indicated. See Items 590 and 591 for hinge and closer options.

590. All Fleming F5-Series assemblies may utilize the following hinges; · McKinney SP3386 and SP3786, 4-1/2" heavy weight steel hinges, · McKinney 4-1/2" heavy weight stainless steel hinges or · McKinney MCK-HG-305 or Markar HG-305 stainless steel continuous hinges. 591. Each leaf of a Fleming F5-Series fire-rated assembly must use one of the following surface mounted closers; · Corbin-Russwin DC8000 · Norton 7500 · Sargent 281 or · Yale 4400 592. Substitutions for latching, hinging or closing devices are not permitted. Any additional hardware preparations must be

factory approved prior to ordering. 593. Hardware requirements and preparations must also comply with Pages 69 to 73, Items 628-636, 641-644, 645-649,

653-657, 659, 660, 661, 663-666, 669-672, 674, 675, 678, 679, 685-689, 694-696 and 698-701. 594. Each Fleming Tornado-Resistant construction fire door frame bears two (2) separate labels; one for fire-rating and the

other for tornado-resistance, factory applied adjacent to each other. Fleming's UL fire door frame labels are illustrated on Page 68 and the UL tornado-resistant frame label is shown below. Test Pressure and Design Pressure ratings required for each frame are printed on the label at factory. See Table 16, Page 34 for specific ratings.

UL Tornado-Resistant Frame Label

595. Fleming F5-Series assemblies are not included in the In-Plant Labeling Program (IPLP). 596. For use with Fleming's F5-Series fire doors only (Page 34, Items 305 to 316). Tornado-resistant fire-rated transom,

sidelight and window frames are not available.

Other Restrictions and Requirements 597. Only rectangular fire door openings are permitted in Fleming labeled frame product. 598. Fire doors may not be hinged off fire-rated removable mullions. 599. Hollow metal fire-rated removable mullions, between or behind fire door applications, are not available in 2 or 3 hour

frame product. 600. Non-labeled facings; claddings, finishes (wood veneers, plastics, paper or fabric), protective plates, stone or plant-ons

are not permitted. Refer to Page 57, Items 503 to 513 for details of metallic and labeled non-metallic claddings permitted.

601. Fleming Therma-Frame, Trimwall and Replacement (R-Series) frame products are not eligible for labeling. 602. Knocked-Down (KD) or Knocked-Down Drywall (KD-DW) fire-rated transom, sidelight and window frames are not

available. 603. Sloped and curved components (as viewed in elevation) not immediately surrounding openings for fire doors are not

permitted in WHI labeled fire door transoms, sidelights and windows. 604. Double acting fire door assemblies are not permitted. 605. The use of Fleming BR, CW, F5, H, HS or MH-Series and acoustic or hurricane-resistance rated fire doors are not

recommended in Fleming DW or EXP-Series fire door frames.

StormPro Frame for use in Windstorm-Rated Assembly

In Accordance with FEMA 361, 320 and ICC 500-2008

Use with StormPro Door & ICC 500-2008 Listed Hardware

Test Pressure: ± xxx psf & Design Pressure: ± xxx psf

Impact - 15 lb 2 X 4 @ 100 mph

Items 584-605




606. Fire-rated transom, sidelight and window frames are not permitted in openings requiring a temperature rise rating (TRR).

607. Fire door assemblies are tested only for installation vertically and are therefore not permitted in floors or ceilings (horizontal applications) [16].

608. Fleming fire door assemblies are not designed or permitted by code as load bearing elements. Structural support from over head wall loads must be provided independently as part of the wall system as per NFPA 80 [65,88,103,106].

609. Fire door frame product may not be anchored to an adjacent frame product, glazed block assembly, wall grille, diffuser or louver.

Table 30 - Labeled Glazing Materials and Panels for Use in Fleming Transoms, Sidelights and Windows The following Table summarizes the maximum exposed widths, heights and areas of commonly specified labeled glazing materials and panels permitted in Fleming's fire labeled transom, sidelight and window frames. The information presented was current at time of publication. Readers are advised to consult ULI's, ULC's "Fire Resistance Directory" or WHI's "Directory of Listed Products" for additional or up-dated information and other available glazing materials. This Table must be read in conjunction with Items 450 to 502, Pages 53, 54, 55, 56 and 57. In addition, see the next page or footnotes to this Table. Products are presented alphabetically based on "Product" and "Model or Description".

Materials Test Lab F

ire

Tes

t (B

) Rating and Maximum Individual Exposed Light Width x Height x Area(C)

Pro

duct

Manufacturer Model or Description, Glazing Compound(A) 2 & 3 Hr 1-1/2 Hr 1 Hr

1/3 Hr (WHS(D)) & 3/4 Hr

1/4"

(6

) G

eorg

ian

W

ired

Gla

ss (

GW

G)(E

)

Central Glass

- UL

WHI P N

- - - 54" (1370) 54" (1370)

1296 in2 (0.84 m2)

+ Intumescent UL WHI

P N

- - - 100" (2540) 100" (2540)

4608 in2 (2.97 m2)

1/4"

(6

) G

eorg

ian

Wire

d G

lass

(G

WG

) –

Film

ed(E

)

Glassopolis

Protect3 UL P N

- - -

54" (1370) 54" (1370)

1296 in2 (0.84 m2) 3/4" (19) Stop

Protect3 + Intumescent

UL P N

- - - 48" (1220) 96" (2440)

Anemostat

SAFE-Wire UL P N

- - - 54" (1370) 54" (1370)

1296 in2 (0.84 m2)

SAFE-Wire + Intumescent

UL P N

- - - 106" (2690) 106" (2690)

4704 in2 (3.03 m2)

Saftifirst SuperLite UL

WHI P N

- - - 100" (2540) 100" (2540)

4608 in2 (2.97 m2)

Technical

WireLite (H) UL P N

- - - 54" (1370) 54" (1370)

1296 in2 (0.84 m2)

WireLite (H) + Intumescent UL

P N

- - - 100" (2540) 100" (2540)

4608 in2 (2.97 m2)

Cer

amic

Gla

zing

Technical FireLite (H) UL P N

- 56-1/2" (1435) 56-1/2" (1435)

2627 in2 (1.69 m2)

95" (2415) 95" (2415)

3325 in2 (2.15 m2)

95" (2415) 95" (2415)

3325 in2 (2.15 m2)

Vetrotech-Saint Gobain Keralite (H) UL

P N

- 95-3/8" (2385)

95-9/16" (2390) 4500 in2 (2.90 m2)

95-3/8" (2385) 95-9/16" (2390)

4500 in2 (2.90 m2)

95-3/8" (2385) 95-9/16" (2390)

4500 in2 (2.90 m2)

Schott Pyran Platinum (H) UL P N

- 76" (1930) 76" (1930)

3422 in2 (2.21 m2)

76" (1930) 76" (1930)

3422 in2 (2.21 m2)

76" (1930) 76" (1930)

3422 in2 (2.21 m2)

Lam

inat

ed F

loat

Gla

ss

Glassopolis Fireswiss (H) UL P N

- - - 96" (2440) 96" (2440)

4608 in2 (2.97 m2)

Pilkington/ Technical Pyrostop (H) UL

P N

- 111" (2775) 111" (2775)

3724 in2 (2.40 m2)

96" (2440) 96" (2440)

5605 in2 (3.62 m2)

95-1/4" (2420) 95-1/4" (2420)

4500 in2 (2.90 m2)

See next page for Notes Continued

Table 30Apr. 2016















Table 30 - Labeled Glazing Materials and Panels for Use in Fleming Transoms, Sidelights and Windows (Continued)

Materials

Lab Fire

T

est (

B) Rating and Maximum Individual Exposed Light Width x Height x Area(C)

Pro

duct

Manufacturer

Model or Description, Glazing Compound(A) 2 & 3 Hr 1-1/2 Hr 1 Hr

1/3 Hr (WHS(D)) & 3/4 Hr

Lam

inat

ed T

emp

ered

Vetrotech-Saint Gobain

Contraflam (H) UL P N

- 88-9/16" (2250) 88-9/16" (2250)

3174 in2 (2.05 m2)

94-13/16" (2410) 94-13/16" (2410) 4449 in2 (2.87 m2)

95-1/2" (2425) 95-1/2" (2425)

3419 in2 (2.21 m2)

Saftifirst SuperLite (H)

UL P N

- 126" (3200) 126" (3200)

4990 in2 (3.22 m2)

124-1/2" (3160) 124-1/2" (3160)

4952 in2 (3.19 m2)

70-1/2" (1790) 70-1/2" (1790)

2432 in2 (1.57 m2)

WHI P N

- - 124-1/4" (3155) 124-1/4" (3155)

4952 in2 (3.19 m2)

124-1/4" (3155) 124-1/4" (3155)

4952 in2 (3.19 m2)

Met

al P

anel

s

Fleming

1-3/4" (44) Panel (F) (Door Construction)

UL P N

120" x 48" (3050 x 1220) or 48" x 120" (1220 x 3050)

120" x 48" (3050 x 1220) or 48" x 120" (1220 x 3050)

120" x 48" (3050 x 1220) or 48" x 120" (1220 x 3050)

120" x 48" (3050 x 1220) or 48" x 120" (1220 x 3050)

WHI P N

96" x 48" (2440 x 1220) or 48" x 96"

(1220 x 2440)

96" x 48" (2440 x 1220) or 48" x 96"

(1220 x 2440)

96" x 48" (2440 x 1220) or 48" x 96"

(1220 x 2440)

96" x 48" (2440 x 1220) or 48" x 96"

(1220 x 2440)

3/8" (9.5) Cement Board with 20 Gage

Steel (G) Face Sheets

UL P N

96" (2440) 54" (1370)

3456 in2 (2.23 m2)

120" (3050) 48" (1220)

120" (3050) 48" (1220)

120" (3050) 48" (1220)

WHI P N

96" (2440) 54" (1370)

3456 in2 (2.23 m2)

96" (2440) 54" (1370)

3456 in2 (2.23 m2)

96" (2440) 54" (1370)

3456 in2 (2.23 m2)

96" (2440) 54" (1370)

3456 in2 (2.23 m2)

1/2" (13) Gypsum Wall Board with 20

Gage (F) Face Sheets

UL WHI

P N

- - - 54" (1370) 54" (1370)

1296 in2 (0.84 m2)

Notes (A) : Unless "+ Intumescent" is indicated closed-cell PVC, fiberfrax tape, pure silicone or DAP 33 may be used. Refer to individual glazing

manufacturer’s listings for specific materials required (B) : P - Positive pressure protocols for IBC compliance. N - Negative pressure protocols for NBCC compliance (C) : Each glazed opening must meet all 3 criteria; width, height and area. Area not shown when equal to the maximum width x height

permitted (D) : WHS - With Hose Stream; required for all frame product under both the NBCC and IBC. For 1/2 hour partitions the 2012 IBC permits 1/3

hour glazing materials with No Hose Stream (NHS) in doors, however frame product and its glazing materials are required to be 1/3 hourWith Hose Stream (WHS)[26]. For 1 hour corridor walls and smoke partitions the IBC permits doors and their glazing materials at 1/3 hourNHS but frame product and their glazing materials must be 3/4 hour WHS rated.

(E) : Double glazed with a 2nd pane of tempered glazing for 1/3 and 3/4 hour maximum applications. (F) : A40 (galvanneal) or G90 (galvanized) steel. (G) : A40 (galvanneal, G90 (galvanized) or Type 304 stainless steel. (H) : Glazing material available in multiple variations and/or thicknesses. Maximum sizes for each product family indicated. Refer to the

individual glazing manufacturer's listings for specific requirements.

Table 30




FLEMING FIRE AND SMOKE CONTROL LABELS

Code and Regulatory Requirements 610. The IBC and the Ontario Building Code require fire-rated door and frame products to be "labeled" (see Definition, Page

4) and the labels to comply with NFPA 80 [31,46,107,115,146,168]. 611. The NBCC does not require fire-rated product to be "labeled" however the NBCC acceptance criteria requirements are

based on testing to CAN/ULC-S104 and/or CAN/ULC-S106 [53]. Generally Canadian AHJ's utilize labels as their sole means of confirming code compliance.

612. NFPA 80, the IBC, UL and WHI require all fire door labels to identify the manufacturer, 3rd party certification agency, fire-protection rating and maximum TRR for the door to which they are affixed [32,54,153].

613. NFPA 80, the IBC, UL and WHI require all fire-rated frame product labels to identify the manufacturer and 3rd party certification agency [35,54,145,157]. The manufacturer may be identified by name, logo or a unique number.

614. Fire-rated products which meet the requirements for both the positive and neutral pressure fire test protocols and the fire test standards mandated in the IBC and NBCC must be labeled to signify such.

· To indicate compliance with the IBC positive pressure (UL10C or NFPA 252), US (legacy) neutral pressure (UL10B) and the NBCC (CAN/ULC-S104) requirements fire door and frame product labels must include "UL10C", a "cXXus" logo (XX replaced with UL or WHI), references to "Installation Instructions" and for door labels a reference to "Temp Rise Rating".

· An AHJ should not reject a label if it references multiple standards as long as it specifically indicates compliance with the standards mandated in the governing code for the project.

615. Fleming utilizes 3 types of fire labels; metal, mylar and embossed. · NFPA 80 specifically includes the statement, "Labels can be permitted to be of metal, paper or plastics or can be

permitted to be stamped or die cast into the item." [152] · Therefore all Fleming labels are in full compliance with all code requirements and should not be rejected by an AHJ

based on their 'material'. 616. Metal labels are provided standard on all factory labeled UL fire doors, frames, transom, sidelight and window

assemblies. The fire-protection rating is stamped or scribed onto metal UL labels by the approved labeling facility. Product labeled to a specific fire-protection rating also qualifies for all lower ratings.

617. Factory labeled WHI products are available only with mylar labels. Specific UL factory applied mylar labels are optionally available when specified. Mylar labels are pre-printed with all required information.

618. Embossed UL labels are stamped into the door rabbet of eligible jambs and mullions prepared for hinges. · Contact Customer Service, Woodbridge for additional information on the embossed label program. 619. Labels are required by UL, WHI and NFPA 80 to be readily visible and convenient for inspection after installation [71]. · Except as noted below they are applied on the door edge and one (1) jamb or mullion between the 2nd and 3rd hinge

preparations from the floor. · If continuous hinges are provided labels must be applied to; · The inside of the top end channel or top of steel top cap, at the hinge end on fire doors, · The hinge end of the head/transom mullion door rabbet on fire door frame product (Only 1 fire label is required

per fire door frame) and · For fire-rated window assemblies the label should be located on one jamb in the opposite rabbet for double

rabbet profile jambs or the soffit for single rabbet profiles at approximately eye level of the installed window. 620. In accordance with NFPA 80, UL and WHI policies and procedures, frame product labels which do not indicate a

specific fire-rating are [145]; · 3 hour maximum when provided with wall anchors for concrete, unit masonry or structural steel or · 1-1/2 hour maximum when provided with stud wall anchors. 621. Fire-rated frame products which exceed or do not comply with Item 620 are required to include the maximum hourly

fire-protection rating on the label. · This precludes the use of UL embossed fire door frame labels on products listed below. · Metal or mylar labels must be used. Included in this group are; · 2 and 3 hour fire door frames and transom frames provided with stud wall anchors, · Fire door frames and transom frames with vertical hollow metal removable mullions in unit masonry or concrete

partitions, · Transom frames with horizontal hollow metal removable mullions in unit masonry or concrete partitions, · Contra-Swing fire door frames in unit masonry or concrete partitions, · Multi-Opening fire door frames and transom frames in unit masonry or concrete partitions and · Fire-rated sidelight and window frames. 622. Each UL Fleming jamb and head provided as KD or KD-DW, all fire-rated hollow metal removable panels, hollow metal

removable mullions (vertical or horizontal) and each section of field spliced fire door frame product must bear a Fleming "Component for Field Assembled Listed Fire Door Frame" label, Part Number 3520970. These are applied by the labeling facility to the inside of each component.

623. Table 31, Page 67 and Table 32, Page 68 detail by Fleming Part Number, the appropriate fire label to be used for each product category, fire-protection and temperature rise rating, together with facsimiles of the UL and WHI fire door and frame labels.

624. Authorization to apply fire labels by the factory or approved IPLP distributors is granted under UL and/or WHI Certification/Listing Agreements and Licenses and their respective Follow-Up Service (FUS) or Factory Audit Manuals (FAM), also referred to as "Procedures".

· These detail the responsibilities of the factory and IPLP distributors and the requirements for labeling relating to the design, size and rating of eligible product.

Items 610-624








625. Codes, bylaws and other regulations may contain provisions or applications which contradict or do not meet the minimum requirements of the UL and/or WHI Procedures.

· In such cases the minimum requirements of the UL or WHI Procedures must be complied with for labels to be applied. · If a door or frame product is not eligible for fire-rating, a fire label cannot be applied. · However a factory issued Letter of Certification covering construction only may be provided. · Such Certifications are project and opening specific and will detail the reason(s) for ineligibility. · Acceptance of a Letter of Certification is at the sole discretion of the Authority Having Jurisdiction. · Contact Fleming Customer Service - Woodbridge, for further information. 626. For fire doors which also require smoke control the IBC mandates inclusion of the "S" symbol as evidence of

compliance with the smoke control requirements [34]. · For fire-rated smoke control openings all Fleming UL fire door labels incorporate this "S" designator. · For WHI fire-rated smoke control openings Fleming's supplemental labels, Part Numbers 3520730 or 3520750,

illustrated at the bottom of this page, must also be provided on fire doors adjacent to the WHI fire door label. · When non-fire rated, smoke control is required as outlined on Page 7, Items 24 to 26, Fleming's smoke control

label, Part Number 3520710 shown below can be applied to the door. · Although not mandatory IPLP distributors may apply any of these supplementary labels to frame product as well. · Smoke control is not mandated in the NBCC. 627. The field application of fire labels except under UL or WHI Special Field Inspection Programs is not permitted. See

Item 40, Page 8 for additional information.

Table 31 - Fleming Fire Door Label Part Numbers

Fire Protection

Rating

Temperature Rise Rating (D)

Fleming Label Part Number UL WHI

Mylar (B) Metal (A) Mylar2 or 3 Hour None

(Exceeds 450°F at 30 Minutes for IBC or

250°C at 30 Minutes for NBCC)

3520840 3520930 35203601 or

1-1/2 Hour 3520840 3520940 3520370

3/4 Hour 3520840 3520950 35203701/3 Hour 3520840 3520960 3520370

3 Hour 450°F at 30 Minutes & 250°C at 60 Minutes(E)

3520850(D) Label NotAvailable

Label NotAvailable

1-1/2 Hour 450°F at 30 Minutes

and 250°C at 30 or 60 Minutes(E) 3520850(D) Label Not

Available3520380

(C,D)

3/4 Hour 450°F at 30 Minutes & 250°C at 30 Minutes (E)

(A) : Required hourly rating stamped or scribed onto label by labeling facility. (B) : When positive pressure or positive pressure + smoke control certification are

required for WHI labeled fire doors Fleming's supplemental labels are appliedadjacent to the WHI fire door label. For UL10C positive pressure complianceonly use Pt # 3520720. For UL10C positive pressure + smoke control compliance use Pt. # 3520730.

(C) : When WHI positive pressure + temperature rise rating is specified Fleming'ssupplemental label, Pt # 3529740 is applied adjacent to the WHI fire doorlabel. For WHI positive pressure + TRR + smoke control Fleming's supplemental label, Pt # 3520750 is applied.

(D) : TRR labels are applied only at the factory. TRR not included in the IPLP. (E) : 250°C and 60 minute TRR's are for NBCC compliance only

S

Metal - Pt No 3520840 (A) SWINGING TYPE FIRE DOOR

FIRE RATING : HOUR ISSUE NUMBER : A-1010


PRODUCT CONFORMS TO UL10B, UL10C UBC 7-4 (1997) AND CAN4-S104

MIN. LATCH THROW: SINGLES - 1/2 IN. PAIRS - 3/4 IN. OR FIRE DOOR TO BE EQUIPPED WITH FIRE EXIT HARDWARE

TEMPERATURE RISE EXCEEDS 650ºF AT 30 MINUTES SEE INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

Metal - Pt No 3520850 (A,D,E)



SEE INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS Fleming Steel Doors & Frames R8930-52085 S

SWINGING TYPE FIRE DOOR FIRE RATING : HOUR

TEMP RISE: 250ºF AT 30 MIN. & 250ºC AT 60 MIN. ISSUE NUMBER : A-1010

Mylar - Pt No 3520930




SWINGING TYPE FIRE DOOR FIRE RATING : 3 HOUR

ISSUE NUMBER : A-1010

Fleming Steel Doors & Frames R8930-52093 S





SWINGING TYPE FIRE DOOR FIRE RATING : 1-1/2 HOUR




R8930-52095




SWINGING TYPE FIRE DOOR FIRE RATING : 3/4 HOUR


Fleming Steel Doors & Frames S





SWINGING TYPE FIRE DOOR FIRE RATING : 1/3 HOUR



Mylar - Pt No 3520720 (B) SUPPLEMENTAL LABEL

PRODUCT ALSO CONFORMS TO

UBC 7-2(1997) AND UL10C TEMP RISE EXCEEDS 650ºF

SEE INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

Mylar - Pt No 3520730 (B) SUPPLEMENTAL LABEL


UBC 7-2(1997) AND UL10C TEMP RISE EXCEEDS 650ºF


S

Mylar - Pt No 3520740 (C,D) SUPPLEMENTAL LABEL


UBC 7-2(1997) AND UL10C TEMP RISE 250ºF AT 30 MINUTES SEE INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

Mylar - Pt No 3520750 (C,D) SUPPLEMENTAL LABEL


UBC 7-2(1997) AND UL10C TEMP RISE 250ºF AT 30 MINUTES SEE INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

S

Items 625-627

Mylar - Pt No 3520360 (B) Warnock Hersey

W/N XXXXX US C

LISTED FIRE DOOR

RATING: 3 HRDO NOT REMOVE OR COVER THIS LABEL

WHI - XXXXXX

SEE INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FILE REF: L14896

Mylar - Pt No 3520370 (B) Warnock Hersey

W/N XXXXX US C

LISTED FIRE DOOR

RATINGS: 1 1/2 HR 3/4 HR MAX LITE SIZE/NFPA 80 100 in2 1296 in2

WHI - XXXXXX

DO NOT REMOVE OR COVER THIS LABEL

SEE INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FILE REF: L14896

Mylar - Pt No 3520380 (C,D)

MAX TEMP RISE C US W/N XXXXX

LISTED FIRE DOOR

RATINGS 1 1/2 HR 3/4 HR 450°F 30 MIN 250°F 30 MIN 250°C 60 MIN 250°C 30 MINMAX LITE SIZE/NFPA 80 100 in2 1296 in2

Warnock Hersey WHI - XXXXXX

DO NOT REMOVE OR COVER THIS LABEL SEE INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FILE REF: L14896

MAX TEMP RISE

Smoke Control LabelUsed on non-fire rated doors (and/or frame product) which require certification for Smoke Control only as indicated in

Items 24 to 26, Page 7 and Item 626.



LEAKAGE RATED ASSEMBLYMEETS ANSI/NFPA 105 SMOKE CONTROL REQUIREMENTS

TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANSI/UL 1784

RATING: LESS THAN 3 FT3/MIN/FT2 AT 0.10" WC AT 400°F


S

A‐1010



Fleming Fire-Rated Frame Product Labels

Table 32 - Fleming Fire Door Frame Product Label Part Numbers

Product Fire-

Protection Rating

Fleming Label Part NumbersUL WHI

Mylar Metal (A) Mylar

Fra

mes

Double Egress

2 or 3 Hour 3520800 Label Not Available

Label Not Available

1/3, 3/4, 1 or 1-1/2 Hour 3520800 3520900 3520030

All Other Frames

2 or 3 Hour 3520800 Label Not Available 3520010

1/3, 3/4, 1 or 1-1/2 Hour 3520800 3520900 3520020

Tra

nsom

F

ram

es Glazed

1 or 1-1/2 Hour 3520810 Label Not Available

Label NotAvailable

1/3 or 3/4 Hour 3520810 3520910 3520020

Paneled 2 or 3 Hour 3520800 Label Not

Available 3520010

1/3, 3/4, 1 or 1-1/2 Hour 3520800 3520900 3520020

Sid

elig

ht

Fra

mes

Glazed 1 or 1-1/2 Hour 3520810 Label Not

Available Label Not Available

1/3 or 3/4 Hour 3520810 3520910 3520040

Paneled 1 or 1-1/2 Hour 3520800

Label Not Available

Label Not Available

1/3 or 3/4 Hour 3520800 3520910 3520040

Win

dow

F

ram

es

Glazed 1 or 1-1/2 Hour 3520820

Label Not Available

Label Not Available

1/3 or 3/4 Hour 3520800 3520920 3520040

(A): Required hourly rating stamped or scribed onto label by the labeling facility


MUST BE GLAZED WITH UL CLASSIFIED GLAZING MAT'L


Metal - Pt No 3520810 (A)

FIRE DOOR FRAME FOR LIGHTS FIRE RATING : HOUR


Fleming Steel Doors & Frames S R8931-52081

PRODUCT CONFORMS TO UL9, UL10C, UBC 7-4 (1997) AND CAN4-S106




FIRE WINDOW FRAME FIRE RATING : HOUR



R8931-52080




FIRE DOOR FRAME FIRE RATING : 1-1/2 HOUR







FIRE DOOR FRAME FOR LIGHTS FIRE RATING : 3/4 HOUR



PRODUCT CONFORMS TO UL9, UL10C, UBC 7-4 (1997) AND CAN4-S106




FIRE WINDOW FRAME FIRE RATING : 3/4 HOUR



R8931-52080




FIRE DOOR FRAME FIRE RATING : HOUR



Component for Field Assembled Frame LabelUsed on KD and KD-DW components, removable hollow

metal panels (above door applications), hollow metal removable mullions and field spliced frame product.

Mylar - Pt No 3520970 Underwriters Laboratories Inc.®

Underwriters Laboratories of Canada®

COMPONENT FOR FIELD ASSEMBLED LISTED FIRE DOOR FRAME ISSUE NO. : A-2043

R8931-52097 Fleming Steel Doors & Frames

UL Embossed Frame Label Provided standard on all eligible frame

components prepared for hinges

UL US C

LISTED

FDF FDF-P FDF-L A464



Mylar - Pt No 3520030 Warnock Hersey

W/N XXXXX

USC

LISTED DOUBLE EGRESSFIRE DOOR FRAME

RATINGS: 1 1/2 HOUR 3/4 HOURDO NOT REMOVE ORCOVER THIS LABEL SEE INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FILE REF: L14896

WHI- XXXXXX

Mylar - Pt No 3520040 Warnock Hersey

W/N XXXXX

USC

LISTED SIDELIGHT/WINDOW FRAME

RATING: 3/4 HOURDO NOT REMOVE ORCOVER THIS LABEL SEE INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FILE REF: L14896

WHI- XXXXXX

Warnock Hersey

W/N XXXXX

USC

LISTED FIRE DOOR FRAME

RATING: 3 HRDO NOT REMOVE ORCOVER THIS LABEL SEE INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FILE REF: L14896

WHI- XXXXXX

Warnock Hersey

W/N XXXXX

USC

LISTED FIRE DOOR FRAME

RATINGS: 1 1/2 HOUR 3/4 HOURDO NOT REMOVE ORCOVER THIS LABEL SEE INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FILE REF: L14896

WHI- XXXXXX

Frame Labels


HARDWARE REQUIREMENTS AND PREPARATIONS FOR FLEMING FIRE DOORS AND FRAME PRODUCT

General 628. The IBC, NBCC, UL and WHI each reference NFPA 80 as the standard for hardware on fire door assemblies.

Therefore unless specifically indicated otherwise in the governing code NFPA 80 requirements apply [85,118]. To be eligible for use on Fleming fire-rated product hardware must be;

· ULI, ULC or WHI labeled for fire-protection on swinging hollow metal doors and frames and · To the size and rating required for the assembly in which it will be installed. · Exception: Hinges - See Item 643 for additional information. 629. UL labeled doors and frame product must be prepared for ULI or ULC labeled hardware. WHI labeled doors and frame

product may be prepared ULI, ULC or WHI labeled hardware. 630. Hardware is not supplied or installed by Fleming. 631. Fire door hardware and accessories must comply with the requirements of NFPA 101, NFPA 80 and their listings. · Listings for hardware are found in the "Fire Resistance Directory" published by ULI, the "Building Materials

Directory" from ULC and the "Directory of Listed Products" from WHI. · Each product category in the certification listings includes a preamble which details the parameters to which the

products are tested, evaluated and certified. · Limitations with respect to variations from the preamble for size, rating, construction or application will be detailed in

the individual products' listing. 632. Fire-rated door and frame preparations must be in accordance with the hardware manufacturer's listings, templates and

installation instructions [68,144]. 633. If fire doors by others are to be installed in Fleming fire door frame product hardware preparations in frames must be in

accordance with the fire door manufacturer's listings. 634. Electrically or electronically operated/controlled hardware in fire-rated doors and frame product must be labeled for fire

protection. · Only low voltage (12 or 24 VDC) devices are permitted. · Electrical compliance is based on the requirements of; · CAN/CSA-C22.1, Canadian Electrical Code, Part 1 or · NFPA 70, Article 722, National Electrical Code, Class 2 Circuits requirements. 635. Factory or IPLP distributor installed ElectroLynx wiring harnesses (or approved conduit with pull-wire) are permitted in

all Fleming fire doors 1-3/4" (44.4) or thicker and all frame product for use with fire labeled electric or electronic hardware up to the sizes and ratings of the fire door, frame and hardware manufacturer's listings.

636. As a minimum, each labeled fire door and frame product must be prepared for hinges, labeled self-latching devices and self-closing devices [15,40,41,57,100,102].

637. All hardware used on UL Fleming Hurricane-Resistant construction fire-rated openings must be UL or WHI listed and labeled for fire-protection.

· Each must also be UL or WHI listed and certified as a component for use on hollow metal doors to the appropriate standards in Item 29 on Page 7.

· Hurricane-Resistant construction fire-rated products are tested for specific combinations of orientation, design load, size, hinging and latching hardware.

· Table 14, Page 32, detail the door configurations available and Table 27, Page 60 the frame product information. 638. Florida state-wide hurricane-resistance qualification is generally through the Florida Building Commission (FBC) and its

approval system. 639. Within Florida's HVHZ hurricane-resistant exterior openings also require compliance with TAS 202 for air and water

infiltration. Exceptions are provided for assemblies installed in non-habitable areas or when provided with a canopy projection height at least equal to the distance from the door sill to the underside of the canopy [166].

640. Outside Florida 3rd party certification and labeling provided by UL or WHI is required. · For hurricane-resistant hardware listings refer to the UL On-Line Certification Directory, Category ZHDX for hinges

and ZHEM for latching hardware or the WHI/ITS "Directory of Listed Products"; Windstorm. 641. All hardware used on UL Fleming F5-Series Tornado-Resistant construction UL fire-rated openings must be UL listed

and labeled for fire-protection. · Each must also be UL listed and certified as part of the assembly to the appropriate standards in Item 34 on Page 8. · Tornado-Resistant construction fire-rated products are tested for specific combinations of orientation, design load,

size, hinging and latching hardware. Table 16, Items 306 to 308, Page 34 and Items 589 to 591, Page 63 detail the configurations available.

· Fire-labeling of hardware is provided by its manufacturer.

Hinges and Pivots 642. For all ratings, fire door and frame product sizes, steel, mortise or surface, ball bearing type hinges must comply with

the requirements of NPFA 80 [123,124]. Such hinges are not required to be fire labeled [73]. All other hinges and pivots including continuous, electrified and pocket type must be UL, ULC or WHI listed and labeled.

643. Hinges or pivots other than ball bearing types are permitted if they meet the requirements of ANSI A156.1, "Standard for Butts and Hinges" and are labeled for fire-protection [123,126]. Such hinges when used in positive pressure jurisdictions must be labeled as complying with these standards.

644. For all ratings, 1 pair of hinges is required on each operable fire door leaf up to 60" (1525) height and 1 additional hinge for each additional 30" (765) of height or fraction of thereof [125]. See the Fleming Technical Manual for standard hinge location information.

Items 628-644




http://database.ul.com/cgi-bin/XYV/template/LISEXT/1FRAME/showpage.html?name=GWGR.GuideInfo&ccnshorttitle=Hardware&objid=1074295353&cfgid=1073741824&version=versionless&parent_id=1073987618&sequence=1




http://database.ul.com/cgi-bin/XYV/template/LISEXT/1FRAME/showpage.html?name=ZHEM.GuideInfo&ccnshorttitle=Latching+Hardware&objid=1076907029&cfgid=1073741824&version=versionless&parent_id=1076907028&sequence=1









http://www.buildershardware.com/bhma-standards/ansibhma-a1561-butts-and-hinges

http://database.ul.com/cgi-bin/XYV/template/LISEXT/1FRAME/showpage.html?name=GWZQ.GuideInfo&ccnshorttitle=Door+Hinges&objid=1074296673&cfgid=1073741824&version=versionless&parent_id=1073987642&sequence=1

http://database.ul.com/cgi-bin/XYV/template/LISCANADA/1FRAME/showpage.html?name=GWZQC.GuideInfo&ccnshorttitle=Hinges&objid=1076375232&cfgid=1073741824&version=versionless&parent_id=1076375231&sequence=1


http://database.ul.com/cgi-bin/XYV/template/LISEXT/1FRAME/showpage.html?name=ZHLL.GuideInfo&ccnshorttitle=Products+for+Use+in+Windstorm-rated+Assemblies&objid=1078637493&cfgid=1073741824&version=versionless&parent_id=1078637492&sequence=1

http://database.ul.com/cgi-bin/XYV/template/LISCANADA/1FRAME/showpage.html?name=GWGRC.GuideInfo&ccnshorttitle=Hardware&objid=1076375212&cfgid=1073741824&version=versionless&parent_id=1076375211&sequence=1







http://database.ul.com/cgi-bin/XYV/template/LISEXT/1FRAME/showpage.html?name=ZHLL.GuideInfo&ccnshorttitle=Products+for+Use+in+Windstorm-rated+Assemblies&objid=1078637493&cfgid=1073741824&version=versionless&parent_id=1078637492&sequence=1


645. For all ratings fire doors 1-3/4" (44.4) and thicker and frame product up to 96" (2450) rabbet height, 4-1/2" (114) standard weight (0.134"/3.4 thick) hinges are required minimum, except as noted below.

· For all ratings fire doors 1-3/4" (44.4) and thicker and frame product exceeding 48" (1250) leaf width or 96" (2450) leaf height, Detention Security, Lead-Lined and Bullet-Resistant construction fire doors and frames not exceeding 36" x 84" (900 x 2150), 4-1/2" (114) heavy weight (0.180"/4.6 thick) hinges are required minimum [127].

· See Item 276, Page 31 for additional information on Bullet-Resistant construction doors 646. Labeled electric hinges of equivalent height and weight to those detailed in Item 645 are permitted. 647. For all ratings fire doors 1-3/4" (44.4) and thicker and frame product up to 36" (900) rabbet width or 84" (2150) rabbet

height; 4" (101.6), 0.105" (2.67) thick, labeled spring hinges are permitted unless indicated otherwise in the hinge manufacturer's listings [124].

· Where labeled spring hinges are used a minimum of 2 per fire door leaf are required [123]. · For fire door openings exceeding 60" (1525) height using labeled spring hinges a 3rd hinge is required, either; · Another labeled spring hinge, · A steel, mortise, ball bearing type hinge matching the height and thickness of the spring hinges or · A mortise hinge as specifically indicated in the spring hinge manufacturer's listings. 648. Where labeled spring hinges or pivot floor closers are used, they are also considered self-closing devices. See Page

72, Items 686 to 691 for additional information. 649. Full length, labeled continuous hinges are permitted within the size and rating limitations of their individual listings.

Reinforcing requirements and mounting methods are as per the hinge manufacturer's listings, templates and installation instructions [144].

650. For fire doors 1-3/4" (44.4) and thicker and frame product up to 38" (965) leaf width or 96" (2450) leaf height at 1/3, 3/4, 1 or 1-1/2 hour rating; labeled, steel, olive knuckle or paumelle type hinges, 6" (152.4) height and 0.225" (5.7) thickness minimum are permitted unless otherwise indicated in the hinge manufacturer's listings [124].

651. For all ratings fire doors 1-3/4" (44.4) and thicker and frame product up to 48" x 120" (1250 x 3050) leaf size; labeled, steel, top, bottom and intermediate pivot sets, 4" (101.6) minimum height and 0.225" (5.7) thickness minimum are permitted [124]. Labeled pivot sets including invisible (Soss) or pocket pivot type are permitted except on SLE-Series fire doors within the size and rating limitations of their individual listings [128].

652. For all ratings UL labeled 1-3/8" (35) thick fire doors and frames up to 36" (900) leaf width and 84" (2150) leaf height; 3-1/2" (88.9) or 4" (101.2) height, 0.123" (3.1) thick, steel, mortise or surface, ball bearing hinges are permitted [124]. Due to mounting screw interference templated hinges exceeding 4" (101.6) height are not compatible with 1-3/8" (35) thick Fleming fire doors.

Self-Latching Devices and Strikes 653. All labeled self-latching devices are permitted on Fleming labeled doors and frame product to the maximum size and

rating indicated in Tables 4 (Pages 11 & 12), 5 (Pages 13, 14 & 15) and 6 (Pages 16, 17, 18 & 19) for doors and Tables 18 (Page 39), 19 (Pages 40 & 41) and 20 (Pages 42 & 43) for frame product for each Construction, Series and Gage except as indicated below. Self-latching devices include [129];

· ULI, ULC or WHI listed single-point locks/latches (cylindrical or mortise), · ULI, ULC or WHI listed fire exit devices (rim, mortised, surface or concealed vertical rod [with or without bottom rod

or with center latch and top rod only]), · Listed flush bolts (ULI, ULC or WHI automatic, ULI, ULC or WHI self-latching or ULI, ULC or WHI manual types), · Listed surface bolts (ULI, ULC or WHI manual type) and · 2 or 3-point locks/latches. 654. NFPA 80 requires all single fire doors and the active leaf of fire-rated pairs to be provided with an active latch which

cannot be held in the retracted position [41,57,132]. · When only smoke control is mandated NFPA 105 does not require self-latching devices. · Labeled self-latching hardware is required when the opening is fire-rated. 655. Roller latches are not permitted as self-latching device on fire door assemblies. 656. Minimum latch throw unless indicated otherwise in the hardware manufacturer's listings [137]; · Single point latches; · Singles up to 96" (2450) height; 1/2" (12.7),

· Singles over 96" (2450) and for all pairs; 3/4" (19), · Flush or surface bolts; 3/4" (19)

657. Self-latching devices with other than 2-3/4" (69.9) backsets, to a maximum of 5" (127) or as otherwise indicated in the individual latch manufacturer's listings are permitted.

658. UL labeled single fire doors, the active leaf of fire-rated pairs and frames or transom frames exceeding 48" (1250) leaf width or 120" (3050) leaf height must be prepared for a UL listed mortise type single-point lock with 3/4" (19) minimum latch throw. (Cylindrical type single-point locks or fire-exit devices are not permitted.)

· Head at active leaf of fire-rated pairs exceeding 48" (1250) width must be prepared for UL listed fusible link auxiliary fire latch or "fire pin" (UL Category GVUW), located 6" (150) from lock edge.

· Head of paired fire door frames or horizontal mullion of paired fire-rated transom frames with active fire door leaf exceeding 48" (1250) width must be provided with door rabbet strike above the active leaf as indicated in the auxiliary fire latch manufacturer's listings and templates.

· Inactive leaf of fire-rated paired frames and transom frames exceeding 96" (2450) rabbet width or 120" (3050) rabbet height must be prepared for top and bottom flush or surface bolts.

· Latching hardware must be UL Listed for use on 48" x 120" (1250 x 3050), 1-1/2 hour minimum, hollow metal fire doors.

659. All labeled manually operated single-point latches comply with the requirements for positive pressure testing and are not required to be labeled for such compliance. Electrically or electronically operated single-point latches used in positive pressure applications must be ULI, ULC or WHI fire labeled as such to verify compliance.

Items 645-659




http://database.ul.com/cgi-bin/XYV/template/LISEXT/1FRAME/showpage.html?name=GXOW.GuideInfo&ccnshorttitle=Flush+and+Surface+Bolts,+Automatic+Type&objid=1074296836&cfgid=1073741824&version=versionless&parent_id=1073987663&sequence=1

http://database.ul.com/cgi-bin/XYV/template/LISEXT/1FRAME/showpage.html?name=GXVV.GuideInfo&ccnshorttitle=Flush+and+Surface+Bolts,+Self-latching+Type&objid=1074296911&cfgid=1073741824&version=versionless&parent_id=1073987675&sequence=1

http://database.ul.com/cgi-bin/XYV/template/LISEXT/1FRAME/showpage.html?name=GXSR.GuideInfo&ccnshorttitle=Flush+and+Surface+Bolts,+Manual+Type&objid=1074296857&cfgid=1073741824&version=versionless&parent_id=1073987669&sequence=1

http://database.ul.com/cgi-bin/XYV/template/LISEXT/1FRAME/showpage.html?name=GXSR.GuideInfo&ccnshorttitle=Flush+and+Surface+Bolts,+Manual+Type&objid=1074296857&cfgid=1073741824&version=versionless&parent_id=1073987669&sequence=1




http://database.ul.com/cgi-bin/XYV/template/LISEXT/1FRAME/showpage.html?name=GYQS.GuideInfo&ccnshorttitle=Electrically+Controlled+Single-point+Locks+and+Latches&objid=1074297147&cfgid=1073741824&version=versionless&parent_id=1073987692&sequence=1




http://database.ul.com/cgi-bin/XYV/template/LISCANADA/1FRAME/showpage.html?name=GYJTC.GuideInfo&ccnshorttitle=Single-Point+Locks+or+Latches&objid=1076375282&cfgid=1073741824&version=versionless&parent_id=1076375281&sequence=1

http://database.ul.com/cgi-bin/XYV/template/LISCANADA/1FRAME/showpage.html?name=GXHXC.GuideInfo&ccnshorttitle=Fire+Exit+Hardware&objid=1076375272&cfgid=1073741824&version=versionless&parent_id=1076375271&sequence=1

http://database.ul.com/cgi-bin/XYV/template/LISEXT/1FRAME/showpage.html?name=GVUW.GuideInfo&ccnshorttitle=Fire+Door+Accessories&objid=1074295156&cfgid=1073741824&version=versionless&parent_id=1073987572&sequence=1



http://database.ul.com/cgi-bin/XYV/template/LISCANADA/1FRAME/showpage.html?name=GXSRC.GuideInfo&ccnshorttitle=Flush+and+Surface+Bolts,+Manual+Type&objid=1076375277&cfgid=1073741824&version=versionless&parent_id=1076375276&sequence=1

http://database.ul.com/cgi-bin/XYV/template/LISCANADA/1FRAME/showpage.html?name=GXSRC.GuideInfo&ccnshorttitle=Flush+and+Surface+Bolts,+Manual+Type&objid=1076375277&cfgid=1073741824&version=versionless&parent_id=1076375276&sequence=1

http://database.ul.com/cgi-bin/XYV/template/LISEXT/1FRAME/showpage.html?name=GXOW7.GuideInfo&ccnshorttitle=Flush+and+Surface+Bolts,+Automatic+Certified+for+Canada&objid=1074204377&cfgid=1073741824&version=versionless&parent_id=1073987665&sequence=1

http://database.ul.com/cgi-bin/XYV/template/LISEXT/1FRAME/showpage.html?name=GXVV7.GuideInfo&ccnshorttitle=Flush+and+Surface+Bolts,+Self-latching+Type+Certified+for+Canada&objid=1074204417&cfgid=1073741824&version=versionless&parent_id=1073987677&sequence=1

http://database.ul.com/cgi-bin/XYV/template/LISEXT/1FRAME/showpage.html?name=GYQS7.GuideInfo&ccnshorttitle=Electrically+Controlled+Single-point+Locks+and+Latches+Certified+for+Canada&objid=1074204549&cfgid=1073741824&version=versionless&parent_id=1073987694&sequence=1


660. All fire-rated pairs not required for 'exiting purposes' and provided with single point latches must have the inactive leaf prepared for automatic or self-latching top and bottom bolts or 2-point lock;

· Where the inactive leaf of a fire-rated pair is not required for 'exiting purposes' it may be prepared for manually operated flush or surface top and bottom bolts if;

· The room is not normally occupied by humans [135,160] and · Their use is acceptable to the AHJ. 661. Surface and flush bolts to 60" (1525) length are permitted. 662. Where indicated in the individual flush bolt manufacturer's listings, the top of the inactive leaf of fire-rated paired doors

may be prepared for a flush bolt and the bottom lock edge of the leaf may be prepared for a mortised listed, fusible link auxiliary fire latch.

· The auxiliary fire latch must be located 4" to 6" (100 to 150) from the bottom of the door. · The adjacent edge of the active leaf is prepared in accordance with the auxiliary fire latch manufacturer's templates

and installation instructions. · Maximum fire door leaf sizes and fire-ratings are limited by the lesser of the door or the flush bolt manufacturer's

listings. · ULI or ULC listed edge guards or any other item which may interfere with the auxiliary fire latch and its operation

must not be installed on either leaf. 663. All labeled flush or surface bolts comply with the requirements for positive pressure and are not required to be labeled

for such compliance. 664. Fire door assemblies in a required 'means of egress' having an 'occupancy load' of 100 persons or more must be

equipped with fire exit devices. · Fire exit devices are ULI, ULC or WHI labeled for both panic (cycle, exit and exit loading) and for fire-protection per

NFPA 80 [75,87,130]. · Panic exit devices are not permitted on labeled fire doors [131]. · Fire exit devices comply with the requirements of positive pressure and not required to be labeled for such

compliance. · Fire exit device styles permitted as indicated in the listings of each device manufacturer may include; · Crash-bar, · Touch-bar or · Inset-touch bar. 665. Rim type fire exit devices are permitted on pairs of labeled doors and frame product only when used with a; · Labeled removable hardware mullion, · Welded hollow metal mullion or · Fleming labeled removable hollow metal mullion. 666. Removable hardware mullions are for behind the fire door applications only. 667. Fleming fire-rated welded or removable hollow metal mullions are available for both between and behind the fire door

applications. See Page 48, Items 367 to 371 for additional information. 668. Only vertical rod type fire exit devices are permitted as the self-latching device on labeled Double Egress assemblies. 669. Vertical rod type fire exit devices are not permitted for single fire door applications, except those with integrated center

latch and top rod only. 670. Concealed vertical rod fire exit devices are not available on E or SLE-Series doors. Inset type fire exit devices are not

permitted on; · SL-Series fire doors, · E or SLE-Series (embossed face sheet) fire doors, · TRR core fire doors or · BR, D, F5, H, HS, MH, S or Trio-E Series fire doors (with laminated or welded vertical stiffener construction). 671. As per NFPA 80 when both leaves of a fire-rated pair are required for exiting purposes [133]; · Each may be prepared for fire exit devices or · The inactive leaf may be prepared for a vertical rod fire exit device and open-back strike with the active leaf

prepared for a mortise fire exit device or a single-point latch [134]. 672. For fire-rated pairs within a 'means of egress' each prepared for rim fire exit devices and a removable 'behind the fire

doors' hardware or hollow metal mullion are permitted and an astragal is not required. The provisions for vertical edge seam requirements of Page 24, Items 130 to 132 apply.

673. When 2 fire-rated leaves are required for exiting purposes in a 'means of egress' and the movement of equipment is not an issue a L/R configuration (2 single doors with a welded or removable hollow metal 'between the doors' mullion) with either rim or mortise fire exit devices may be used.

674. Pairs and double egress fire doors within a 'means of egress' may not be equipped with astragals, door edges or projecting latches that inhibit the free use of either leaf. See Item 692 for additional information.

675. For fire-rated pairs within a 'means of egress' vertical rod fire exit devices (surface or concealed) may be provided on each leaf and astragals are not required when the limitations of Items 130 to 132 on Page 24 are met.

676. For fire-rated pairs within a 'means of egress' vertical rod fire exit device (surface or concealed) with ASA type strike on one leaf and mortise fire exit device and coordinator on the other without an astragal are available within the limitations of Items 130 to 132 on Page 24.

677. Rabetted lock edge pairs not in a 'means of egress' prepared for surface vertical rod fire exit devices only are available except on SL, SLE and SLTR-Series.

678. The use of 3-point locks on single fire doors and the active leaf of fire-rated pairs is permitted. · For fire-rated pairs using 3-point locks the inactive leaf must be prepared for 2-point locks. · Flush or surface bolts are not permitted in lieu of the 2-point lock. · 2 and 3-point locks or latches are not labeled as and cannot be used where fire exit devices are required.

Items 660-678




http://database.ul.com/cgi-bin/XYV/template/LISCANADA/1FRAME/showpage.html?name=GVUXC.GuideInfo&ccnshorttitle=Miscellaneous+Fire+Door+Accessories&objid=1079323837&cfgid=1073741824&version=versionless&parent_id=1079323836&sequence=1

http://database.ul.com/cgi-bin/XYV/template/LISCANADA/1FRAME/showpage.html?name=GXHXC.GuideInfo&ccnshorttitle=Fire+Exit+Hardware&objid=1076375272&cfgid=1073741824&version=versionless&parent_id=1076375271&sequence=1


679. Fire door and/or frame product must be prepared for the strike (or strikes) indicated in the self-latching device manufacturer's listings and templates [144].

680. Open-back strikes are permitted in the inactive leaf of 1/3, 3/4, 1 and 1-1/2 hour pairs of Standard and Door With Panel Above construction [138];

· H, CW, MH, D16, D18, SL16 and SL18 doors up to 96" x 96" (2450 x 2450), · E18, SLE-Series doors and · WHI D20 and E20 doors up to 72" x 84" (1800 x 2150). 681. Open-back strikes are not permitted on the following Standard construction pairs of fire doors; · 2 or 3 hour rating, · Doors exceeding 96" x 96" (2450 x 2450), · D-Series with laminated steel stiffener (SHC) cores or · UL D20 or E20, S-Series or Trio-E doors. 682. Maximum height of edge cutout for open-back strike; 5-1/4" (133.4). · Vertical lock edge seam on D and E-Series fire doors prepared for open-back strike must be tack-welded top and

bottom, immediately above and below each edge cutout and at 6" (150) on center maximum. 683. Open-back strike limitations for Non-Standard fire door constructions if different from Items 680 to 682 above are

detailed in their specific sections. 684. Labeled electric strikes, electromagnets (also called maglocks), door position switches and electric power transfer units

are permitted in all Fleming 1-3/4" (44.4) and thicker fire-rated doors and frame product within the size and rating limitations of the individual hardware manufacturer's listings [139,144]. All UL, ULC or WHI labeled electric strikes comply with the requirements for positive pressure and are not required to be labeled for such compliance.

685. UL, ULC or WHI labeled deadbolts (also called auxiliary locks) may be provided in addition to a self-latching device when [132];

· Permitted by the AHJ in doors not in a 'means of egress' or · When interconnected with the active-latch, retracting with the operation of the self-latching device.

Self-Closing Devices 686. Self-closing devices include labeled; · ULI, ULC or WHI swinging door closers, · ULI, ULC or WHI door holders (for use with automatic detection equipment and self-closing door closers) [122], · ULI, ULC or WHI combination closer/holders (surface or floor mounted, concealed or semi-concealed, for use with

fire detectors) and · ULI, ULC or WHI spring hinges. 687. Except as indicated in Item 688 each fire-rated leaf and door opening must be prepared for a self-closing device

[15,40,56,100,160]. 688. Closers are not required on [40]; · Dutch fire doors, where a closer is required for the top leaf only, · The inactive leaf of fire-rated pairs in mechanical equipment rooms, · On one leaf of communicating fire doors [157]. · When labeled floor closers (pivots), labeled spring hinges or through-bolt mounted closers are used closer

reinforcing is optional. When labeled spring hinges are used a minimum of 2 per door leaf are required [125]. See Page 70, Items 647 and 648 for additional information.

689. Codes may allow doors and frame product without self-closing devices in specific locations or applications [2,40,56]. · Since all Fleming fire doors are provided with a closer reinforcing standard, they are deemed "prepared" for self-

closing devices. · Fleming and IPLP approved distributors must "prepare" frame product for self-closing devices to comply with UL

and/or WHI labeling requirements. · It is the responsibility of the local AHJ to determine whether their installation is required. 690. Labeled combination door closers and holders with integral latches are permitted in single fire door applications up to

1/3 hour (with no hose stream) only and do not require any additional latching. 691. Labeled fire door operators with automatic closers are permitted for use in of Fleming Standard or Double Egress

construction fire doors and fire door frame product with concealed vertical rod fire exit devices only.

Coordinators 692. ULI, ULC or WHI labeled coordinators are required by NFPA 80 for all fire-rated pairs of doors in a 'means of egress'

where an astragal, door edge or projecting latch could inhibit the free use of either leaf by preventing the inactive leaf from closing and latching prior to the active leaf [120]. Coordinators are not required for fire-rated pairs of doors where each leaf closes and latches independently [121].

Door Viewers 693. ULI, ULC or WHI labeled door viewers are permitted on all Fleming fire doors at 1/3, 3/4, 1 and 1-1/2 hour [83]. · Door viewers used in positive pressure jurisdictions must be labeled as such to verify compliance. · Each fire door may be prepared for a maximum of 2 viewers. · Fire door may be prepared at factory, distributor's shop or in the field. · See Page 8, Item 41 and Page 9, Item 43 for additional information.

Items 679-693





http://database.ul.com/cgi-bin/XYV/template/LISEXT/1FRAME/showpage.html?name=GWXT.GuideInfo&ccnshorttitle=Auxiliary+Locks&objid=1074296582&cfgid=1073741824&version=versionless&parent_id=1073987636&sequence=1


http://database.ul.com/cgi-bin/XYV/template/LISEXT/1FRAME/showpage.html?name=GVEV.GuideInfo&ccnshorttitle=Swinging+Fire+Door+Closers&objid=1074294214&cfgid=1073741824&version=versionless&parent_id=1073987556&sequence=1

http://database.ul.com/cgi-bin/XYV/template/LISEXT/1FRAME/showpage.html?name=GTPR.GuideInfo&ccnshorttitle=Fire+Door+Holders&objid=1074294079&cfgid=1073741824&version=versionless&parent_id=1073987529&sequence=1

http://database.ul.com/cgi-bin/XYV/template/LISEXT/1FRAME/showpage.html?name=GTIS.GuideInfo&ccnshorttitle=Combination+Fire+Door+Closers+and+Holders&objid=1074294056&cfgid=1073741824&version=versionless&parent_id=1073987519&sequence=1

http://database.ul.com/cgi-bin/XYV/template/LISEXT/1FRAME/showpage.html?name=GVEV.GuideInfo&ccnshorttitle=Swinging+Fire+Door+Closers&objid=1074294214&cfgid=1073741824&version=versionless&parent_id=1073987556&sequence=1

http://database.ul.com/cgi-bin/XYV/template/LISEXT/1FRAME/showpage.html?name=GVVR.GuideInfo&ccnshorttitle=Fire+Door+Coordinators&objid=1074295228&cfgid=1073741824&version=versionless&parent_id=1073987588&sequence=1

http://database.ul.com/cgi-bin/XYV/template/LISEXT/1FRAME/showpage.html?name=HAAU.GuideInfo&ccnshorttitle=Fire+Door+Viewers&objid=1074297298&cfgid=1073741824&version=versionless&parent_id=1073987717&sequence=1

http://database.ul.com/cgi-bin/XYV/template/LISEXT/1FRAME/showpage.html?name=GXAY.GuideInfo&ccnshorttitle=Electric+Strikes&objid=1074296724&cfgid=1073741824&version=versionless&parent_id=1073987649&sequence=1

http://database.ul.com/cgi-bin/XYV/template/LISCANADA/1FRAME/showpage.html?name=GVEVC.GuideInfo&ccnshorttitle=Swinging+Door+Closers&objid=1076375187&cfgid=1073741824&version=versionless&parent_id=1076375186&sequence=1

http://database.ul.com/cgi-bin/XYV/template/LISCANADA/1FRAME/showpage.html?name=GTPRC.GuideInfo&ccnshorttitle=Door+Holders&objid=1076375172&cfgid=1073741824&version=versionless&parent_id=1076375171&sequence=1

http://database.ul.com/cgi-bin/XYV/template/LISCANADA/1FRAME/showpage.html?name=GTISC.GuideInfo&ccnshorttitle=Combination+Swinging+Door+Closers+and+Door+Holders&objid=1076375182&cfgid=1073741824&version=versionless&parent_id=1076375181&sequence=1

http://database.ul.com/cgi-bin/XYV/template/LISCANADA/1FRAME/showpage.html?name=GVEVC.GuideInfo&ccnshorttitle=Swinging+Door+Closers&objid=1076375187&cfgid=1073741824&version=versionless&parent_id=1076375186&sequence=1

http://database.ul.com/cgi-bin/XYV/template/LISCANADA/1FRAME/showpage.html?name=HAAUC.GuideInfo&ccnshorttitle=Fire+Door+Viewers&objid=1076375292&cfgid=1073741824&version=versionless&parent_id=1076375291&sequence=1

http://database.ul.com/cgi-bin/XYV/template/LISCANADA/1FRAME/showpage.html?name=GXAYC.GuideInfo&ccnshorttitle=Electric+Strikes&objid=1076375247&cfgid=1073741824&version=versionless&parent_id=1076375246&sequence=1

http://database.ul.com/cgi-bin/XYV/template/LISCANADA/1FRAME/showpage.html?name=GWXTC.GuideInfo&ccnshorttitle=Auxiliary+Locks&objid=1080094952&cfgid=1073741824&version=versionless&parent_id=1080094951&sequence=1

http://database.ul.com/cgi-bin/XYV/template/LISEXT/1FRAME/showpage.html?name=GVVR7.GuideInfo&ccnshorttitle=Fire+Door+Coordinators+Certified+for+Canada&objid=1074204177&cfgid=1073741824&version=versionless&parent_id=1073987590&sequence=1


3rd Party Astragals, Gaskets, Weather Strip, Door Seals and Door Bottoms 694. These products are investigated to ensure that they do not adversely affect the performance of the fire door assembly

and are Classified for fire-protection only. · ULI, ULC and WHI labeled products within this group are permitted for use with all Fleming labeled doors and frame

product (except acoustic assemblies) to the size and rating limitations of the individual hardware manufacturer's listings [143,144].

· Such products used at the meeting edges of fire-rated pairs are not intended to replace a required steel over-lapping or integral astragal or to alter the clearance requirements between pairs of doors specified in NFPA 80 [109].

· These products may not be used to reduce the clearances between the top or vertical edges of fire-rated doors and the frame or the bottom of fire-rated doors and the top of a non-combustible floor or threshold as specified in NFPA 80 [89].

· See Page 19, Item 57 for additional information. 695. Labeled 3rd party, surface mounted weather or light sealing type weather-stripping, door seals and astragals are

permitted; · In conjunction with Fleming's steel over-lapping or integral astragals on all Fleming fire doors at 1/3, 3/4, 1, 1-1/2, 2

and 3 hour rating, · As a stand-alone astragal when the requirements of Page 24, Items 130 and 131 are met, · On all Fleming labeled frame product. 696. Labeled 3rd party, mortised weather or light sealing type astragals are permitted as a stand-alone astragal when the fire

doors are prepared for rim, surface or concealed vertical rod fire exit devices and a Fleming astragal is not mandatory as detailed in the following for the constructions indicated;

· Page 24, Items 130 and 131 for Standard, · Page 25, Items 145 and 146, Page 26, Items 147 and 148 for Double Egress, · Page 26, Items 158-162, Page 27, Items 163 to 166 for Door with Panel Above, · Page 27, Items 177-184, Page 28, Items 185 to 190 for TRR, · Page 28, Items 200-204, Page 29, Items 205 to 210 for Stainless Steel and · Page 29, Items 211 to 228 for Clad. 697. Labeled 3rd party gaskets, weather strip and door seals fire tested and listed as the 'stop' in hollow metal fire door

openings are permitted on cased-open jambs, heads and mullions occurring at the perimeter the fire-rated doors in labeled Fleming frame product.

698. As per NFPA 80 the meeting edge clearance between pairs of hollow metal fire doors with all ULI, ULC or WHI listed 3rd party astragals may not exceed 3/16" (5) measured from the 'pull-side' of the doors [109].

699. For US positive pressure and smoke control compliance a category system has been jointly developed by UL and WHI to differentiate between the types of products, by application.

· Under this system all Fleming fire doors are "Category A - Fire Doors Not Requiring Additional Components" to be positive pressure labeled and do not require gaskets of any kind for compliance.

· For smoke control compliance all Fleming doors (and all other swinging doors) must be used with UL or WHI "Category H - Labeled Smoke Control Gaskets".

· Category H products must be fire labeled and bear the "S" symbol. · Jamb, head and meeting edge gaskets on pairs are required on all smoke control openings. · NFPA 105 mandates bottom seals for openings in locations pressurized to resist smoke movement only [167]. 700. Also permitted for use with all Fleming labeled doors and frame product are UL or WHI "Category J - Labeled Gasket

Materials" such as gaskets, weather stripping, door bottoms, thresholds and other similar products. · These have been positive pressure fire tested but are not intended to assist an assembly in attaining either positive

pressure or smoke control compliance. · All Category J products are also eligible for use with Fleming labeled doors and frame product in neutral pressure

jurisdictions. · Labeled 3rd party products are not supplied or installed by Fleming.

Miscellaneous Hardware 701. UL and WHI labeled non-metallic claddings, full door or protective plate type applications are also permitted on labeled

Standard construction fire doors to the lesser of the size and rating for the Construction, Series and Gage used or the limits of the cladding manufacturer's individual listings.

Items 694-701





http://database.ul.com/cgi-bin/XYV/template/LISEXT/1FRAME/showpage.html?&name=GVYI.GuideInfo&ccnshorttitle=Gasketing+and+Edge-sealing+Materials+for+Fire+Doors,+Positive-pressure+Tested&objid=1074594994&cfgid=1073741824&version=versionless&parent_id=1074594993&sequence=1

http://database.ul.com/cgi-bin/XYV/template/LISEXT/1FRAME/showpage.html?&name=GVYI.GuideInfo&ccnshorttitle=Gasketing+and+Edge-sealing+Materials+for+Fire+Doors,+Positive-pressure+Tested&objid=1074594994&cfgid=1073741824&version=versionless&parent_id=1074594993

http://database.ul.com/cgi-bin/XYV/template/LISEXT/1FRAME/showpage.html?&name=GVYI.GuideInfo&ccnshorttitle=Gasketing+and+Edge-sealing+Materials+for+Fire+Doors,+Positive-pressure+Tested&objid=1074594994&cfgid=1073741824&version=versionless&parent_id=1074594993&sequence=1

http://database.ul.com/cgi-bin/XYV/template/LISCANADA/1FRAME/showpage.html?name=GVWZC.GuideInfo&ccnshorttitle=Gasketing+Materials+for+Fire+Doors&objid=1079121562&cfgid=1073741824&version=versionless&parent_id=1079121561&sequence=1

http://database.ul.com/cgi-bin/XYV/template/LISCANADA/1FRAME/showpage.html?name=GVUXC.GuideInfo&ccnshorttitle=Miscellaneous+Fire+Door+Accessories&objid=1079323837&cfgid=1073741824&version=versionless&parent_id=1079323836&sequence=1




FOOTNOTE REFERENCES As indicated in the Introduction the 2012 International Building Code, the 2010 National Building Code of Canada and NFPA 80-2010 are the national model codes and reference standards used as the basis for the information presented in this edition of the FLS. Each was the most commonly adopted edition on the publication date of this document. In order to assist readers in determining the corresponding provisions of; the 2000, 2003, 2006 or 2009 IBC; the 1995 or 2005 NBCC and Provincial codes; and the 1999 or 2007 versions of NFPA 80; and future editions of each the following lists the Chapter, Section and Titles/Topics referenced in this document. Foot Chapter Foot Chapter Note Section Title or Topic Note Section Title or Topic 2012 IBC

1 404.6 ................. Atriums, Enclosures 2 407.3.1 .............. Group I-2 Occupancies, Corridor

Wall Construction, Corridor Doors 3 407.5 ................. Smoke Barriers 4 408.3.8 .............. Group I-3 Occupancies, Interior

Exit Stairway and Ramp Construction

5 423 .................... Storm Shelters 6 509.4.2 .............. Incidental Uses, Separation and

Protection 7 703.6 ................. Fire-Resistance Ratings & Fire

Tests, Fire-Resistance-Rated Glazing

8 706.8 ................. Fire Walls, Openings 9 707.6 ................. Fire Barriers, Openings 10 709.5 ................. Smoke Barriers, Openings 11 710.3 ................. Smoke Partitions, Fire-Resistance

Rating 12 710.5.1 .............. Openings, Windows 13 710.5.2.1 ........... Doors, Louvers 14 710.5.2.2 ........... Doors, Smoke Control 15 710.5.2.3 ........... Doors, Self or Automatic Closing

Doors 16 711 .................... Horizontal Assemblies 17 716.2 ................. Opening Protectives, Fire-

Resistance-Rated Glazing 18 716.3 ................. Marking Fire-Rated Glazing

Materials 19 716.3.1 .............. Fire-Rated Glazing 20 716.5 ................. Fire Door and Shutter Assemblies 21 Table 716.5 ........ Opening Fire-Protection

Assemblies, Ratings and Markings

22 716.5.1 .............. Side-Hinged or Pivoted Swinging Doors

23 716.5.2 .............. Other Types of Assemblies 24 716.5.3 .............. Door Assemblies in Corridors and

Smoke Barriers

25 716.5.3.1 ............ Smoke Control 26 716.5.3.2 ............ Glazing in Door Assemblies 27 716.5.4 ............... Door Assemblies in Other Fire

Partitions 28 716.5.5 ............... Doors in Interior Exit Stairways,

Ramps and Exit Passageways 29 716.5.5.1 ............ Glazing in Doors 30 716.5.6 ............... Fire Door Frames with Transom

Lights and Sidelights 31 716.5.7 ............... Labeled Protective Assemblies 32 716.5.7.1 ............ Fire Door Labeling Requirements 33 716.5.7.1.1 ......... Light Kits, Louvers and

Components 34 716.5.7.3 ............ Smoke Control Door Labeling

Requirements 35 716.5.7.4 ............ Fire Door Frame Labeling

Requirements 36 716.5.8 ............... Glazing Material 37 716.5.8.1.2.2 ...... Size Limitations, Door Assemblies

in Fire Walls and Fire Barriers Rated Greater than 1 Hour, Fire Barriers

38 716.5.8.3 ............ Labeling 39 716.5.8.4 ............ Safety Glazing 40 716.5.9 ............... Door Closing 41 716.5.9.1 ............ Latch Required 42 716.6 .................. Fire-Protection Rated Glazing 43 Table 716.6 ........ Fire Window Assembly Fire-

Protection Ratings 44 716.6.3 ............... Safety Glazing 45 716.6.7.2 ............ Area Limitations 46 716.6.8 ............... Labeling Requirements 47 1609.1.2 ............. Structural Design, Protection of

Openings 48 1609.1.2.2 .......... Application of ASTM E1996 49 1710.5.2 ............. Exterior Window and Door

Assemblies 50 2406 ................... Safety Glazing

2010 NBCC - Division B

51 3.1.8.3.2 ............ Continuity of Fire Separations 52 Table 3.1.8.4 ...... Fire Protection Rating of Closures 53 3.1.8.4.1 ............ Determination of Ratings 54 3.1.8.5 ............... Installation of Closures 55 3.1.8.10.3 .......... Twenty-Minute Closures 56 3.1.8.11 ............. Self-Closing Devices 57 3.1.8.13 ............. Door Latches 58 3.1.8.14 ............. Wired Glass and Glass Block 59 3.1.8.15 ............. Temperature Rise Limits for Doors

60 Table 3.1.8.15 .... Restrictions on Temperature Rise and Glazing for Closures

61 3.1.8.16 .............. Area Limits for Wired Glass and Glass Block

62 3.1.10.5 .............. Firewalls, Maximum Openings 63 3.2.3.7 ................ Construction of Exposed Building

Face 64 D-2.3.14 ............. Wired Glass Assembly Support

NFPA 80-2010

65 3.3.85 ................ Lintel, Definition 66 4.1.1 .................. Classifications 67 4.1.3 .................. Appurtenances 68 4.1.3.1 ............... Hardware Preparations 69 4.1.4 .................. Signage 70 4.2.1 .................. Listed and Labeled 71 4.2.2 .................. Label Location 72 4.2.3 .................. Labels 73 4.2.4 .................. Generic Items 74 4.3.2 .................. Assemblies 75 4.3.3 .................. Fire Exit Hardware

76 4.4.1 ................... Glazing 77 4.4.2 ................... Glazing, Safety Standards 78 4.4.3 ................... Glazing, Installation 79 4.4.4 ................... Glazing, Limitations 80 4.4.5 ................... Glazing, Installation in Doors 81 Table 4.4.5 ......... Glazing, Door Ratings 82 4.4.6 ................... Glazing, Labeling 83 4.4.7 ................... Door Viewers 84 4.5 ...................... Fire Resistance Rated Glazing 85 4.6.2 ................... Hardware 86 4.6.3.1 ................ Hardware, Types

Footnotes





Foot Chapter Note Section Title or Topic NPFA 80-2010 (continued) 87 4.6.3.3 ............... Fire Exit Hardware 88 4.8.3.1 ............... Lintels 89 4.8.4 .................. Clearances 90 4.8.6 .................. Expansion Bolt Anchors 91 4.9 ..................... Fire Testing 92 5.1.3.1 ............... Operability 93 5.1.5.1 ............... Repairs 94 5.1.5.2 ............... Field Modifications 95 5.2.1 .................. Inspections 96 5.2.3 .................. Functional Testing 97 5.2.4 .................. Functional Testing, Doors 98 5.2.15 ................ Repairs 99 6.1.3 .................. Installation of Swinging Doors

100 6.1.4.1 ............... Closer Categories 101 6.1.4.2 ............... Self-Closing 102 6.1.4.3.1 ............ Automatic Closing 103 6.2 ..................... Supporting Construction 104 6.2.1.1 ............... Frames, Non-Load Bearing 105 6.2.1.2 ............... Wall Anchorage 106 6.2.3 .................. Lintels 107 6.3.1.1 ............... Labeled Frames 108 6.3.1.4 ............... Slip-On Frame Installation

Instructions 109 6.3.1.7 ............... Clearances 110 6.3.2 .................. Paneled or Glazed Frame Product 111 6.3.3.1 ............... Glazed Frame Product 112 6.3.3.2 ............... Field Splices 113 6.3.3.3 ............... Glazed Frame Product, Fire

Protection Rated 114 6.3.3.4 ............... Glazed Frame Product, Fire

Resistant Rated 115 6.3.3.5 ............... Labeled Glazing 116 6.3.4.4 ............... Louvers in Frames 117 6.3.5.2 ............... Multi-Opening Frames 118 6.4.1 .................. Closing Devices 119 6.4.1.1 ............... Closers 120 6.4.1.2 ............... Coordinators 121 6.4.1.2.2 ............ Coordinators, Not Required 122 6.4.1.5 ............... Holder/Release Devices 123 6.4.3.1 ............... Hinges 124 Table 6.4.3.1 ...... Hinges 125 6.4.3.1.1 ............ Hinges, Spacing

Foot Chapter Note Section Title or Topic 126 6.4.3.1.1 ............. Hinges, Types 127 6.4.3.1.3 ............. Hinges, Heavy Weight 128 6.4.3.1.5 ............. Pivots 129 6.4.4 ................... Locks or Latches 130 6.4.4.2 ................ Fire Exit Hardware 131 6.4.4.2.3 ............. Fire versus Panic Exit Hardware 132 6.4.4.3 ................ Active Latch Bolts 133 6.4.4.4 ................ Fire Exit Hardware, Exit Purposes 134 6.4.4.4.1 ............. Fire Exit Hardware and Open-Back Strikes 135 6.4.4.5 ................ Pairs with Self-Latching Bolts 136 6.4.4.5.1 ............. Pairs with Manual Bolts 137 6.4.4.6 ................ Latch Throw 138 6.4.4.10 .............. Open-Back Strikes 139 6.4.4.11 .............. Electric Strikes 140 6.4.5 ................... Protection Plates 141 6.4.6 ................... Automatic Louvers 142 6.4.7 ................... Astragals 143 6.4.8 ................... Gaskets 144 6.5.1 ................... Component Installation 145 17.1.3 ................. Fire Windows, Labeling 146 17.2.1 ................. Glazing Material, Labeled 147 17.2.2.1 .............. Glazing Material, Sizes 148 17.2.3.2 .............. Glazing Material, Label Location 149 17.2.4 ................. Glazing Material, Safety Rating 150 17.4.1 ................. Frame Installation 151 A.1.2.3 ............... Authority Having Jurisdiction 152 A4.2.1 ................ Label Materials 153 A.4.4.1 ............... Label Content 154 A.4.4.3 ............... Component Installation Instructions 155 A.4.4.5 ............... Doors with Fire-Resistance Rated Glazing 156 Fig A.4.6.3.1(g) .. Typical Frame Wall Anchors 157 A.6.3.1.1 ............. Frame Labels, Hourly Rating 158 Fig A.6.3.1.3(a) .. Frame Anchorage, Butted, End of

Stud Wall 159 Fig A.6.3.1.3(b) .. Frame Anchorage, Butted, Face of

Stud Wall 160 A.6.4.1.1 ............. Self-Closing Devices 161 K.1 ..................... Labeling by Different Certification

Organizations

For reference purposes, the following details the edition of NFPA 80 appearing in the each edition of the IBC.

IBC Edition: 2000 2003 2006 2009 2012 2015 NFPA 80 Referenced: 1999 1999 1999 2007 2010 2013

2014 FBC (Florida Building Code) NFPA 105-2010 162 1609.1.2 ............ Structural Design, Wind Loads, 167 4.5 ...................... Installation Protection of Openings 163 1625 .................. Structural Design, HVHZ Load 2012 OBC (Ontario Building Code) ........................... Tests 168 3.1.8.5(2)a .......... Installation of Closures 164 1626 .................. Structural Design, HVHZ Impact 169 3.1.8.18 .............. Sprinkler Protected Glazed Wall Tests Assemblies 165 1715.5.3 ............ Structural Tests and Special Inspections, Exterior Door

Assemblies 166 2411.3.2 ............ Glass and Glazing, HVHZ

Windows and Doors

Footnotes





http://publicecodes.cyberregs.com/icod/ibc/2006f2/index.htm


http://codes.iccsafe.org/app/book/toc/2015/I-Codes/2015%20IBC%20HTML/index.html


REFERENCED STANDARDS AND PUBLICATIONS

Each standard below reflects the most commonly adopted edition current on the publication date of this document. National Building Code of Canada - 2010 (NBCC) Available From: National Research Council of Canada Institute for Research in Construction Publication Sales M-20, Ottawa, ON K1A 0R6 Tel: 1-800-672-7990 Web: www.nrc.gc.ca International Building Code - 2012 (IBC) (On-Line at: http://publicecodes.citation.com/icod/ibc/2012/index.htm) Standard for the Design and Construction of Storm Shelters Publication/Standard Number: ICC 500-2008 Available From: International Code Council (ICC) 500 New Jersey Avenue, NW 6th Floor Washington DC 20001 Tel: 1-800-756-4452 Web: www.iccsafe.org ULC On-Line Directories (On-Line at: http://database.ul.com/cgi-bin/XYV/template/LISCANADA/1FRAME/index.html ) Standard Methods of Fire Endurance Tests of Building Construction and Materials Publication/Standard Number: CAN/ULC-S101-07 Standard Method for Fire Tests of Door Assemblies Publication/Standard Number: CAN/ULC-S104-10 Standard Specification for Fire Door Frames Meeting the Performance Required by CAN/ULC-S104 Publication/Standard Number: CAN/ULC-S105-09 Standard Method for Fire Tests of Window and Glass Block Assemblies Publication/Standard Number: CAN/ULC-S106-15 Sprinkler-Protected Window Systems Publication/Standard Number: ULC/ORD-C263.1-99 Available From: Underwriters Laboratories of Canada (ULC) 7 Crouse Road, Toronto, ON M1R 3A9 Tel: 416-757-3611 Web: http://www.ul.com/canada/eng/pages/ UL On-Line Fire Resistance Directory (On-Line at: http://database.ul.com/cgi-bin/XYV/template/LISEXT/1FRAME/index.html) Outline of Investigation for Fire Door Frames, Issue # 4 Publication/Standard Number: UL Subject 63-03 Standard for Fire Tests of Window Assemblies, 8th Edition Publication/Standard Number: ANSI/UL9-09 Standard for Fire Tests of Door Assemblies, 10th Edition Publication/Standard Number: ANSI/UL10B-08 Standard for Positive Pressure Fire Tests of Door Assemblies, 2nd Edition Publication/Standard Number: ANSI/UL10C-09 Standard for Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials, 14th Edition Publication/Standard Number: ANSI/UL263-11 Standard for Bullet-Resisting Equipment, 11th Edition Publication/Standard Number: ANSI/UL752-05 Standard for Air Leakage Tests of Door Assemblies, 4th Edition Publication/Standard Number: ANSI/UL1784-15 UL Marking and Application Guide; Doors, Windows and Related Hardware January 2014 Available From: Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (ULI) 333 Pfingsten Road, Northbrook, IL 60062 Tel: 847-272-8800 Web: www.ul.com

Standards





http://ulstandards.ul.com/standard/?id=63&edition=4&doctype=outline






http://database.ul.com/cgi-bin/XYV/template/LISEXT/1FRAME/index.html




http://www.iccsafe.org

http://canada.ul.com/

www.ul.com/doorguide

http://www.ul.com/global/eng/pages/




WHI (Intertek) Directory of Listed Products (On-Line at: http://etlwhidirectory.etlsemko.com/WebClients/ITS/DLP/products.nsf/$$Search?OpenForm ) Available From: Intertek Testing Services NA, Inc. (WHI) 545 East Algonquin Road, Suite F, Arlington Heights, IL 60005 Tel: 855-944-2378 Web: www.intertek.com Standard for Fire Doors and Other Opening Protectives Publication/Standard Number: ANSI/NFPA 80-2010 Life Safety Code Publication/Standard Number: ANSI/NFPA 101-2012 Standard for the Installation of Smoke Door Assemblies and Other Opening Protectives Publication/Standard Number: ANSI/NFPA 105-2010 Standard Methods of Tests of Fire Resistance of Building Construction and Materials Publication/Standard Number: ANSI/NFPA 251-2006 (Withdrawn in 2010) Standard Methods of Fire Tests of Door Assemblies Publication/Standard Number: ANSI/NFPA 252-2012 Standard on Fire Test for Window and Glass Block Assemblies Publication/Standard Number: ANSI/NFPA 257-2012 Available From: National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 1 Batterymarch Park, Quincy, MA 02269 Tel: 617-770-3000 Web: www.nfpa.org American National Standard for Butts and Hinges Publication/Standard Number: ANSI/BHMA A156.1:2013 Hardware Preparation in Steel Doors or Steel Frames Publication/Standard Number: ANSI/BHMA A156.115:2014 Available From: Builder's Hardware Manufacturers Association (BHMA) 355 Lexington Avenue 15th Floor New York, NY 10017 Tel: 1-800-699-9277 Web: www.buildershardware.com Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy Coated (Gal annealed) by the Hot-Dip Process Publication/Standard Number: ASTM A653-15 Standard Specification for Annealed or Cold-Worked Austenitic Stainless Steel, Strip, Plate and Flat Bar Publication/Standard Number: ASTM A666-15 Standard Test Method for Laboratory Measurement of Airborne Sound Transmission Loss of Building Partitions and Elements Publication/Standard Number: ASTM E90-09 Standard Test Methods of Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials Publication/Standard Number: ASTM E119-15 Standard Test Method for Structural Performance of Exterior Windows, Doors, Sky Lights and Curtain Walls by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference Publication/Standard Number: ASTM E330-14 Classification for Rating Sound Insulation Publication/Standard Number: ASTM E413-10 Standard Classification for Determination of Outdoor Indoor Transmission Class Publication/Standard Number: ASTM E1332-10a Standard Test Method for Performance of Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, Doors and Impact Protective Systems Impacted by Missile(s) and Exposed to Cyclic Pressure Differentials Publication/Standard Number: ASTM E1886-13a Standard Specification for Performance of Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, Doors and Impact Protective Systems Impacted by Windborne Debris in Hurricanes Publication/Standard Number: ASTM E1996-14a Standard Test Method for Determination of Decay Rates for Use in Sound Insulation Test Methods Publication/Standard Number: ASTM E2235-04(2012) Available From: ASTM International (formerly American Society for Testing and Materials) 100 Barr Harbor Drive West Conshohocken, PA Tel: 610-832-9500 Web: www.astm.org

Standards













http://www.nfpa.org

http://www.buildershardware.com/bhma-standards/ansibhma-a1561-butts-and-hinges

http://www.buildershardware.com




http://www.astm.org




http://www.intertek-etlsemko.com/portal/page/cust_portal/ITK_PGR


Recommended Specifications for Sound Retardant Steel Doors and Frames Publication/Standard Number: CSDMA 083473-06 Available From: Canadian Steel Door Manufacturers Association (CSDMA) One Yonge Street Suite 1801 Toronto, ON M5E 1W7 Tel: 416-363-7845 Web: www.csdma.org Guidelines for Acoustical Performance of Standard Steel Doors and Frames Publication/Standard Number: SDI-128-09 Testing and Rating of Severe Windstorm Resistant Components for Swinging Door Assemblies Publication/Standard Number: ANSI A250.13-2008

Available From: Steel Door Institute (SDI) 302000 Detroit Road Westlake, OH 44145 Tel: 440-899-0010 Web: www.steeldoor.org Guide Specifications for Detention Security Hollow Metal Doors and Frames Publication/Standard Number: ANSI/NAAMM HMMA 863-14 Guide Specifications for Sound Control Hollow Metal Doors and Frames Publication/Standard Number: ANSI/NAAMM HMMA 865-13

Available From: National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers (NAAMM) 800 Roosevelt Road, Building C Suite 312 Glen Ellyn, IL 60137 Tel: 630-942-6591 Web: www.naamm.org Impact Test Procedures Publication/Standard Number: TAS 201-(94) Criteria for Testing Impact and Non-Impact Resistant Building Envelope Components Using Uniform Static Air Pressure Publication/Standard Number: TAS 202-(94) Criteria for Testing Products Subject to Cyclic Wind Pressure Loading Publication/Standard Number: TAS 203-(94) Available From: Miami-Dade County Regulatory and Economic Resources Department 11805 South West 26th Street Miami, FL 33175 Tel: 786-315-2332 Web: www.miamidade.gov/building Taking Shelter from the Storm, FEMA Residential Safe Room Guidelines Publication/Standard Number: FEMA 320 (1998, 2008 and 2015) Design and Construction Guidance for Community Shelters Publication/Standard Number: FEMA 361 (2015) Available From: Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) P.O. Box 10055 Hyattsville, MD 20782-8055 Tel: 1-800-621-3362 Web: www.fema.gov Safety Standard for Architectural Glazing Materials Consumer Products Safety Commission, Title 16, Chapter II, Sub-Chapter B, Part 1201 Publication/Standard Number: 16 CFR 1201 Available From: US Government Bookstore National Archives and Records Administration, Office of the Federal Register 710 North Capitol Street N.W. Washington, DC Tel: 1-800-512-1800 Web: http://bookstore.gpo.gov Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures Publication/Standard Number: ASCE 7-10 Available From: American Society of Civil Engineers (ASCE) 1801 Alexander Bell Drive Reston, VA 20191 Tel: 1-800-548-2723 Web: www.asce.org

Standards



http://www.google.com/url?sa=t&rct=j&q=&esrc=s&frm=1&source=web&cd=2&ved=0CDAQFjAB&url=http%3A%2F%2Fwww2.iccsafe.org%2Fstates%2FFlorida2ndDraft2007%2Ftest_protocols%2FPDFs%2FTesting%2520Application%2520Standard%2520TAS%2520203-94.pdf&ei=_KV6UryAIIGiyAGY6YHwDw&usg=AFQjCNHqMyW8ZGfIiJjuvXXfa-D99DUPWQ&bvm=bv.55980276,d.aWc

http://www.steeldoor.org/T-DOC/ansi-250-13.php



http://www.fema.gov

http://www.csdma.org/english/content/CSDMA-2006-08_34_73-Sound_Specifications-July17-09.pdf


http://www.naamm.org/landing_pages/HMMA_863-14.pdf


http://www.naamm.org/hmma/default.aspx


http://www.csdma.org/english/

http://www.steeldoor.org/

http://residentialengineeringgroup.com/teg.pdf

www.asce.org


INDEX Item Numbers are indicated unless a Page (P4), Page and Table Number (P4(T2)) or Table and Page Number (T2(P4)) are specifically shown.

- 0-9 - 0 Hr Rated Doors, Frames & Walls .............. 25 1/3 Hour Doors Glazing ....... T17(P36,P37), T30(P64,P65) IBC ....................................................... 458 NBCC ............................................. 57, 458 Also See; IBC-No Hose Stream Drs & NBCC-No Hose Stream Drs 1-3/4" Thick Panels See; Frame with Panel Above Door and Panels (1-3/4") 1-3/8" Thick Doors ....................... 59, P47(T22) Astragals ....................................... P24(T7) DW-Series Frames .............................. 391 Hinges .......................................... 391, 652 Maximum Sizes by Series, Gage, Core & Rating ............. T5(P13), T6(P16) 2 Point Locks .............................. 653, 660, 678 2nd Return Defined................................................ P46 Frame Product ................... P46, P47(T22) Also See; Individual Frame Series and

Frame Constructions 3 Point Locks ...................................... 653, 678 3rd Party Astragals ............................... 694-700 3rd Party Glazing Kits .................. 41, 43, 45, 89 93-99, T17(P36,P37) 4-Sided Frames .. 57, P38, P47(T22), 366, 381

- A - A40 (ZF120) Galvanneal Steel ............... 51, 52 200, 340, 341, P77 Acoustic Doors ..................... 239-253, 254-262 Astragals ....................................... 251-253 Clearances ........................................... 253 Cores ................................................... 241 Frames Required ................................. 262 Fire Labels ........................................... 258 Gasketing ..................................... 251, 253 Glazing ................ 254-256, P31(T12), 259 In-Fill Panels ........................................ 257 Louvers ................................................ 257 Material .................................................. 51 Maximum Sizes by Series, Gage, Core & Rating ..................................... T4(P12) T5(P15), T6(P18) Minimum Sizes ................................ 55, 56 Thickness ............................................. 241 Vertical Edge Seams .................... 242-244 Acoustic Frames ................... 521-532,533-535 Anchorage ........................................... 526 Assy Methods ............................. T18(P39) T19(P40), T20(P42), 522 Doors Required .................................... 535 Fire Labels ........................................... 533 Gasketing ..................................... 240, 532 Installation ............................................ 527 Material ................................................ 340 Maximum Sizes by Gage & Rating ................................... T18(P39) T19(P40), T20(P42) Profiles ....................... 361, P46, P47(T22) 523-525, P58(T25) Acoustic Product Hardware ............................. 245-250, 253 STC Labels .................................. 258, 533 Testing ....................... 239, 521, P77, P78 Adjustable Frames See; Expandable Frames, Split Frames Anchors See; Floor Anchors, Wall Anchors,

Individual Fr Series and Fr Constructions

ANSI Standards............................................ P77 Hinges ................................................. P77 Arched Frames ................................................. 455 Top Doors ............................................ 331 Architect's Responsibilities ............... 9, 31, 273 Assembly Methods Closed Sections ........................... 379, 487 Frame Product ................ 41, 44, T18(P39) T19(P40,P41), T20(P42,P43) 376,377,378,379 Also See; Individual Frame Series and

Frame Constructions ASTM Standards........................................ P77 Astragals ................. 124-127,128-135,136-139 1-3/8" Thick Doors ........................ P24(T7) 3rd Party .......................................694-700 Means of Egress .......... 672, 674-676, 692 NFPA 80 ............................. 128, 694, 698 Also See; Individual Door Series and Door Constructions Authority Having Jurisdiction ... 3, 4, P4, 12, 15 T17(P37), 611, 614

615, 625, 660, 685, 689 Defined .................................................. P4

- B - Bevels ......................................................69-78 Bituminous Coating ..................................... 349 Bolts ................ See; Flush Bolts, Surface Bolts Borrowed Light ............... See; Window Frames Bridge & Strap Anchors See; Wall Anchors-Masonry British Standards Institute (BSI) .................... 16 BR-Series Doors See; Bullet-Resistant (BR-Series) Doors BR-Series Frames See; Bullet-Resistant (BR-Series) Frames Builders Hardware .................... See; Hardware Building Codes ....................... See; IBC, NBCC Bullet-Resistant (BR-Series) Drs .........272-277 278-280 Bevels .................................................. 274 Cores ................................................... 273 Described .............................................. 46 Frames Required ................................. 280 Glazing ................................................. 278 In-Fill Panels ........................................ 278 Louvers ................................................ 278 Material .................................................. 51 Maximum Sizes by Gage & Rating ...................... T5(P15), T6(P18) Minimum Sizes ................................ 55, 56 Thickness ............................................... 58 Vertical Edge Seams ........................... 274 Bullet-Resistant (BR-Series) Frames ...546-555 Anchorage............................................ 551 Assy Methods .... T19(P40), T20(P42), 547 Doors Required .................................... 555 Installation .................................... 348, 550 Material ................................................ 340 Maximum Sizes by Gage & Rating .................. T19(P40), T20(P42) Profiles ........ 361, P46, P47(T22), 548-550 Bullet-Resistant (BR-Series) Product Certification .................................. 272, 546 Hardware ..................................... 276, 277 Testing .............. 272, P31(T13), 546, P76 Bull-Nosed Doors ........................................ 330

- C - Cased Open Sections ................ P47(T22), 366 381, 697

Ceiling Openings................................. 381, 607 Center Rails Doors ..................................................... 82 Fr Product .. 361, 379, 487, P46, P47(T22) Ceramic Glazing See; Glazing-Drs, Glazing-Fr Product Certification Code Requirements ......................610-613 Glazing ................................ T17(P36,P37) 468, T30(P64,P65) Hardware ............................................. 628 Labels Acoustic Product .................... 258, 533 Bullet-Resistance ................... 272, 546 Detention Security ......................... 543 Fire Protection .......... See; Fire Labels Hardware ....................................... 628 Human Impact Resistance .... 115, 468 Hurricane-Resistant ........... 32, 33, 281 301, 556, 575 Smoke Control ............. 626, P67, P68 Tornado Resistance ........ 37, 305, 313 580, 594 Clad Doors ...........................................211-228 Astragals ............ P28(T10), P29(T11), 696 Cladding Available ............................... 212 Clearances ........................................... 213 Cores ...... T4(P12), T5(P14), T6(P17,P18) Frames Not Permitted .......................... 508 Frames Permitted ................................ 228 Glazing ........ 220, 221, 226, T17(P36,P37) Hardware ............................................. 223 In-Fill Panels ........................................ 222 Louvers ................................................ 222 Material .................................................. 51 Maximum Sizes by Series, Gage Core & Rating ............. T4(P12), T5(P14) T6(P17,P18) Minimum Sizes ................................ 55, 56 Positive Pressure ................................. 225 Sizing ........................................... 213, 505 Thickness ..................................... 211, 214 TRR Doors ..................... T5(P14), T6(P17) 177-184,185-190 Vertical Edge Seams ...................216-219 Also See; CW, D & H-Series Drs Clad Frame Product .............................503-513 Anchorage............................................ 511 Assembly Methods ..................... T18(P39) T19(P40,P41), T20(P42,P43) Cladding Available ............... 503, 504, 508 Doors For ..................................... 507, 513 Glazing ........................... 457-468,469-471 504, T30(P64,P65) Hardware ............................................. 223 Material ................................................ 340 Maximum Sizes by Gage & Rating .......... T18(P39), T19(P40,P41) T20(P42,P43), 508 Panels ................ 472-478, 504, T30(P64) Positive Pressure ................................. 508 Profiles ....... 361, P46, P47(T22), 505, 510 Sizing ................................................... 505 Classified - Defined ...................................... P4 Clearances .................................... 57, 694, 698 Closer Reinforcing ...............................687-689 Closers See; Self-Closing Devices, Spring Hinges Closure (Fire Door Assembly) - Defined ..... P4 Code & Regulatory Requirements Fire Labels ....................... 12, 14, 610-614 619-622, 624, 625-627 3rd Party Certification .................. 612, 613

Index: 0 - Code


Code vs Labeling Conflicts IBC ....................................... 145, 625, 689 NBCC ................... 106, 463, 611, 625, 689 Combination Stud Anchors See; Wall Anchors-Drywall Communicating Openings .......... 327, 380, 688 Described ........................................... P37 Construction Doors .............................. 47, T4(P11,P12) T5(P13,P14,P15) T6(P16,P17,P18,P19) Frame Product .................... 336, T18(P39) T19(P40,P41), T20(P42,P43) Continuous Hinges ............................. 619, 649 Contra-Swing Frame Product .............. 400-406 Anchorage ........................................... 403 Assembly Methods ............. T19(P40,P41) 401 Constructions Not Permitted ........ 404, 449 Described ........................................... P37 Doors Not Permitted .................... 406, 449 Doors Permitted ................................... 406 Glazing .......................... 457-468, 469-471 T30(P64,P65) Hardware ............................................. 404 Material ........................................ 340, 404 Maximum Sizes by Gage & Rating ... T19(P40,P41), T20(P42,P43) Mullions ........................ 367, 369, 400-404 Panels ........................ 472-478, T30(P64) Profiles ............... 361, P46, P47(T22), 402 Coordinators ............................... 139, 676, 692 Cores Door Series & Gages Available ................... 46, T4(P11,P12) T5(P13,P14,P15) T6(P16,P17,P18,P19), 60-68 In-Fill Panels ................................. 117-119 T17(P36), T30(P64) Panels (1-3/4") .................... 477, T30(P64) Panels (Above Door) ................... 425, 429 Also See; Individual Door Series and Door Constructions Corner Posts ........................ 44, 348, 361, P46 P47(T22), 379, 498-500 Curved Frame Product ..................................... 455 Top Doors ............................................ 331 CW-Series Doors Astragals (Std Construction) ......... 126-129 P24(T7), 133, 136-139 Clad Doors ..................... T4(P12), T5(P14) T6(P17,P18), 211-228 Cores ............................................... 61, 62 Described .............................................. 46 Door with Panel Above ................. T4(P11) T5(P14), T6(P17), 155-166 Double Egress Doors .................... T4(P11) T5(P13), T6(P16), 141-154 Dutch Door ..................... T5(P15), T6(P18) 167-176 Frames Not Permitted .......................... 329 Frames Permitted .................................. 49 Glazing .................................. 80-84, 89-94 97-116, T17(P36,P37) Hardware ...................... 628-640, 642-651 653-657, 659-701 Hurricane-Resistant Doors ........... T4(P12) T5(P15), T6(P18), 281-304 In-Fill Panels ....... 117, 118, 119, T17(P36) Louvers ......................................... 120-123 Material .................................................. 51 Maximum Sizes by Gage, Core & Rating .................... T4(P11,P12) T5(P13,P14,P15) T6(P16,P17,P18,P19) Minimum Sizes ................................ 55, 56

CW-Series Doors (continued) Rabetted Meeting Stiles ...................... 139 Thickness ............................................... 58 Vertical Edge Seams ................. 46, 69, 73

- D - Dampers ..................................... See; Louvers Dead Bolts ........................ P32(T14), P34(T16) P60(T27), 685 Detention Security (HS-Series) Drs .....263-271 Cores ................................................... 265 Described .............................................. 46 Frames Required ................................. 271 Fire Labels ........................................... 263 Glazing ........................ 268, T17(P36,P37) In-Fill Panels ........................................ 269 Louvers ................................................ 269 Material .................................................. 51 Maximum Sizes by Gage & Rating ...................... T5(P15), T6(P18) Minimum Sizes ................................ 55, 56 Thickness ............................................. 264 Vertical Edge Seams .......................... 265 Detention Security Frames ..................536-545 Anchorage............................................ 540 Assy Methods .... T19(P40), T20(P42), 537 Doors Required .................................... 545 Fire Labels ........................................... 543 Material ................................................ 340 Maximum Sizes by Gage & Rating .................. T19(P40), T20(P42) Profiles ....................... 361, P46, P47(T22) P59(T26), 538, 539 Detention Security Product Detention Labels .................................. 543 Hardware ..................... 266, 267, 541, 542 Testing ........................................ 263, 536 Distributor Responsibilities ............... 10, 81, 84 85, 94, 95, 98, 122, 138, 142, 225, 355 373-377, 441, 508, 624, 626, 689, 693 Also See; In-Plant Labeling Program Door Bottoms ................................ 43, 694-700 Door Position Switches ............................... 684 Door Rabbet ...................... 361, P46, P47(T22) Also See; Individual Frame Series &

Frame Constructions Door Series Described .............................................. 46 Maximum Sizes by Gage, Core & Rating .................... T4(P11,P12) T5(P13,P14,P15) T6(P16,P17,P18,P19) Also See; Individual Dr Series and Door Constructions Door Viewers .................................. 41, 43, 693 Door with Panel Above ........ 155-162, 163-166 Astragals ....................... 158, P26(T9), 696 Frames Required ................................. 166 Glazing ........................ 164, T17(P36,P37) Hardware ............................................. 163 In-Fill Panels ........................................ 164 Louvers ................................................ 164 Material .................................................. 51 Maximum Sizes by Series, Gage, Core & Rating ......... T4(P11,P12) T5(P14), T6(P17) Minimum Sizes ........................ 55, 56, 426 Thickness ............................................... 58 Top Cap ....................................... 156, 157 TRR Doors ..................... T4(P12), T5(P14) T6(P17), 177-184, 185-190 Vertical Edge Seams ................. 69, 71-74 76-78, 160, 161 Also See; CW, D, E & S-Series Drs Door with Panel Above - TRR .............. T4(P12) T5(P14), T6(P17), 177-184, 185-190

Doors Arched Top .......................................... 331 As 1-3/4" Panel .......... T18(P39), T19(P40) T20(P42), 361, P46, P47(T22), 455 456, 472-478, P60(T27), T30(P64) Astragals ....................... 124-127, 128-135 136-139, P24(T7) Bevels ........................................ 69, 70, 78 By Others ............................... 20, 633, 634 Center Rails ........................................... 82 Constructions .................. 47, T4(P11,P12) T5(P13,P14,P15) T6(P16,P17,P18,P19) Cores .............................. 46, T4(P11,P12) T5(P13,P14,P15) T6(P16,P17,P18,P19), 60-68, 318 Curved Top .......................................... 331 Field Splices......................................... 332 Fire Protection Rating ........... 8, P5(T2), 17 Glazing ............................ 41, T4(P11,P12) T5(P13,P14,P15) T6(P16,P17,P18,P19) 80, 81-101, 102-116, T17(P36,P37) Hardware .............. 3, 11, 45, T4(P11,P12) T5(P13,P14,P15)

T6(P16,P17,P18,P19) 628-644, 645-659, 660-678

679-693, 694-701 In-Fill Panels .......... See; In-Fill Panels-Drs Louvers ...................... 41, 43, 45, 120-123 Maintenance .......................... 3, 11, 12, 15 Material .................................... 51, 52, 200 Maximum Sizes 1/3 & 3/4 Hr ......... T6(P16,P17,P18,P19) 1 & 1-1/2 Hr ................ T5(P13,P14,P15) 2 & 3 Hr ............................. T4(P11,P12) Minimum Sizes ........................ 55, 56, 343 Miscellaneous Restrictions ...........317-334 Non-Std Constructions ................. P25-P34 Positive Pressure ............... 18, 20, 21, 699 Round Top ........................................... 331 Sloped Top........................................... 331 Std Construct ................. T4(P11), T5(P13) T6(P16), P19-25 Thickness ......................................... 58, 59 Also See; Individual Door Series And Door Constructions Top Cap ......................................... 43, 333 Vertical Edge Seams ........................69-78 Also See; Individual Dr Series & Dr

Constructions, Positive Pressure Doors - No Hose Stream ........... 8, P5(T2), 123 T17(P36,P37), 458, P53(T24) Doors Not Permitted Clad Frame Product ............................. 513 Contra-Swing Fr Product ..................... 406 DW-Series Frames .............................. 393 Expandable (Exp-Series) Frs ............... 443 Double Acting Doors .......................... 332, P38 Double Egress ........................................... P38 Double Egress Doors ........... 141-146, 147-154 Astragals .......146, P25(T8), 147, 148, 696 Frames Required ................................. 154 Glazing ........................ 149, T17(P36,P37) Hardware ..................................... 144, 145 In-Fill Panels ........................................ 150 Louvers ................................................ 151 Material ............................................ 51, 52 Maximum Sizes by Series, Gage, Core & Rating ......... T4(P11,P12) T5(P13,P14), T6(P16,P17) Minimum Sizes ................................ 55, 56 Thickness ............................................... 58 Vertical Edge Seams ............ 69-73, 75-78 141-143, 147, 148 Also See; CW, D, E, H, MH, SLE and SL-Series Doors

Index: Code - Double Egress


Double Egress TRR Doors Maximum Sizes by Series, Gage & Rating ........................... T4(P12) T5(P14), T6(P17), 141-146, 147-154, 177-184, 185-190 Also See; D, H and SLTR-Series Drs Double Egress Frame Product ............ 394-399 Anchorage ........................................... 396 Assembly Methods ..................... T18(P39) T19(P40,P41), T20(P42,P43), 397 Constructions Available .............. T18(P39) T19(P40,P41), T20(P42,P43) 379, 412, 451 Constructions Not Permitted ................ 449 Doors Required .................................... 399 Glazing ......... 457-468, 469-471, T18(P39) T19(P41), T20(P43) T30(P64,P65), 493-499, 500-502 Hardware ..................................... 144, 145 Material ................................................ 340 Maximum Sizes by Gage & Rating ................................... T18(P39) T19(P40,P41), T20(P42,P43) Panels ........................ 472-478, T18(P39) T19(P40,P41), T20(P42,P43) T30(P64) Profiles ........................................ 361, P46 P47(T22), 394, 395 Reveal ................................ P46, P47(T22) Reveal Rabbet ................... P46, P47(T22) Double Rabbet Profile ................................ P46 Drywall Frames .......... See; DW-Series Frames Drywall Profile ............................................ P46 Also See; DW-Series Frames Drywall Return ...................... See; 2nd Returns D-Series Doors Acoustic Doors ............... T4(P12), T5(P15) T6(P18), 239-253, 254-262 Astragals (Std Const) .................... P24(T7) 130-135, 136-138 Clad Doors ..................... T4(P12), T5(P14) T6(P17,P18), 211-228 Cores ..................................................... 60 Described .............................................. 46 Door with Panel Above ......... T4(P11,P12) T5(P14), T6(P17), 155-162, 163-166 Door with Panel Above TRR ......... T4(P12) T5(P14), T6(P17), 177-184, 185-190 Double Egress Doors ............ T4(P11,P12) T5(P13,P14), T6(P16,P17) 141-146, 147-154 Double Egress TRR Doors ........... T4(P12) T5(P14), T6(P17) 141-146, 147-154, 177-184, 185-190 Dutch Door ..................... T5(P15), T6(P18) 167-176 Frames Permitted .................................. 49 Glazing ............................ 80, 81-85, 89-95 97-101, 102-116, T17(P36,P37) Hardware ...................... 628-644, 645-659 660-678, 679-693, 694-701 Hurricane-Resistant Doors ........... T4(P12) T5(P14,P15), T6(P17,P18) 281-285, 286-301, 302-304 Hurricane-Resistant Drs - TRR ..... T4(P12) T5(P14), T6(P17), 177-184, 185-190 In-Fill Panels ....... 117, 118, 119, T17(P36) Lead-Lined Doors ......................... T4(P12) T5(P15), T6(P18), 229-238 Louvers ......................................... 120-123 Material .................................................. 51 Minimum Sizes ................................ 55, 56 Rabetted Meeting Stiles ...... 130-132, 139 Standard Construction ................. T4(P11) T5(P13), T6(P16), 49-59, 60-80 81-101, 102-118, 119-127 128-135, 136-139

D-Series Doors (continued) Thickness ..........................................58-59 TRR Doors .................... T4(P12), T5(P14) T6(P17), P28(T10), 177-184, 185-190 Vertical Edge Seams .... 46, 69, 71, 72, 76 Dutch Door ...........................................167-176 Astragals .............................................. 173 Constructions Not Permitted ........ 188, 422 Frames Required ................................. 176 Glazing ................................................. 174 Hardware ..................................... 167, 168 In-Fill Panels ........................................ 174 Louvers ................................................ 174 Material ............................................ 51, 52 Maximum Sizes by Series, Gage, Core & Rating ................. T4(P12) T5(P15), T6(P18) Minimum Sizes ................................ 55, 56 Shelf ............................................. 172, 173 Thickness ............................................... 58 Vertical Edge Seams ........................69-78 Also See; CW, D, MH & SL-Series Drs Dutch Door Frame Product ..................417-424 Anchorage............................................ 419 Assembly Methods ..................... T18(P39) T19(P40,P41), T20(P42,P43) 376, 417 Closer Reinforcing ............................... 421 Constructions Not Permitted ................ 422 Doors Required .................................... 424 Glazing .......................... 457-468, 469-471 T30(P64,P65) Hardware ..................................... 420, 421 Material ................................................ 340 Maximum Sizes by Gage & Rating ......................... T18(P39) T19(P40,P41), T20(P42,P43) Panels ........................ 472-478, T30(P64) Profiles ............... 361, P46, P47(T22), 418 DW-Series Frames ............. 386-391, 392, 393 1-3/8" Thick Doors ............................... 391 Anchorage............................................ 389 Assy Methods .... T19(P40), T20(P42), 386 Constructions Not Permitted ................ 388 Doors Not Permitted ............................ 393 Doors Permitted .................................. 393 Hardware ............................................. 391 Material ................................................ 340 Maximum Sizes by Gage & Rating .................. T19(P40), T20(P42) Profiles ....... 361, P46, P47(T22), 387, 388 Rough Stud Openings ......................... 390 Supplemental Labels ......................... P68

- E - Electric Hinges .................................................. 646 Strikes .................................... 18, 634, 684 Electronic Hardware...... 18, 634, 646, 659, 684 ElectroLynx ..................... 43, 44, 531, 571, 635 Electromagnets ........................................... 684 Embossed Doors See; E & SLE-Series Drs Embossed Labels .................. See; Fire Labels Energy Efficient Doors ......... See; Trio-E Doors E-Series Doors Astragals (Std Const) .................... P24(T7) 129-135, 136-138 Cores ..................................................... 61 Described .............................................. 46 Door with Panel Above ................. T4(P11) T5(P14), T6(P17), 155-162, 163-166 Double Egress Doors .................... T4(P11) T5(P13), T6(P16), 141-146, 147-154 Frames Permitted .................................. 49 Glazing ............................ 80, 81-84, 89-94 97-101, 102-116, T17(P36,P37)

E-Series Doors (continued) Hardware ....... 628-644, 645-659, 660-678 679-693, 694-701 Hurricane-Resistant Doors ........... T4(P12) T5(P15), T6(P18), 281-285 286-301, 302-304 In-Fill Panels ....... 117, 118, 119, T17(P36) Louvers ................................................ 123 Material .................................................. 51 Maximum Sizes by Gage, Core & Rating ............................. T4(P11,P12) T5(P13,P14,P15) T6(P16,P17,P18) Minimum Sizes ............................... 55, 56 Patterns Available .................................. 46 Thickness ............................................... 58 Vertical Edge Seams .... 46, 69, 71, 76-78 Euro-Norm Standards ................................... 16 Existing Wall Anchors See; Wall Anchors-Existing Expandable (Exp-Series) Frames ........436-443 Anchorage............................................ 438 Assembly Methods ..................... T19(P40) T20(P42), 441 Doors Not Permitted ............................ 443 Doors Permitted .................................. 443 Hardware ............................................. 440 Material ................................................ 340 Maximum Sizes by Gage & Rating .................. T19(P40), T20(P42) Mullions ................................................ 437 Profiles ........................ 436, P52(T23), 437 Rough Stud Openings ......................... 439 Exposed Edge Seam Drs ........... 46, 71, 74, 75

- F - F5-Series Doors ............ See; Tornado-Resistant Drs Frames .......... See; Tornado-Resistant Frs Face Dimpled Anchors See; Wall Anchors-Drywall and Wall Anchors-Masonry Face Width ................................ P46, P47(T22) Also See; Individual Frame Series &

Frame Constructions Face-Welded Frames ................ P38, 377, 378 Factory Identification Marking (FIM) ............. 42 FEMA See; Tornado Resistant (F5-Series) Doors and Frame Product Field Assembled Frame Components Fire Labels .......... 371, 375, 430, 622, P68 Field Labeling ........................................ 40, 627 Field Modifications .................................. 40, 41 Field Splices Doors ................................................... 332 Frame Product ......................... 41, 44, 500 Supplemental Labels ................. 622, P68 Fire Barrier - Defined .................................. P4 Fire Compartment - Defined ....................... P4 Fire Door - Defined .................................... P4 Fire Door Assembly - Defined ..................... P4 Fire Door Fr Product - Defined ........... P4, P38 Fire Door Louvers ............. See; Louvers-Doors Fire Exit Devices ......................... 653-658, 664 665, 668-678 Not Permitted ....................... 123, 167, 658 669, 670, 678 Required ...................... 144, 277, 370, 553 664, 668, 671, 677, 691 Fire Labels Applying ................... 42-45, 619, 624, 627 Code Requirements ......... 12, 14, 610-614 619-622, 624, 625, 626 Doors ......................................... 612, P67 Embossed .................. 615, 618, 621, P68 Field Applied ................................. 40, 627

Index: Double Egress - Fire Labels


Fire Labels (continued) Field Assembled Fr Components ........ 622 P68 Field Splices 622, P68 Fire Protection Rating .......... 612, 620, 621 Frame Product ..... 613, 618, 620-623, P68 Gasketing ............................................. 259 Glazing ......................... 106, 113, 463, 466 Hardware ..................... 628, 634, 642, 643 659, 664, 678, 684, 699 In-Fill Panels ........................................ 118 Louvers ................................................ 121 Material ......................................... 615-618 Neutral Pressure .............................. 19, 21 NFPA 80 ...................... 612-615, 619, 620 Positive Pressure .....................18-21, 614 Smoke Control .........................23-27, 626 P67, P68, 699 Supplemental .......................... 26, 27, 622 626, P67, P68 Also See; Individual Door Series, Door Constructions, Frame Series and Frame Constructions Fire Partition - Defined ................................ P4 Fire Protection Certification Labels See; Fire Labels Fire Protection Rating ..................... 7, 8, 9, 612 Defined ................................................. P4 Doors ............ 8, P5(T2), 17, 177, 184, 187 Frame Product ............. 8, P5(T2), 17, 480 Glazing - IBC ....... 102, 103, 105, 114, 184 T17(P36,P37), 460, 480 Glazing - NBCC ................... 102, 106, 114 184, T17(P36,P37), 459, 460, 463, 480 Glazing - NFPA 80 ............... 100, 102, 107 113, 114, 184, 457, 460, T17(P36,P37) Hardware ....... 33, 628, 637, 643, 664, 694 IBC ...................................... 8, P5(T2), 610 NBCC ............................ 8, P5(T2), 13, 610 NFPA 80 .............................................. 610 With Smoke Control ....................... 27, 699 Fire Rating - Wall vs Opening ............ 8, P5(T2) Also See; Maximum Sizes & Ratings,

Individual Door Series, Door Constructions, Frame Series &

Frame Constructions Fire Resistance Rating ...... 7, 8, 461, P33(T15) Defined ................................................. P4 Glazing - IBC .............. 104, 105, P33(T15) T17(P36,P37), 460-462 T30(P64,P65) Glazing - NBCC .......... 104, 106, P33(T15) T17(P36,P37), 460-463 T30(P64,P65) Glazing - NFPA 80 ............... 104, 106, 108 114, T17(P36,P37) Fire Separation ...................... See; Fire Barrier Fire Test Methods ................ P4(T1), 16-22, 50 104, 177, 339, 462, P76, P77 IBC ........................ P4(T1), 16-22, 29, 115 462, 614, P76, P77 NBCC .......... P4(T1), 16-22, 462, 614, P76 Also See; Neutral & Positive Pressure Fire Wall ............................. 8, P5(T2), 184, 463 Defined ................................................. P4 Fire Window - Defined ................................ P4 Fire Window Assembly Defined ................................................. P4 Also See; Window Frames Fixed Doors ........... 90, 120, 456, 474, 475, 478 Fixed Panels See; Frame with Panel Above Door,

Sidelight Frames-Panels, Transom Frames-Panels

Flat Bar Astragal ....................... See; Astragals

Floor Anchors .......................... 44, 45, 350-352 Mullions ................................ 345, 351, 566 Floor Closers ........... See; Self-Closing Devices Floor Openings ................................... 381, 607 Florida Building Code Footnote References .......................... P75 Florida Building Commission (FBC) ........ 32, 33 281, 556, 638, 639 Flush Bolts .......... 653, 656, 658, 660-663, 678 Astragals ...................................... 135, 183 Positive Pressure ........................... 18, 663 Flush Panels (Above Door) See; Frame with Panel Above Door Footnote References Florida Building Code ......................... P75 IBC ...................................................... P74 NBCC .................................................. P74 NFPA 80 ..................................... P74, P75 NFPA 105 ........................................... P75 Ontario Building Code (OBC) ............. P75 Frame Constructions Not Permitted Sidelight Frames .......... 166, 393, 422, 435 443, 488, 495, 503, 508, 520, 535 555, P60(T27), 579, 596, 602 Stainless Steel Frame Product.............................. 388, 449, 499 Window Frames ... 393, 443, 488, 495, 503 508, 520, 555, P60(T27), 579, 596, 602 Frame Labels ....... See; Fire Labels-Fr Product Frame Product Anchorage See; Floor Anchors, Wall Anchors, Individual Frame Series and Frame Constructions Curved ................................................. 455 Defined ......................................... P4, P38 Material ........................................ 340, 341 Maximum Sizes 1/3 & 3/4 Hr ................... T20(P42,P43) 1 & 1-1/2 Hr .................. T19(P40,P41) 2 & 3 Hr ................................. T18(P39) Also See; Individual Frame Series and Frame Constructions Miscellaneous Restrictions ..........597-605 606-609 Non-Std Constructions ......... 336, 385-596 Non-Std Stop Heights ................. P47(T22) P59(T26) Panels See; In-Fill Panels-Fr Product, Panels (1-3/4") Profiles ........ 361, 362-366, P46, P47(T22) Also See; Individual Frame Series and Frame Constructions Removable Mullions See; Removable Hardware Mullions, Removable Hollow Metal Mullions Standard Constructions ...............335-384 Frame with Panel Above Door .... P38, 425-435 Anchorage............................................ 433 Assembly Methods ............. 431, T18(P39) T19(P40), T20(P42) Astragals ............................................. 427 Doors Required .................................... 435 Hardware ............................................. 429 Material ................................................ 340 Maximum Sizes by Gage & Rating T18(P39), T19(P40), T20(P42) Panel Constructions ..................... 427, 428 Panel Sizes .......................................... 426 Profiles ....................... P46, P47(T22), 432 Supplemental Labels ......................... P68 Frame with Rabetted Panel See; Frame with Panel Above Door Frames - Defined ...................................... P38

Frames Required Acoustic Doors ..................................... 262 Bullet-Resistant (BR-Series) Drs ......... 280 Detention Security Doors ..................... 271 Door with Panel Above ........................ 166 Double Egress Doors ........................... 154 Dutch Door ........................................... 176 Hurricane-Resistant Doors .................. 304 Lead-Lined Doors ................................ 238 Tornado-Resistant Doors ..................... 316

- G - G90 (Z275) Galvanized .......... 51, 52, 340, 349 P53(T24), P77 Galvanneal Steel See; A40 (ZF120) Galvanneal Steel Gasketing ..................... 41, P47(T22), 694-700 Acoustic Doors ............................. 251, 253 Acoustic Frames .................. 240, 262, 525 532, 533 Fire Labels ................................... 259, 533 Hurricane-Resistant Fr Product ........... 296 573, 574 Installation ...................................... 22, 251 Positive Pressure .................... 18, 20, 699 Smoke Control ................ 23-27, 699, 700 Glass Lights Minimum Sizes ...................................... 80 Glazing Doors .............................. 41, T4(P11,P12) T5(P13,P14,P15) T6(P16, P17,P18,P19) T17(P36,P37), 80-116 Doors - No Hose Stream ............ 8, P5(T2) T17(P36,P37) Fire Labels ........................... 106, 113, 115 463, 466, 468, 470 Fire Resistance Rating .................104-108 114, 180 Frame Product ................... P38, T18(P39) T19(P40,P41), T20(P42,P43), 452 457-471, T30(P64,P65), P68(T32) IBC ....................... 103-105, 113, 114, 184 T17(P36,P37) 458-460, 467, T30(P64,P65) Installation .... 85-89, 93, 99, 101, 464, 471 NBCC ................... 102, 104, 106, 114, 184 T17(P36,P37), 460, 468 T30(P64,P65) Neutral Pressure ................. T17(P36,P37) NFPA 80 ...................... 100, 102, 107, 108 113, 114, 184, 457, 460, 468 Positive Pressure ........ 113, T17(P36,P37) 466, T30(P64,P65) Testing ............ P4(T1), 102, 104, 114-116 459, 462, 467, 468, P77 UL Doors .............................................. 110 UL Frame Product ............................... 465 WHI Doors ........................................... 110 WHI Frame Product ............................. 465 Also See; Human Impact Resistance,

Individual Dr Series, Dr Constructions, Fr Series, Fr Constructions and Fire Protection Rating Glazing Kits 3rd Party ................. 41, 43, 45, 89, 93-99 111, 115, T17(P36,P37) Fleming ..................... 80, 81-92, 221, 268 Thermal ................ 81, P20, 118, 206, 234 Glazing Rabbet ................. 361, P46, P47(T22) Also See; Individual Frame Series and Frame Constructions Grout ........................... 348, 349, 499, 527, 550 GWG .......................... 112, 116, 234, T17(P36) 470, T30(P64) Also See; Glazing-Doors, Glazing-Frame Product

Index: Fire Labels - GWG


- H - H Astragal ................................. See; Astragals Handing Terminology ................................. P38 Hardware ............................................. 628-701 Doors ............... 3, 11, 43-45, T4(P11,P12) T5(P13,P14,P15) T6(P16,P17,P18,P19) 79, 628-701 Fire Labels ........................................... 628 Fr Product ............ 3, 11, 45, 344, 628-701 General Requirements .. 79, 344, 628-641 IBC ....................................................... 628 Mullions ................................ 665, 666, 672 NFPA 80 ......628, 631, 654, 664, 671, 692 Positive Pressure ........... 18, 643, 659, 663 664, 684, 693, 699 Smoke Control ..................... 654, 699, 700 Also See; Astragals-3rd Party,

Coordinators, Door Viewers, Gasketing, Hinges, Self-Latching Devices, Self-Closing Devices, Strikes,

Individual Door Series, Door Constructions, Frame

Series and Frame Constructions Hinges ................................... 18, 636, 642-652 1-3/8" Thick Doors ....................... 391, 652 ANSI Standard .................................... P77 Also See; Continuous Hinges, Spring

Hinges Holders ................................................ 686, 690 Hospital Profile ........................... P46, 364, 388 H-Series Doors Astragals (Std Const) .... P24(T7), 130-139 Clad Doors ..................... T4(P12), T5(P14) T6(P17,P18), 211-228 Cores ..................................................... 66 Described .............................................. 46 Double Egress Doors ............ T4(P11,P12) T5(P13,P14), T6(P16,P17), 141-154 Double Egress TRR Doors ........... T4(P12) T5(P14), T6(P17), 177-190 Frames Not Permitted .......... 329, 393, 605 Frames Permitted .......................... 49, 338 Glazing ...................... 80-83, 85, 89-93, 95 97-116, T17(P36,P37) Hardware ...................... 628-640, 642-651 653-701 Hurricane-Resistant Drs ............... T4(P12) T5(P15), T6(P18), 281-304 Hurricane-Resistant TRR Drs ....... T4(P12) T5(P14), T6(P17), 177-199, 281-304 In-Fill Panels ............... 117-119, T17(P36) Louvers ......................................... 120-123 Material .................................................. 51 Maximum Sizes by Gage, Core & Rating ............................. T4(P11,P12) T5(P13,P14,P15) T6(P16,P17,P18,P19) Minimum Sizes ............................... 55, 56 Rabetted Meeting Stiles ...... 130-132, 139 Thickness ......................................... 58, 59 TRR Doors ..................... T4(P12), T5(P14) T6(P17), P28(T10), 177-190 Vertical Edge Seams .... 46, 69, 73, 77, 78 HS-Series Doors See; Detention Security Doors HS-Series Frames See; Detention Security Frames Human Impact Resistant Glazing IBC .................................. P4(T1), 114, 467 Labels .......................................... 115, 468 NBCC ........................................... 114, 468 Standards .............................. P4(T1), P77 Testing .................................... P4(T1), 114 Also See; Certification Labels, IBC, NBCC

Hurricane-Resistant Doors ..................281-304 Astragals ..................................... 298, 299 Cores ............................................ T4(P12) T5(P14,P15), T6(P17,P18) Fire Labels ........................................... 301 Frames Required ................................. 304 Glazing ................................ 297, P33(T15) Hardware .............................. 33, P32(T14) 288-295, 298, 324 In-Fill Panels ........................................ 300 Louvers ................................................ 300 Material .......................................... 51, 200 Maximum Sizes by Series, Gage, Core & Rating ............................ T4(P12) T5(P14,P15), T6(P17,P18) Minimum Sizes ............................... 55, 56 Testing ..............................................29-33 Thickness ............................................... 58 TRR Doors ..................... T4(P12), T5(P14) T6(P17), 177-190, 281-304 Vertical Edge Seams ......... 282-284, 299 Windstorm Labels ................................ 301 Also See; CW, D, E, H and SS-Series Doors Hurricane-Resistant TRR Doors Maximum Sizes by Series, Gage, Core & Rating ............. T4(P12), T5(P14) T6(P17), 177-190, 281-304 Hurricane-Resistant Fr Product ...........556-579 Anchorage................... 565, P61(T29), 566 Assembly Methods ..................... T18(P39) T19(P40,P41), T20(P42,P43), 560, 561 Doors Required .................................... 579 Fire Labels ........................................... 575 Gasketing ............................. 296, 573, 574 Hardware ............ 558, P60(T27), 568-574 Material ........................................ 340, 341 Maximum Sizes by Gage & Rating ................................... T18(P39) T19(P40,P41), T20(P42,P43) Panels ............... P60(T27), 567, T30(P64) Profiles ................ 361, 562-564, P61(T28) Removable Mullions .................. P32(T14) P60(T27), 560, 564, P61(T28) Windstorm Labels ................................ 575 Hurricane-Resistant Product Certification .......................................29-33 Labels .................................. 281, 301, 575 Testing ............................... 29-33, P77-78

- I - IBC ........................................... P3, P4, P5, 28 1/3 Hour Doors ................... T17(P36,P37) 458, T30(P64,P65) Code vs Labeling Conflicts .. 145, 625, 689 Electrical Compliance NFPA 70 ........................................ 634 Fire Protection Rating ................. 8, P5(T2) Fire Test Methods ..................... P4(T1), 16 462, 614, P76-77 Footnote References .......................... P74 Glazing ................. 102-105, 113, 114, 184 T17(P36,P37), 458-460, 462 467, T30(P64) Hardware ............................................. 628 Human Impact Resistant ................ P4(T1) 114, 467 Hurricane-Resistant Product .................. 29 NFPA References ...... 3, P4(T1), 8, P5(T2) 16, 23, 24, 29, 35, 36, 57, 100, 113 114, 184, 458, 460, 610, 612-614, 628 No Hose Stream (NHS) Doors .... 8, P5(T2) T17(P36,P37) Smoke Control .................... P4(T1), 23, 24 626, P76-77

IBC (continued) Test Standards ....... P4(T1), 16, 23, 24, 29 35, 102, 104, 178, 467, P76, P77, P78 Tornado-Resistant Product .................... 35 TRR Doors ................... 177, 178, 184, 188 Wall vs Opening Rating .............. 8, P5(T2) Also See; Fire Labels - Code

Requirements In-Fill Panels Cores .......................... 117-119, T17(P36) 472, 473, T30(P64) Doors .................... 43, 117-119, T17(P36) Also See; Individual Door Series and Door Constructions Frame Product ............ P47(T22), 372, 472 473, 479, 486, 493, T30(P64) In-Plant Labeling Program (IPLP) - Doors Modifications Not Permitted ............. 45, 89 95-97, 123 Modifications Permitted ............. 43, 84, 85 94, 95, 117, 122, 138, 142, 153 Series or Constructions Included .......................... T4(P11,P12) T5(P13,P14,P15) T6(P16,P17,P18,P19) Not Included.............. 45, T4(P11,P12) T5(P13,P14,P15) T6(P16,P17,P18,P19) In-Plant Labeling Program (IPLP) - Frame Product Modifications Permitted ......................... 44 373-375, 377, 441 Series or Constructions Included ................................ T18(P39) T19(P40,P41), T20(P42,P43) Not Included.................... 45, T18(P39) T19(P40,P41), T20(P42,P43) Installation ....................... 3, 11, 12, 20, 27, 472 By Others Astragals ............... 138, 173, 233, 251 Bolts & Screws....................... 352, 355 438, 490, 561 Cladding ......................... 225, 503, 508 Doors .............................................. 20 Field Splices .................................. 500 Frame Assembly ............ 376, 438, 499 Gaskets .................. 298, 532, 573, 700 Glazing ................... 85-89, 93, 99, 101 256, 297, 471, 464 Glazing Kits ...................................... 93 Grout .............................................. 527 Hardware ....................................... 630 Lead-Lining .................................... 514 Louvers ...................................120-122 Panels ............................................ 427 Removable Mullions ...................... 375 Shelves .......................................... 172 Thresholds ............................. 253, 573 Wall Anchors......... P61(T29), 354, 358 NFPA 80 .... 3, P4(T1), 11, 15, 22, 57, 628 NFPA 105 .........................................23-25 Insulated Glazing See; Glazing-Frame Product, Glazing- Doors Integral Astragal ........................ See; Astragals Interconnected Locks ......................... P32(T14) P60(T27), 685 ISO Standards .............................................. 16

- J, K & L - Jamb Depth ....................... 361, P46, P47(T22)

Knocked-Down Frs ...................... 41, 376, P38 Assembly Methods ..................... T18(P39) T19(P40,P41), T20(P42,P43)

Index: H - Knocked-Down


Knocked-Down Frs (continued) Maximum Sizes by Gage & Rating ................................... T18(P39) T19(P40,P41), T20(P42,P43) Also See; DW-Series Frames

L Astragal .................................. See; Astragals Labeled Defined ................................................. P4 Smoke Control ................. 23-27, 626, P67 P68, 699 Also See; Certification Labels, Fire

Labels, Supplementary Labels Laminated Glazing See; Glazing-Fr Product, Glazing-Drs Latch Throw ........................................ 656, 658 Lead-Lined Doors ......................... 46, 229-238 Astragals ............................................. 233 Cores ........................................... 229, 230 Frames Required ................................. 238 Glazing .......................... 82, 89-92, 97-116 234, T17(P36,P37) Hardware ..................................... 232, 236 In-Fill Panels ........................................ 235 Louvers ................................................ 235 Material .................................................. 51 Maximum Sizes by Series, Gage & Rating ....... T4(P12), T5(P15), T6(P18) Minimum Sizes ............................... 55, 56 Thickness ......................................... 58, 59 Vertical Edge Seams ........................... 231 Lead-Lined Frames .............................. 514-520 Anchorage ........................................... 518 Assembly Methods .... T18(P39), T19(P40) T20(P42) Doors Required .................................... 520 Hardware ..................................... 236, 515 Installation ............................................ 514 Material ........................................ 340, 341 Maximum Sizes by Gage & Rating .................. T18(P39), T19(P40) T20(P42) Profiles ........P47(T22), 361, 364, 366, 517 Letter of Certification .......................... 145, 625 Listed - Defined ........................................... P4 Listings - Defined ........................................ P5 Load Bearing Frame Products .................... 608 Louvers Doors ......................... 41, 43, 45, 120-123 Fire Labels ........................................... 121 Frame Product .................... P38, 456, 478 Installation ..................................... 120-122 Positive Pressure ................................. 121 Also See; Individual Door Series and Door Constructions

- M - Mail Slots .................................................... 334 Maintenance ................................. 3, 11, 12, 15 Material Doors ....................................... 51, 52, 200 Fire Labels .................................... 615-618 Frame Product ............ 340, 341, P53(T24) Maximum Over-All Sizes Multi-Opening Fr Product .... 408, P53(T24) Sidelight Frames ......................... P53(T24) Transom Frames ........................ P53(T24) Window Frames .......................... P53(T24) Maximum Sizes and Ratings Doors 1/3 & 3/4 Hr ..................T6(P16,P17 P18,P19) 1 & 1-1/2 Hr ........... T5(P13,P14,P15) 2 & 3 Hr ........................ T4(P11,P12) Frame Product 1/3 & 3/4 Hr ................ T20(P42,P43) 1 & 1-1/2 Hr ................ T19(P40,P41) 2 & 3 Hr .............................. T18(P39)

Maximum Sizes and Ratings (continued) Glazing Doors .......................... T17(P36,P37) Frame Product ............ T30(P64,P65) Means of Egress ........... 55, 123, 128, 139, 151 664, 672, 674-676, 685, 692 MH-Series Doors Astragals (Std Const) .... P24(T7), 134, 138 Cores ..................................................... 66 Described .............................................. 46 Double Egress Doors .................... T4(P11) T5(P13), T6(P17), 141-154, P25(T8) Dutch Door ..................... T4(P12), T5(P15) T6(P18), 167-176 Fr Not Permitted .................................. 329 Frames Permitted .................................. 49 Glazing ...... 87-92, 100-116, T17(P36,P37) Hardware ...................... 628-636, 642-651 653-657, 659-701 In-Fill Panels ........................................ 117 Louvers .........................................120-123 Material .................................................. 51 Maximum Sizes by Gage & Rating ............................. T4(P11,P12) T5(P13,P14,P15) T6(P16,P17,P18,P19) Minimum Sizes ............................... 55, 56 Thickness ............................................... 58 Vertical Edge Seams .... 46, 70, 75, 77, 78 Minimum Sizes Doors ....................................... 55, 56, 343 Glass Lights .......................................... 80 Miscellaneous Restrictions Doors ............................................317-334 Frame Product ..............................597-609 Mono-Rail Cutouts ...................................... 334 Mullions ....................................... 362, 658, 667 Assembly ..................................... 379, 487 Contra-Swing Fr Product ..... 367, 400-406 Fire Labels ........................................... 618 Floor Anchors ..................... 345, 351, 566 Hardware ............................. 665, 672, 673 Profiles ................................ 361, 362, 364 366, P46, P47(T22) Removable .................. See; Rem Mullions Also See; Contra-Swing Fr Product, Multi-Opening Fr Product, Sidelight

Frames, Transom Frames, Window Frames

Multi-Opening Fr Product .....................407-416 Anchorage............................................ 411 Assembly Methods ............. T19(P40,P41) T20(P42,P43), 407, 487, 494 Configurations ..................... P38, 412, 451 Doors Permitted .................. 190, 199, 416 Glazing ......... 407, 457-471, T30(P64,P65) Hardware ............................................. 409 Material ................................................ 340 Maximum Over-All Sizes ... 408, P53(T24) Maximum Sizes by Gage & Rating ... T19(P40,P41), T20(P42,P43) Panels ................ 407, 472-478, T30(P64) Profiles ......................... 361, 362, 364-366 P46, P47(T22), 410 Removable Mullions .... 367-375, 412-414

- N - NBCC .......................................... P3-5, 28, P76 1/3 Hour Doors ............. 57, T17(P36,P37) Code vs Labeling Conflicts .......... 106, 463 611, 625, 689 Electrical Compliance CAN/CSA-C22.1 .......................... 634 Fire Protection Rating ........... 8, P5(T2), 13 Fire Test Methods ..................... P4(T1), 16 462, 614, P76

NBCC (continued) Footnote References .......................... P74 Glazing ................. 102, 104, 106, 114, 184 T17(P36,P37), 459, 460 462, 463, T30(P64) Hardware ............................................. 628 Human Impact Resistant ............. 114, 468 Hurricane-Resistant Product .................. 29 NFPA References ....... 3, P4(T1), 8, 25, 57 100, 106, 460, 463, 612-614, 628 No Hose Stream Drs ................... 8, P5(T2) T17(P36,P37) Smoke Control ........... P4(T1), 25, 57, 626 Test Standards ................... P4(T1), 16, 29 39, 102, 104, 178, P76 Tornado-Resistant Product .................... 39 TRR Doors ........... 177, 178, 184, 188, 463 Wall vs Opening Rating .............. 8, P5(T2) Also See; Fire Labels - Code

Requirements Neutral Pressure ......... 9, 21, 50, 339, 614, 700 Fire Labels ................................. 18, 19, 21 Glazing ................................ T17(P36,P37) Glazing Kits ...................................... 80, 99 Testing ................... 16, 19, 614, P76, P77 NFPA Standards ........................................ P77 NFPA 70 ..................................................... 634 NFPA 80 .............................. P3-5 15, 631, P77 Astragals .............................. 128, 694, 698 Field Modifications ................................. 41 Fire Protection Rating .......................... 610 Footnote References ..................... P74-75 Glazing ................... 93, 100, 107, 108, 113 114, 184, 457, 460, 468 Hardware .... 628, 631, 654, 664, 671, 692 Installation ....................... 3, P4(T1), 11, 15 22, 57, 608, 628 Also See; IBC-NFPA References, NBCC-NFPA References NFPA 101 ............................ 55, 631, P75, P77 NFPA 105 ...................... P4, P4(T1), 8, P5(T2) 11, 23-25, 654, 699, P77 Footnote References .......................... P75 NFPA 251 ............... P4, P4(T1), 104, 462, P77 NFPA 252 ..................... P4, P4(T1), 16, 29, 36 102, 459, 614, P77 NFPA 257 ............... P4, P4(T1), 102, 459, P77 No Hose Stream (NHS) Doors See; IBC-No Hose Stream Drs, NBCC-No Hose Stream Drs Non-Labeled - Defined ................................ P5 Non-Metallic Cladding Installation .................................... 225, 508 Also See; Clad Doors, Clad Frame Product and Individual Door Series Non-Rated - Defined ................................... P5 Non-Std Constructions Doors ..................................... 47, 140-316 Frame Product ..................... 336, 385-596 Non-Std Stop Heights Frame Product ........... P47(T22), P58(T26)

- O & P - Off-Set Astragal ........................ See; Astragals Ontario Building Code (OBC) Footnote References ............ 28, 610, P75 Open-Back Strikes ...................... 671, 680-683 Opening Protectives ..... See; Fire Dr Assembly Operators .................................................... 691 Opposite Rabbet ............... 361, P46, P47(T22) Also See; Individual Frame Series and Frame Constructions Panel-Fr with Panel Above Dr Constructions ................................427-429 Sizes .................................................... 426

Index: Knocked-Down - Panel


Panels (1-3/4") Dr Type Const .... T18(P39), T19(P40,P41) T20(P42,P43), 372, P47(T22) 455, 456, 474-478, T30(P64) Series & Gages Available ............. 474-477 T30(P64) Also See; Fr with Panel Above Dr, In-Fill Panels-Doors, In-Fill Panels- Fr Product, Sidelight Frames-Panels,

Transom Frames-Panels, Individual Frame Series and Frame Constructions

Panic Exit Devices ...................................... 664 Part Numbers Fire Dr Labels ............................. P67(T31) Fire Dr Fr Labels ......................... P68(T32) Pivots ............................................ See; Hinges Plaster Profile............................................. P46 Plaster Return ................... 361, P46, P47(T22) Also See; Individual Frame Series &

Frame Constructions Positive Pressure ...................................... 9, 19 Doors ................................. 18, 20, 50, 699 Flush Bolts ............................................. 18 Frame Product ....................... 18, 339, 699 Glazing ........................ 113, T17(P36,P37) 466, T30(P64,P65) Hardware ....................... 18, 643, 659, 663 664, 684, 693, 699 Louvers ................................................ 121 Supplemental Labels ......................... P68 Testing .................... P4(T1), 16, P76, P77 Fire Exit Devices ............................ 18, 664 Fire Labels ............... 18-21, 614, P67, P68 Gasketing ................................. 18, 20, 699 Glazing Kits ...................................... 80, 99 Power Transfer Units .................................. 684 Profiles .............................. 361, P46, P47(T22) Also See; Individual Frame Series and Frame Constructions Profile-Welded ........................... P38, 377, 378 Also See; Individual Frame Series and Frame Constructions

- Q & R - Rabbet See; Door Rabbet, Glazing Rabbet,

Opposite Rabbet, Reveal Rabbet Rabetted Panels (Above Dr) See; Frame with Panel Above Door, Door with Panel Above Rabetted Meeting Edges .... 124, 127, 139, 677 Also See; Astragals Radius Door Edges ..................................... 330 Ratings ....................................... T4(P11,P12) T5(P13,P14,P15) T6(P16,P17,P18,P19), T18(P39) T19(P40,P41), T20(P42,P43) Also See; Fire Protection Rating, Fire-

Resistance Rating, Individual Door Series, Door Constructions, Frame Series, Frame Constructions, Glazing,

Wall vs Assembly Rating Removable Hardware Mullions .......... P60(T27) 665, 666, 672 Also See; Hurricane Resistant Fr Product Product, Tornado Resistant Frames Removable Hollow Metal Mullions (Vertical) Behind Doors .................. 41, 44, 370, 371 451, 560, 599, 667, 672 Between Doors ........ 41, 44, 367-369, 371 451, 599, 667, 673 Frames Not Permitted .......... 372, 404, 413 414, 535, 564, 598, 599 Hardware Permitted ............. 665, 672, 673 Material ................................................ 340 Profiles ....... 361, 362, 364, P46, P47(T22)

Removable HM Mullions (Vertical) (continued) Supplemental Labels ......................... P68 Also See; Floor Anchors, Wall Anchors, Individual Frame Series and Frame Constructions Removable Horizontal Mullions .............. 41, 44 372-375, 621, 622 Removable Panels See; Frame with Panel Above Door Return ............................... 361, P46, P47(T22) Also See; Individual Frame Series and Frame Constructions Reveal ............................... 361, P46, P47(T22) Reveal Rabbet .................. 361, P46, P47(T22) Roller Latches ............................................. 655 Rough Stud Openings DW-Series Frames .............................. 390 Expandable (Exp-Series) Frames........ 439 Round Top Doors........................................ 331 R-Series Frames ......................................... 601

- S - Sanitary Bases .................................... 365, 388 549, 564 Seals See; Gasketing, Positive Pressure,

Smoke Control Seamless Edge Doors ............................ 43, 46 Series Not Available .............................. 75 Security Astragal ....................... See; Astragals Security View Ports ..................................... 334 Segmented Sidelight & Window Frs ................ 498, 499 Self-Closing Devices ..................... 79, 344, 636 648, 686-691 Not Required .......................... 24, 688, 689 Self-Latching Devices ................... 79, 344, 636 653-685 Set-Up and Welded (SUW) Described .................................... 377, 378 Also See; Individual Frame Series and Frame Constructions Shadow-Line Drywall Profile .............. 361, P46 Shadow-Line Face ............ 361, P46, P47(T22) Shadow-Line Face Profile See; Individual Frame Series and Frame Constructions Shadow-Line Profile ........................... 361, P46 Also See; Individual Frame Series & Frame Constructions Shadow-Line Return ......... 361, P46, P47(T22) Also See; Individual Frame Series and Frame Constructions Shelf - Dutch Door ...................................... 172 Sidelight Frames .................. 450-478, 486-502 Anchorage.................... 454, 483, 490, 497 Assembly Methods ..................... T19(P41) T20(P43), 377, 487, 488, 494, 495 Defined ............................................... P38 Design Limitations ............... 451, 452, 455 498, 499, 603, 607 Drs Not Permitted ................ 188, 319, 456 492, 502, 606 Doors Permitted .................................... 49 Field Splices......................................... 500 Fr Constructions Not Permitted ........... 488 495, 503, 508, 520, 535, 555, 602 Glazing ................................. 457-471, 486 493, T30(P64,P65) Hardware ............................................. 451 Material ........................................ 340, 341 Maximum Over-All Sizes ........... P53(T24) Maximum Sizes by Gage & Rating .................. T19(P41), T20(P43) Panels ......... 472-478, 486, T30(P64,P65) Profiles ............... 361, 362, 364, 366, P46 P47(T22), 453, 498

Sidelight Frames (continued) Removable Mullions ........... 367-375, 451 Segmented................................... 498, 499 Also See; Clad Fr Product, Contra- Swing Fr Product, Dutch Door Fr Product, Double Egress Fr Product,

Hurricane-Resistant Fr Product, Multi-Opening Fr Product, Stainless Steel Fr Product Sills ................................... 361, P46, P47(T22) Single Point Latches ..... 79, 344, 636, 653-685 Single Rabbet Profile ........ 361, P46, P47(T22) Also See; Individual Frame Series and Frame Constructions SLE-Series Doors Astragals (Std Const) ............ P24(T7), 133 135-138 Cores ..................................................... 61 Described .............................................. 46 Double Egress Drs ......... T4(P11), T5(P13) T6(P17), 141-154 Frames Permitted .................. 49, 338, 393 Glazing ..... 86, 96, 100-116, T17(P36,P37) Hardware ...................... 628-636, 642-651 653-657, 659-701 In-Fill Panels ........................................ 117 Louvers ................................................ 123 Material .................................................. 52 Maximum Sizes by Gage, Core & Rating ...................... T4(P11), T5(P13) T6(P16,P17) Minimum Sizes ................................54-56 Thickness ............................................... 58 Undercut ................................................ 57 Vertical Edge Seams .... 46, 70, 75, 77, 78 Slip-On Frames Assembly Methods ...................... 356, 360 Maximum Sizes by Gage & Rating .................. T19(P40), T20(P42) Wall Anchors ................................ 356, 360 Sloped Frame Components ........................ 563 Sloped Top Doors ....................................... 331 SL-Series Doors ................... P24(T7), 135-138 Astragals (Std Const) .................... P24(T7) 133, 135-138 Cores ............................................... 61, 63 Described .............................................. 46 Double Egress Doors ..... T4(P11), T5(P13) T6(P17), 141-154 Dutch Door ..................... T4(P12), T5(P14) T6(P18), 167-176 Frames Permitted ................................ 393 Glazing ..... 86, 96, 100-116, T17(P36,P37) Hardware ....... 628-636, 642-657, 659-701 In-Fill Panels ........................................ 117 Louvers .........................................120-123 Material .................................................. 52 Maximum Sizes by Gage, Core & Rating ............................. T4(P11,P12) T5(P13,P15), T6(P16,P17,P18) Minimum Sizes ............................... 55, 56 Thickness ......................................... 58, 59 Vertical Edge Seams .... 46, 70, 75, 77, 78 SLTR-Series Doors Astragals ............................ 183, P28(T10) Cores ..................................................... 46 Described .............................................. 46 Double Egress Drs ......... T4(P12), T5(P14) T6(P17), 141-154, 177-190 Glazing ................................. 86, 89-92, 96 100-116, T17(P36,P37) Hardware ...................... 628-636, 642-651 653-657, 659-701

Index: Panels - SLTR


SLTR-Series Doors (continued) In-Fill Panels ........................................ 117 Louvers ................................................ 123 Material .................................................. 52 Maximum Sizes by Gage, Core & Rating ....... T4(P12), T5(P14), T6(P17) Minimum Sizes ............................... 55, 56 Thickness ............................................... 58 Vertical Edge Seams .... 46, 70, 75, 77, 78 Smoke Barrier .................. 8, P5(T2), 11, 23-25 654, 699, P75, P77 Defined ................................................. P5 Smoke Control Doors ................................................... 699 Fire Labels ......................... 23, 26, 27, 626 699, P67, P68 Frame Product ............................... 23, 700 Gasketing ................... 23, 26, 27, 699, 700 Hardware ............................. 654, 699, 700 IBC ....... P4(T1), 23, 24, 28, 626, P76, P77 Installation ............................... 11, 23, P77 Labels .............. 23-27, 626, 699, P67, P68 Louvers ................................................ 123 NBCC .................... P4(T1), 25, 28, 57, 626 Non-Fire Rated ......... 24, 26, 28, 626, P67 Supplemental Labels ......................... P67 Testing .................. P4(T1), 8, P5(T2), P76 Smoke Partition Defined ................................................. P5 IBC .................................. 8, P5(T2), 24, 28 Snap-In Glazing Trim ........................... 80, 111 Soffit .................................. 361, P46, P47(T22) Also See; Individual Frame Series and Frame Constructions Sound Doors .................... See; Acoustic Doors Sound Frames .............. See; Acoustic Frames Special Field Inspections .................40-42, 627 Split Frames ................................................ 382 Wall Anchors ........................................ 383 Also See; Expandable (Exp-Series)

Frames Spring Hinges ............. 642, 647, 648, 686, 688 Also See; Self-Closing Devices Sprinkler Protected Assemblies ... 28, P75, P76 S-Series Doors Acoustic Drs .... T4(P12), T5(P15), T6(P18) 239-262 Astragals (Std Const) .... P24(T7), 130, 131 Cores ..................................................... 64 Described .............................................. 46 Door with Panel Above ......... T4(P11,P12) T5(P14), T6(P17), 155-166 Frames Permitted .......................... 49, 338 Glazing ...................... 80-83, 85, 89-93, 95 97-116, T17(P36,P37) Hardware ...................................... 628-636 642-651, 653-657, 659-701 In-Fill Panels ................................. 117-119 Louvers ......................................... 120-123 Material .................................................. 51 Maximum Sizes by Gage, Core & Rating ............................ T4( P11,P12) T5(P13,P14,P15), T6(P16,P17,P18) Minimum Sizes ............................... 55, 56 Rabetted Meeting Stiles ....................... 139 Thickness ............................................... 58 Vertical Edge Seams .......... 46, 69, 74, 76 Stainless Steel (SS-Series) Drs .... 46, 200-210 Astragals ............................. 202, 203, 696 Cores ............................................... 61, 62 Described .............................................. 46 Frames Permitted ................................ 210 Glazing ........................ 206, T17(P36,P37) Hardware ............................................. 205

Stainless Steel (SS-Series) Drs (continued) Hurricane-Resistant Drs ............... T4(P12) T5(P15), T6(P18), 281-304 P32(T14), 573, 574 In-Fill Panels ........................ 117-119, 207 Louvers ........................................ 123, 207 Material ....................................... 200, P77 Maximum Sizes by Gage, Core & Rating ..................................... T4(P12) T5(P14,P15), T6(P17,P18) Minimum Sizes ............................... 55, 56 Thickness ............................................... 58 Vertical Edge Seams ................ 46, 69, 77 78, 201, 203 Stainless Steel Fr Product ................. 444-449 Anchorage............................................ 447 Assy Methods ............................. T18(P39) T19(P40,P41), T20(P42,P43), 444 Doors Permitted .................................. 449 Fr Const Not Permitted ........................ 449 Glazing ................ 457, 471, T30(P64,P65) Hardware ............................................. 445 Material ....................................... 444, P77 Maximum Sizes by Gage & Rating ................................... T18(P39) T19(P40,P41), T20(P42,P43) Panels ........................ 472-478, T30(P64) Profiles ................ 361, 362, 364-366, 446 Also See; Individual Frame Series and Frame Constructions Standard Construction Doors ...................................... 47, 49-139 IPLP Eligible ........................... T4(P11) T5(P13), T6(P16) Not IPLP Eligible ..................... T4(P11) T5(P13), T6(P16) Frame Product ..............................335-384 IPLP Eligible ......................... T18(P39) T19(P40,P41), T20(P42,P43) Not IPLP Eligible ................... T18(P39) T19(P40,P41), T20(P42,P43) Standards ANSI .................................................... P77 ASTM .................................................. P77 FEMA .................................................. P78 Human Impact Resistance ...... P4(T1), 114 467, P77 NFPA .................................................. P77 UL ....................................................... P76 ULC ..................................................... P76 Stop Height Doors .......................... 111, T17(P36,P37) Fr Product ................. 361, P46, P47(T22) T30(P64,P65) Also See; Individual Frame Series and Frame Constructions Strikes Doors ............................. 43, 658, 676, 679 Frame Product ............................... 44, 679 Also See; Electric Strikes, Open- Back Strikes Supplemental Labels Field Assembled Components .... 622, P68 Smoke Control .................................... P67 Surface Bolts ......................... 18, 653, 656, 658 660, 661, 663, 678 SUW .......................... See; Set-Up and Welded

- T - T Anchors ............. See; Wall Anchors-Masonry Tack-Welded Doors .... 43, 72, 74, 76, 130, 132 Also See; Individual Door Series and Door Constructions Tack-Welded Fr Product ..................... 377, 378

Tension Anchors See; DW-Series Frames-Anchorage Testing Acoustic ...................... 239, 521, P77, P78 Bullet-Resistance ................ 272, P31(T13) 546, P76 Detention Security ....................... 263, 536 Fire ..... P4(T1), 16, 19, 177, 178, P76, P77 Glazing ......... 102, 104-106, 459, 462, 463 Human Impact Resistance .............. P4(T1) 114-116, 467, 468, P76, P77 Hurricane-Resistant Doors ...... 29-33, 281 556, P77, P78 Neutral Pressure ................. P4(T1), 16, 19 614, P76, P77 Positive Pressure ................ P4(T1), 16, 19 614, P76, P77 Smoke Control .............. P4(T1), 23, 24, 28 P5(T2), P76-P78 Tornado-Resistance ........ 34-39, P77, P78 Thermal Glazing Kits ............................ 81, 118 Therma-Series (Thermally Broken) Frs ...... 601 Thickness See; Individual Door Series and Door Constructions Top Cap Door with Panel Above ................ 156, 157 Doors ..................................................... 43 Vinyl ..................................................... 333 Tornado-Resistant (F5-Series) Drs ......305-316 Astragals ..................................... 311, 312 Cores .................................. 306, P34(T16) Described .............................................. 46 Fire Labels ........................................... 313 Frames Required ................................. 316 Glazing ........................................... 96, 314 Hardware .................... P34(T16), 307-310 In-Fill Panels ........................................ 314 Louvers ................................................ 314 Material .................................................. 51 Maximum Sizes by Gage, Core & Rating ........ T4(P12), T5(P15), T6(P19) Minimum Sizes ............................... 55, 56 Thickness ............................................... 58 Vertical Edge Seams ................ 70, 77, 78 Tornado-Resistant (F5-Series) Frs ......580-596 Anchorage............................................ 588 Assembly Methods .............................. 581 Doors Required .................................... 596 Fire Labels ........................................... 594 Hardware .................... P34(T16), 589-593 Material ........................................ 340, 583 Maximum Sizes by Gage & Rating ...... T18(P39), T19(P40), T20(P42) Profiles .........................................582-587 Removable Mullions .................. P34(T16) Tornado Resistant Product Certification Organizations ..... 37, 305, 580 IBC ....................................................34-36 NBCC ..................................................... 39 Testing ............................... 34-39, P77-78 Tornado-Resistant Labels .................... 313 Transom Frames ..................................450-513 Anchorage.................... 454, 483, 490, 497 Assembly Methods .............. 377, 481, 487 488, 494, 495 Defined ............................................... P38 Design Limitations .......................... P4(T1) P53(T24), 455, 456 Doors Permitted ............ 49, 485, 492, 502 Glazing ......................... 457-471, 479, 480 486, 493, T30(P64,P65) Hardware ...................... 628-640, 642-701 Louvers ................................................ 120 Material ........................................ 340, 341

Index: SLTR- Transom Frames


Transom Frames (continued) Maximum Over-All Sizes ........... P53(T24) Maximum Sizes by Gage & Rating...... T18(P39), T19(P41), T20(P43) Panels ........................ 472-478, T30(P64) Profiles ....................................... 361, P46 P47(T22), 482, 489 Removable Mullions ........... 367-375, 451 TRR ...................................................... 606 Also See; Clad Frame Product, Contra-Swing Fr Product, Double Egress Fr Product, , Dutch Door Fr Product, Hurricane Resistant Fr

Product, Multi-Opening Fr Product, Stainless Steel Fr Product

Trimwall Series Frames .............................. 601 Trio-E (Energy Efficient) Drs ................ 191-199 Astragals ..................................... 192, 193 Cores ..................................................... 46 Described .............................................. 46 Frames Permitted ................................ 199 Glazing .............................................. 88-92 Hardware ..................................... 196, 197 In-Fill Panels ........................................ 195 Louvers ................................................ 122 Material .................................................. 51 Maximum Sizes by Gage, Core & Rating ....... T4(P12), T5(P14), T6(P17) Minimum Sizes ............................... 55, 56 Thickness ............................................... 58 Vertical Edge Seams ...................... 70, 71 TRR Doors ........................................... 177-190 Astragals ............ 179, 180, P28(T10), 696 Clad Doors ..... T5(P14), T6(P17), 177-190 Cores ..................................................... 46 Door with Panel Above ................. T4(P12) T5(P14), T6(P17), 177-190 Double Egress Drs ......... T4(P12), T5(P14) T6(P17), 177-190 Frame with Panel Above Door ............. 429 Frs Not Permitted ................................. 188 Frames Permitted ................................ 190

TRR Doors (continued) Glazing ........................ 184, T17(P36,P37) Hardware ..................................... 185, 186 Hurricane-Resistant Drs ............... T4(P12) T5(P14), T6(P17), 177-190, 281-304 IBC ............................... 177, 178, 184, 188 In-Fill Panels ........................................ 185 Louvers ................................................ 185 Material ............................................ 51, 52 Maximum Sizes by Series, Gage & Rating ....... T4(P12), T5(P14), T6(P17) Minimum Sizes ............................... 55, 56 NBCC ................... 177, 178, 184, 188, 463 Ratings Explained .......................... 17, 177 Thickness ............................................... 58 Vertical Edge Seams ................ 69-71, 73 75-78, 180-182 Also See; D, H & SLTR-Series Drs

- U - UL and ULC Directories ........................................... P76 Test Standards ................................... P76 Undercut ............................................... 57, 381 SLE-Series Doors .................................. 57 Unequal Leaf Pairs ....................... 56, 328, 384

- V & W - Vector (V2, V3) Option ................................ 363 Vertical Edge Seams ...............................69-78 Also See; Individual Door Series and Door Constructions Vertically Stiffened Doors See; BR, H, HS, MH & S-Series Drs View Window ................. See; Window Frames Viewers ............................... See; Door Viewers Vinyl Top Cap ............................................. 333

Wall Anchors .............. 41, 42, 44, 45, T18(P39) T19(P40,P41), T20(P42,P43) 345-360, 609, 620, 621 Butt Applications .......................... 346, 359

Wall Anchors (continued) Drywall .........................................357-360 Existing ....................................... 355, 356 Face Dimpled ............. 356, 389, P50, 438 Locations ............................................. 347 Masonry ...................................... 353, 354 Quantity ...................................... P44(T21) Split Frames ......................................... 383 Wrap Applications ....... 346, 356, 360, 390 Also See; DW-Series Frames, Frames, Sidelight Frames, Transom

Frames, Window Frames Wall vs Door/Frame Rating ................ 8, P5(T2) Weather-Stripping ....................... See; Gaskets Warnock Hersey Inc. Directory .............................................. P76 Whisper Core Doors ........ See; Acoustic Doors Window Frames ................... 450-478, 486-502 Anchorage ........................... 454, 490, 497 Assembly Methods ..................... T19(P41) T20(P43), 377, 445, 487, 488, 494, 495 Defined ............................................... P38 Design Limitations ....... 452, 498, 499, 603 Field Splices......................................... 500 Fr Constructions Not Permitted ........... 488 495, 503, 508, 520 Glazing ......................... 457-471, 486, 493 T30(P64,P65) Material ........................................ 340, 341 Maximum Over-All Sizes ........... P53(T24) Maximum Sizes by Gage & Rating ................................... T19(P41) T20(P43), P53(T24) Panels ................ 472-478, 486, T30(P64) Profiles ...... 361, P46, P47(T22), 453, 498 Segmented................................... 498, 499 Wire Anchors ....... See; Wall Anchors-Masonry Wood Grained Doors See; SL, SLE and SLTR-Series Doors Wood Stud Anchors See; Wall Anchors-Drywall

- X, Y, Z - Z Anchors ............... See; Wall Anchors-Drywall Z Astragal .................................. See; Astragals

Index: Transom Frames - Z Astragal

101 Ashbridge Circle, Woodbridge, Ontario, Canada L4L 3R5 Tel: 416-749-2111 ° Toll Free: 800-263-7515 ° Fax: 905-851-8346 Email: [email protected] ° Website: www.flemingdoor.com

CANADIANSTEEL DOOR

MANUFACTURERSASSOCIATION

This publication, developed by Fleming Door Products ‐ Technical Services Department, to provide guidance on the fire rating of commercial steel door and frame productscontains advisory information only and is provided as a public service. A continuous Research and Development Program is in place, therefore Fleming Door Products reservesthe right to incorporate changes at any time, without notice and disclaims all liability for the use or adaptation of the materials contained herein. All products in this publicationare produced by various operating divisions of the ASSA ABLOY Door Group North America, marketed by Fleming Door Products. Copyright © 2016, AADG, Inc., an ASSA ABLOYGroup company. Reproduction in whole or part without the express written permission of AADG, Inc. is prohibited. Printed in Canada Revision 12 ‐ February 2016

C US C US

Documents

HOLLOW METAL FIRE DOORS FIRE WINDOWS AND … downloads/Fleming... · Transom, Sidelight and Window Assemblies ... ..... 53 Glazed Frame Product ..... 54 Paneled Frame Product